diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'release/src/linux/linux/Documentation/Configure.help')
| -rw-r--r-- | release/src/linux/linux/Documentation/Configure.help | 14116 |
1 files changed, 14029 insertions, 87 deletions
diff --git a/release/src/linux/linux/Documentation/Configure.help b/release/src/linux/linux/Documentation/Configure.help index 9d556610..1f6261d7 100644 --- a/release/src/linux/linux/Documentation/Configure.help +++ b/release/src/linux/linux/Documentation/Configure.help @@ -232,23 +232,23 @@ CONFIG_CRIS Unsynced TSC support CONFIG_X86_TSC_DISABLE - This option is used for getting Linux to run on a NUMA multi-node - boxes, laptops and other systems suffering from unsynced TSCs or - TSC drift, which can cause gettimeofday to return non-monotonic values. + This option is used for getting Linux to run on a NUMA multi-node + boxes, laptops and other systems suffering from unsynced TSCs or + TSC drift, which can cause gettimeofday to return non-monotonic values. Choosing this option will disable the CONFIG_X86_TSC optimization, - and allows you to then specify "notsc" as a boot option regardless of - which processor you have compiled for. - + and allows you to then specify "notsc" as a boot option regardless of + which processor you have compiled for. + NOTE: If your system hangs when init should run, you are probably - using a i686 compiled glibc which reads the TSC without checking for - availability. Boot without "notsc" and install a i386 compiled glibc + using a i686 compiled glibc which reads the TSC without checking for + availability. Boot without "notsc" and install a i386 compiled glibc to solve the problem. If unsure, say N. Multiquad support for NUMA systems CONFIG_MULTIQUAD - This option is used for getting Linux to run on a (IBM/Sequent) NUMA + This option is used for getting Linux to run on a (IBM/Sequent) NUMA multiquad box. This changes the way that processors are bootstrapped, and uses Clustered Logical APIC addressing mode instead of Flat Logical. You will need a new lynxer.elf file to flash your firmware with - send @@ -1428,8 +1428,8 @@ CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FALCON_IDE Amiga Buddha/Catweasel/X-Surf IDE interface support (EXPERIMENTAL) CONFIG_BLK_DEV_BUDDHA - This is the IDE driver for the IDE interfaces on the Buddha, - Catweasel and X-Surf expansion boards. It supports up to two interfaces + This is the IDE driver for the IDE interfaces on the Buddha, + Catweasel and X-Surf expansion boards. It supports up to two interfaces on the Buddha, three on the Catweasel and two on the X-Surf. Say Y if you have a Buddha or Catweasel expansion board and want to @@ -2145,7 +2145,7 @@ CONFIG_SIBYTE_CFE_CONSOLE configured. Support SWARM (BCM912500A) peripherals -CONFIG_SIBYTE_SWARM +CONFIG_SIBYTE_SWARM Indicates that the target is a SWARM board. Most devices (IDE, video decoder, audio codec, etc) still require additional configuration options under the appropriate sections. @@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ CONFIG_TC # Choice: galileo_clock 75 CONFIG_SYSCLK_75 - Configure the kernel for clock speed of your Galileo board. + Configure the kernel for clock speed of your Galileo board. The choices are 75MHz, 83.3MHz, and 100MHz. 83.3 @@ -2620,6 +2620,33 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_IRC If you want to compile it as a module, say 'M' here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say 'N'. +Per connection mark support +CONFIG_IP_NF_CONNTRACK_MARK + This option enables support for connection marks, used by the + `CONNMARK' target and `connmark' match. Similar to the mark value + of packets, but this mark value is kept in the conntrack session + instead of the individual packets. + +CONNMARK target support +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_CONNMARK + This option adds a `CONNMARK' target, which allows one to manipulate + the connection mark value. Similar to the MARK target, but + affects the connection mark value rather than the packet mark value. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called + ipt_CONNMARK.o. If unsure, say `N'. + +connmark match support +CONFIP_IP_NF_MATCH_CONNMARK + This option adds a `connmark' match, which allows you to match the + connection mark value previously set for the session by `CONNMARK'. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called + ipt_connmark.o. If unsure, say `N'. + + FTP protocol support CONFIG_IP_NF_FTP Tracking FTP connections is problematic: special helpers are @@ -2629,6 +2656,16 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_FTP If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `Y'. +H.323 (netmeeting) support +CONFIG_IP_NF_H323 + H.323 is a standard signalling protocol used by teleconferencing + softwares like netmeeting. With the ip_conntrack_h323 and + the ip_nat_h323 modules you can support the protocol on a connection + tracking/NATing firewall. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say 'M' here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say 'N'. + User space queueing via NETLINK CONFIG_IP_NF_QUEUE Netfilter has the ability to queue packets to user space: the @@ -2641,19 +2678,22 @@ IP tables support (required for filtering/masq/NAT) CONFIG_IP_NF_IPTABLES iptables is a general, extensible packet identification framework. The packet filtering and full NAT (masquerading, port forwarding, - etc) subsystems now use this: say 'Y' or 'M' here if you want to use + etc) subsystems now use this: say `Y' or `M' here if you want to use either of those. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. -RTSP protocol support -CONFIG_IP_NF_RTSP - Support the RTSP protocol. This allows UDP transports to be setup - properly, including RTP and RDT. +recent match support +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_RECENT + This match is used for creating one or many lists of recently + used addresses and then matching against that/those list(s). - If you want to compile it as a module, say 'M' here and read - Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say 'Y'. + Short options are available by using 'iptables -m recent -h' + Official Website: <http://snowman.net/projects/ipt_recent/> + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. limit match support CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_LIMIT @@ -2664,14 +2704,21 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_LIMIT If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. +quota match support +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_QUOTA + This match implements network quotas. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. + skb->pkt_type packet match support CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_PKTTYPE This patch allows you to match packet in accrodance to its "class", eg. BROADCAST, MULTICAST, ... - + Typical usage: iptables -A INPUT -m pkttype --pkt-type broadcast -j LOG - + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. @@ -2701,6 +2748,14 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_MULTIPORT If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. +Multiple port with ranges match support +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_MPORT + This is an enhanced multiport match which supports port + ranges as well as single ports. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. + TTL match support CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TTL This adds CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TTL option, which enabled the user @@ -2709,6 +2764,18 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TTL If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. +U32 patch support +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_U32 + U32 allows you to extract quantities of up to 4 bytes from a packet, + AND them with specified masks, shift them by specified amounts and + test whether the results are in any of a set of specified ranges. + The specification of what to extract is general enough to skip over + headers with lengths stored in the packet, as in IP or TCP header + lengths. + + Details and examples are in the kernel module source. + + LENGTH match support CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_LENGTH This option allows you to match the length of a packet against a @@ -2717,6 +2784,18 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_LENGTH If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. +TIME patch support +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TIME + This option adds a `time' match, which allows you + to match based on the packet arrival time/date + (arrival time/date at the machine which netfilter is running on) or + departure time/date (for locally generated packets). + + If you say Y here, try iptables -m time --help for more information. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. + AH/ESP match support CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_AH_ESP These two match extensions (`ah' and `esp') allow you to match a @@ -2735,7 +2814,7 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_DSCP If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. - + ECN match support CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_ECN @@ -2745,7 +2824,7 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_ECN If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. - + TOS match support CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TOS @@ -2755,6 +2834,43 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_TOS If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. +IPP2P match support +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_IPP2P + This option makes possible to match some P2P packets + therefore helps controlling such traffic. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. + +geoip match support +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_GEOIP + This option allows you to match a packet by its source or + destination country. Basically, you need a country's + database containing all subnets and associated countries. + + For the complete procedure and understanding, read : + http://people.netfilter.org/peejix/geoip/howto/geoip-HOWTO.html + + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. + +Condition variable match support +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_CONDITION + This option allows you to match firewall rules against condition + variables stored in the /proc/net/ipt_condition directory. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. + +iprange match support +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_IPRANGE + This option makes possible to match IP addresses against + IP address ranges. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. + conntrack match support CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_CONNTRACK This is a general conntrack match module, a superset of the state match. @@ -2776,6 +2892,22 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_STATE If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. +Connections/IP limit match support +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_CONNLIMIT + This match allows you to restrict the number of parallel TCP + connections to a server per client IP address (or address block). + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. + +String match support (EXPERIMENTAL) +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_STRING + String matching alows you to match packets which contain a + specified string of characters. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. + Unclean match support CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_UNCLEAN Unclean packet matching matches any strange or invalid packets, by @@ -2820,7 +2952,7 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MIRROR Local NAT support CONFIG_IP_NF_NAT_LOCAL - This option enables support for NAT of locally originated connections. + This option enables support for NAT of locally originated connections. Enable this if you need to use destination NAT on connections originating from local processes on the nat box itself. @@ -2897,12 +3029,12 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_DSCP If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. - + ECN target support CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ECN This option adds a `ECN' target, which can be used in the iptables mangle - table. + table. You can use this target to remove the ECN bits from the IPv4 header of an IP packet. This is particularly useful, if you need to work around @@ -2912,7 +3044,7 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ECN If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. - + TOS target support CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_TOS @@ -2923,6 +3055,22 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_TOS If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. +IMQ target support +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_IMQ + This option adds a `IMQ' target which is used to specify if and + to which imq device packets should get enqueued/dequeued. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. + +IMQ target support +CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_IMQ + This option adds a `IMQ' target which is used to specify if and + to which imq device packets should get enqueued/dequeued. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. + MARK target support CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MARK This option adds a `MARK' target, which allows you to create rules @@ -2935,6 +3083,21 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_MARK If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. +ROUTE target support +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ROUTE + This option adds a `ROUTE' target, which enables you to setup unusual + routes. For example, the ROUTE lets you route a received packet through + an interface or towards a host, even if the regular destination of the + packet is the router itself. The ROUTE target is also able to change the + incoming interface of a packet. + + The target can be or not a final target. It has to be used inside the + mangle table. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be called ipt_ROUTE.o. + If unsure, say `N'. + TCPMSS target support CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_TCPMSS This option adds a `TCPMSS' target, which allows you to alter the @@ -2990,6 +3153,26 @@ CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_ULOG If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. +TTL target support +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_TTL + This option adds a `TTL' target, which enables the user to set + the TTL value or increment / decrement the TTL value by a given + amount. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. + +CLASSIFY target support +CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_CLASSIFY + This option adds a `CLASSIFY' target, which enables the user to set + the priority of a packet. Some qdiscs can use this value for classification, + among these are: + + atm, cbq, dsmark, pfifo_fast, htb, prio + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. + LOG target support CONFIG_IP_NF_TARGET_LOG This option adds a `LOG' target, which allows you to create rules in @@ -3054,6 +3237,14 @@ CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_MARK If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. +Condition variable match support +CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_CONDITION + This option allows you to match firewall rules against condition + variables stored in the /proc/net/ipt_condition directory. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say `N'. + Multiple port match support CONFIG_IP6_NF_MATCH_MULTIPORT Multiport matching allows you to match TCP or UDP packets based on @@ -3118,6 +3309,17 @@ CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_MARK If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say `N'. +ROUTE target support +CONFIG_IP6_NF_TARGET_ROUTE + This option adds a `ROUTE' target, which enables you to setup unusual + routes. The ROUTE target is also able to change the incoming interface + of a packet. + + The target can be or not a final target. It has to be used inside the + mangle table. + + Not working as a module. + TCP Explicit Congestion Notification support CONFIG_INET_ECN Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) allows routers to notify @@ -3527,7 +3729,7 @@ CONFIG_SGI_DS1286 Indy/I2 Hardware Watchdog CONFIG_INDYDOG Hardwaredriver for the Indy's/I2's watchdog. This is a - watchdog timer that will reboot the machine after a 60 second + watchdog timer that will reboot the machine after a 60 second timer expired and no process has written to /dev/watchdog during that time. @@ -3623,7 +3825,7 @@ CONFIG_AGP_I460 chipset, the first to support Intel Itanium processors, is new and this option is correspondingly a little experimental. - If you don't have a 460GX based machine (such as BigSur) with an AGP + If you don't have a 460GX based machine (such as BigSur) with an AGP slot then this option isn't going to do you much good. If you're dying to do Direct Rendering on IA-64, this is what you're looking for. @@ -3662,7 +3864,7 @@ CONFIG_AGP_SIS Serverworks LE/HE support CONFIG_AGP_SWORKS - Say Y here to support the Serverworks AGP card. See + Say Y here to support the Serverworks AGP card. See <http://www.serverworks.com/> for product descriptions and images. ALI chipset support @@ -4560,8 +4762,8 @@ CONFIG_FB_PMAG_BA PMAGB-B TURBOchannel framebuffer support CONFIG_FB_PMAGB_B Support for the PMAGB-B TURBOchannel framebuffer card used mainly - in the MIPS-based DECstation series. The card is currently only - supported in 1280x1024x8 mode. + in the MIPS-based DECstation series. The card is currently only + supported in 1280x1024x8 mode. FutureTV PCI card CONFIG_ARCH_FTVPCI @@ -4603,7 +4805,7 @@ CONFIG_FB_L7200 NeoMagic display support (EXPERIMENTAL) CONFIG_FB_NEOMAGIC This driver supports notebooks with NeoMagic PCI chips. - Say Y if you have such a graphics card. + Say Y if you have such a graphics card. The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The @@ -4817,7 +5019,7 @@ Matrox unified accelerated driver CONFIG_FB_MATROX Say Y here if you have a Matrox Millennium, Millennium II, Mystique, Mystique 220, Productiva G100, Mystique G200, Millennium G200, - Matrox G400, G450 or G550 card in your box. At this time, support for + Matrox G400, G450 or G550 card in your box. At this time, support for the G-series digital output is almost non-existant. This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be @@ -4857,7 +5059,7 @@ CONFIG_FB_MATROX_G100 "I2C support" and "I2C bit-banging support" in the character devices section, and then to "Matrox I2C support" and "G400 second head support" here in the framebuffer section. - + If you have G550, you must also compile support for G450/G550 secondary head into kernel, otherwise picture will be shown only on the output you are probably not using... @@ -4953,10 +5155,10 @@ CONFIG_FB_MATROX_MULTIHEAD 3Dfx Voodoo Graphics / Voodoo2 frame buffer support CONFIG_FB_VOODOO1 - Say Y here if you have a 3Dfx Voodoo Graphics (Voodoo1/sst1) or + Say Y here if you have a 3Dfx Voodoo Graphics (Voodoo1/sst1) or Voodoo2 (cvg) based graphics card. - This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The module will be called sstfb.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. @@ -5087,14 +5289,14 @@ CONFIG_FB_ATY_CT Sony Vaio Picturebook laptop LCD panel support CONFIG_FB_ATY_CT_VAIO_LCD - Say Y here if you want to use the full width of the Sony Vaio + Say Y here if you want to use the full width of the Sony Vaio Picturebook laptops LCD panels (you will get a 128x30 console). Note that you need to activate this mode using the 'vga=0x301' option from your boot loader (lilo or loadlin). See the documentation of your boot loader about how to pass options to the kernel. - + Mach64 GX support CONFIG_FB_ATY_GX Say Y here to support use of the ATI Mach64 Graphics Expression @@ -5143,6 +5345,15 @@ CONFIG_FBCON_ADVANCED If unsure, say N. +CONFIG_NET_SCH_HFSC + Say Y here if you want to use the Hierarchical Fair Service Curve + (HFSC) packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. + + This code is also available as a module called sch_hfsc.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + Monochrome support CONFIG_FBCON_MFB This is the low level frame buffer console driver for monochrome @@ -5339,7 +5550,13711 @@ CONFIG_PARPORT_1284 want to use a device that uses enhanced parallel port transfer modes such as EPP and ECP, say Y here to enable advanced IEEE 1284 transfer modes. Also say Y if you want device ID information to - appear in /proc/sys/dev/parportYYDELETEMEYYmsr - Model-specific register support + appear in /proc/sys/dev/parport/*/autoprobe*. It is safe to say N. + +Enable loadable module support +CONFIG_MODULES + Kernel modules are small pieces of compiled code which can be + inserted in or removed from the running kernel, using the programs + insmod and rmmod. This is described in the file + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>, including the fact that you have + to say "make modules" in order to compile the modules that you chose + during kernel configuration. Modules can be device drivers, file + systems, binary executable formats, and so on. If you think that you + may want to make use of modules with this kernel in the future, then + say Y here. If unsure, say Y. + +Set version information on all symbols for modules +CONFIG_MODVERSIONS + Usually, modules have to be recompiled whenever you switch to a new + kernel. Saying Y here makes it possible, and safe, to use the + same modules even after compiling a new kernel; this requires the + program modprobe. All the software needed for module support is in + the modutils package (check the file <file:Documentation/Changes> + for location and latest version). NOTE: if you say Y here but don't + have the program genksyms (which is also contained in the above + mentioned modutils package), then the building of your kernel will + fail. If you are going to use modules that are generated from + non-kernel sources, you would benefit from this option. Otherwise + it's not that important. So, N ought to be a safe bet. + +Kernel module loader support +CONFIG_KMOD + Normally when you have selected some drivers and/or file systems to + be created as loadable modules, you also have the responsibility to + load the corresponding modules (using the programs insmod or + modprobe) before you can use them. If you say Y here however, the + kernel will be able to load modules for itself: when a part of the + kernel needs a module, it runs modprobe with the appropriate + arguments, thereby loading the module if it is available. (This is a + replacement for kerneld.) Say Y here and read about configuring it + in <file:Documentation/kmod.txt>. + +ARP daemon support +CONFIG_ARPD + Normally, the kernel maintains an internal cache which maps IP + addresses to hardware addresses on the local network, so that + Ethernet/Token Ring/ etc. frames are sent to the proper address on + the physical networking layer. For small networks having a few + hundred directly connected hosts or less, keeping this address + resolution (ARP) cache inside the kernel works well. However, + maintaining an internal ARP cache does not work well for very large + switched networks, and will use a lot of kernel memory if TCP/IP + connections are made to many machines on the network. + + If you say Y here, the kernel's internal ARP cache will never grow + to more than 256 entries (the oldest entries are expired in a LIFO + manner) and communication will be attempted with the user space ARP + daemon arpd. Arpd then answers the address resolution request either + from its own cache or by asking the net. + + This code is experimental and also obsolete. If you want to use it, + you need to find a version of the daemon arpd on the net somewhere, + and you should also say Y to "Kernel/User network link driver", + below. If unsure, say N. + +TCP/IP networking +CONFIG_INET + These are the protocols used on the Internet and on most local + Ethernets. It is highly recommended to say Y here (this will enlarge + your kernel by about 144 KB), since some programs (e.g. the X window + system) use TCP/IP even if your machine is not connected to any + other computer. You will get the so-called loopback device which + allows you to ping yourself (great fun, that!). + + For an excellent introduction to Linux networking, please read the + NET-3-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This option is also necessary if you want to use the full power of + term (term is a program which gives you almost full Internet + connectivity if you have a regular dial up shell account on some + Internet connected Unix computer; for more information, read + <http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html>). + + If you say Y here and also to "/proc file system support" and + "Sysctl support" below, you can change various aspects of the + behaviour of the TCP/IP code by writing to the (virtual) files in + /proc/sys/net/ipv4/*; the options are explained in the file + <file:Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt>. + + Short answer: say Y. + +IP multicasting +CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST + This is code for addressing several networked computers at once, + enlarging your kernel by about 2 KB. You need multicasting if you + intend to participate in the MBONE, a high bandwidth network on top + of the Internet which carries audio and video broadcasts. More + information about the MBONE is on the WWW at + <http://www-itg.lbl.gov/mbone/>. Information about the multicast + capabilities of the various network cards is contained in + <file:Documentation/networking/multicast.txt>. For most people, it's + safe to say N. + +Advanced router +CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER + If you intend to run your Linux box mostly as a router, i.e. as a + computer that forwards and redistributes network packets, say Y; you + will then be presented with several options that allow more precise + control about the routing process. + + The answer to this question won't directly affect the kernel: + answering N will just cause the configurator to skip all the + questions about advanced routing. + + Note that your box can only act as a router if you enable IP + forwarding in your kernel; you can do that by saying Y to "/proc + file system support" and "Sysctl support" below and executing the + line + + echo "1" > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward + + at boot time after the /proc file system has been mounted. + + If you turn on IP forwarding, you will also get the rp_filter, which + automatically rejects incoming packets if the routing table entry + for their source address doesn't match the network interface they're + arriving on. This has security advantages because it prevents the + so-called IP spoofing, however it can pose problems if you use + asymmetric routing (packets from you to a host take a different path + than packets from that host to you) or if you operate a non-routing + host which has several IP addresses on different interfaces. To turn + rp_filter off use: + + echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/<device>/rp_filter + or + echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter + + If unsure, say N here. + +Policy routing +CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES + Normally, a router decides what to do with a received packet based + solely on the packet's final destination address. If you say Y here, + the Linux router will also be able to take the packet's source + address into account. Furthermore, if you also say Y to "Use TOS + value as routing key" below, the TOS (Type-Of-Service) field of the + packet can be used for routing decisions as well. In addition, if + you say Y here and to "Fast network address translation" below, + the router will also be able to modify source and destination + addresses of forwarded packets. + + If you are interested in this, please see the preliminary + documentation at <http://www.compendium.com.ar/policy-routing.txt> + and <ftp://post.tepkom.ru/pub/vol2/Linux/docs/advanced-routing.tex>. + You will need supporting software from + <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/>. + + If unsure, say N. + +Equal cost multipath +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH + Normally, the routing tables specify a single action to be taken in + a deterministic manner for a given packet. If you say Y here + however, it becomes possible to attach several actions to a packet + pattern, in effect specifying several alternative paths to travel + for those packets. The router considers all these paths to be of + equal "cost" and chooses one of them in a non-deterministic fashion + if a matching packet arrives. + +Use TOS value as routing key +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_TOS + The header of every IP packet carries a TOS (Type Of Service) value + with which the packet requests a certain treatment, e.g. low + latency (for interactive traffic), high throughput, or high + reliability. If you say Y here, you will be able to specify + different routes for packets with different TOS values. + +Use netfilter MARK value as routing key +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_FWMARK + If you say Y here, you will be able to specify different routes for + packets with different mark values (see iptables(8), MARK target). + +Verbose route monitoring +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_VERBOSE + If you say Y here, which is recommended, then the kernel will print + verbose messages regarding the routing, for example warnings about + received packets which look strange and could be evidence of an + attack or a misconfigured system somewhere. The information is + handled by the klogd daemon which is responsible for kernel messages + ("man klogd"). + +Large routing tables +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_LARGE_TABLES + If you have routing zones that grow to more than about 64 entries, + you may want to say Y here to speed up the routing process. + +Fast network address translation +CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_NAT + If you say Y here, your router will be able to modify source and + destination addresses of packets that pass through it, in a manner + you specify. General information about Network Address Translation + can be gotten from the document + <http://www.csn.tu-chemnitz.de/~mha/linux-ip-nat/diplom/nat.html>. + +Kernel level IP autoconfiguration +CONFIG_IP_PNP + This enables automatic configuration of IP addresses of devices and + of the routing table during kernel boot, based on either information + supplied on the kernel command line or by BOOTP or RARP protocols. + You need to say Y only for diskless machines requiring network + access to boot (in which case you want to say Y to "Root file system + on NFS" as well), because all other machines configure the network + in their startup scripts. + +BOOTP support +CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP + If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the + one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the + net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be + discovered automatically at boot time using the BOOTP protocol (a + special protocol designed for doing this job), say Y here. In case + the boot ROM of your network card was designed for booting Linux and + does BOOTP itself, providing all necessary information on the kernel + command line, you can say N here. If unsure, say Y. Note that if you + want to use BOOTP, a BOOTP server must be operating on your network. + Read <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for details. + +DHCP support +CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP + If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the + one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the + net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be + discovered automatically at boot time using the DHCP protocol (a + special protocol designed for doing this job), say Y here. In case + the boot ROM of your network card was designed for booting Linux and + does DHCP itself, providing all necessary information on the kernel + command line, you can say N here. + + If unsure, say Y. Note that if you want to use DHCP, a DHCP server + must be operating on your network. Read + <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for details. + +RARP support +CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP + If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the + one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the + net via NFS and you want the IP address of your computer to be + discovered automatically at boot time using the RARP protocol (an + older protocol which is being obsoleted by BOOTP and DHCP), say Y + here. Note that if you want to use RARP, a RARP server must be + operating on your network. Read <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for + details. + +IP tunneling +CONFIG_NET_IPIP + Tunneling means encapsulating data of one protocol type within + another protocol and sending it over a channel that understands the + encapsulating protocol. This particular tunneling driver implements + encapsulation of IP within IP, which sounds kind of pointless, but + can be useful if you want to make your (or some other) machine + appear on a different network than it physically is, or to use + mobile-IP facilities (allowing laptops to seamlessly move between + networks without changing their IP addresses; check out + <http://anchor.cs.binghamton.edu/~mobileip/LJ/index.html>). + + Saying Y to this option will produce two modules ( = code which can + be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you + want). Most people won't need this and can say N. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + ipip.o + +GRE tunnels over IP +CONFIG_NET_IPGRE + Tunneling means encapsulating data of one protocol type within + another protocol and sending it over a channel that understands the + encapsulating protocol. This particular tunneling driver implements + GRE (Generic Routing Encapsulation) and at this time allows + encapsulating of IPv4 or IPv6 over existing IPv4 infrastructure. + This driver is useful if the other endpoint is a Cisco router: Cisco + likes GRE much better than the other Linux tunneling driver ("IP + tunneling" above). In addition, GRE allows multicast redistribution + through the tunnel. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + ip_gre.o + +Broadcast GRE over IP +CONFIG_NET_IPGRE_BROADCAST + One application of GRE/IP is to construct a broadcast WAN (Wide Area + Network), which looks like a normal Ethernet LAN (Local Area + Network), but can be distributed all over the Internet. If you want + to do that, say Y here and to "IP multicast routing" below. + +IP multicast routing +CONFIG_IP_MROUTE + This is used if you want your machine to act as a router for IP + packets that have several destination addresses. It is needed on the + MBONE, a high bandwidth network on top of the Internet which carries + audio and video broadcasts. In order to do that, you would most + likely run the program mrouted. Information about the multicast + capabilities of the various network cards is contained in + <file:Documentation/networking/multicast.txt>. If you haven't heard + about it, you don't need it. + +PIM-SM version 1 support +CONFIG_IP_PIMSM_V1 + Kernel side support for Sparse Mode PIM (Protocol Independent + Multicast) version 1. This multicast routing protocol is used widely + because Cisco supports it. You need special software to use it + (pimd-v1). Please see <http://netweb.usc.edu/pim/> for more + information about PIM. + + Say Y if you want to use PIM-SM v1. Note that you can say N here if + you just want to use Dense Mode PIM. + +PIM-SM version 2 support +CONFIG_IP_PIMSM_V2 + Kernel side support for Sparse Mode PIM version 2. In order to use + this, you need an experimental routing daemon supporting it (pimd or + gated-5). This routing protocol is not used widely, so say N unless + you want to play with it. + +Unix domain sockets +CONFIG_UNIX + If you say Y here, you will include support for Unix domain sockets; + sockets are the standard Unix mechanism for establishing and + accessing network connections. Many commonly used programs such as + the X Window system and syslog use these sockets even if your + machine is not connected to any network. Unless you are working on + an embedded system or something similar, you therefore definitely + want to say Y here. + + However, the socket support is also available as a module ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be + called unix.o. If you try building this as a module and you have + said Y to "Kernel module loader support" above, be sure to add + 'alias net-pf-1 unix' to your /etc/modules.conf file. Note that + several important services won't work correctly if you say M here + and then neglect to load the module. + + Say Y unless you know what you are doing. + +The IPv6 protocol +CONFIG_IPV6 + This is experimental support for the next version of the Internet + Protocol: IP version 6 (also called IPng "IP next generation"). + Features of this new protocol include: expanded address space, + authentication and privacy, and seamless interoperability with the + current version of IP (IP version 4). For general information about + IPv6, see <http://playground.sun.com/pub/ipng/html/ipng-main.html>; + for specific information about IPv6 under Linux read the HOWTO at + <http://www.bieringer.de/linux/IPv6/> and the file net/ipv6/README + in the kernel source. + + If you want to use IPv6, please upgrade to the newest net-tools as + given in <file:Documentation/Changes>. You will still be able to do + regular IPv4 networking as well. + + This protocol support is also available as a module ( = code which + can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you + want). The module will be called ipv6.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + It is safe to say N here for now. + +Kernel httpd acceleration +CONFIG_KHTTPD + The kernel httpd acceleration daemon (kHTTPd) is a (limited) web + server built into the kernel. It is limited since it can only serve + files from the file system and cannot deal with executable content + such as CGI scripts. Serving files is sped up if you use kHTTPd. + If kHTTPd is not able to fulfill a request, it can transparently + pass it through to a user space web server such as apache. + + Saying "M" here builds the kHTTPd module; this is NOT enough to have + a working kHTTPd. For safety reasons, the module has to be activated + by doing a "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/khttpd/start" after inserting the + module. + + Before using this, read the README in net/khttpd ! + + The kHTTPd is experimental. Be careful when using it on a production + machine. Also note that kHTTPd doesn't support virtual servers yet. + +The IPX protocol +CONFIG_IPX + This is support for the Novell networking protocol, IPX, commonly + used for local networks of Windows machines. You need it if you + want to access Novell NetWare file or print servers using the Linux + Novell client ncpfs (available from + <ftp://platan.vc.cvut.cz/pub/linux/ncpfs/>) or from + within the Linux DOS emulator DOSEMU (read the DOSEMU-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>). In order + to do the former, you'll also have to say Y to "NCP file system + support", below. + + IPX is similar in scope to IP, while SPX, which runs on top of IPX, + is similar to TCP. There is also experimental support for SPX in + Linux (see "SPX networking", below). + + To turn your Linux box into a fully featured NetWare file server and + IPX router, say Y here and fetch either lwared from + <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/network/daemons/> or + mars_nwe from <ftp://www.compu-art.de/mars_nwe/>. For more + information, read the IPX-HOWTO available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and + Macs is on the WWW at <http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html>. + + The IPX driver would enlarge your kernel by about 16 KB. This driver + is also available as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and + removed from the running kernel whenever you want). The module will + be called ipx.o. If you want to compile it as a module, say M here + and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. Unless you want to + integrate your Linux box with a local Novell network, say N. + +Full internal IPX network +CONFIG_IPX_INTERN + Every IPX network has an address that identifies it. Sometimes it is + useful to give an IPX "network" address to your Linux box as well + (for example if your box is acting as a file server for different + IPX networks: it will then be accessible from everywhere using the + same address). The way this is done is to create a virtual internal + "network" inside your box and to assign an IPX address to this + network. Say Y here if you want to do this; read the IPX-HOWTO at + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> for details. + + The full internal IPX network enables you to allocate sockets on + different virtual nodes of the internal network. This is done by + evaluating the field sipx_node of the socket address given to the + bind call. So applications should always initialize the node field + to 0 when binding a socket on the primary network. In this case the + socket is assigned the default node that has been given to the + kernel when the internal network was created. By enabling the full + internal IPX network the cross-forwarding of packets targeted at + 'special' sockets to sockets listening on the primary network is + disabled. This might break existing applications, especially RIP/SAP + daemons. A RIP/SAP daemon that works well with the full internal net + can be found on <ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/ncpfs/>. + + If you don't know what you are doing, say N. + +#(We're told this will come back someday) + +SPX networking +CONFIG_SPX + * Orphaned entry retained 20 April 2001 by Petr Vandrovec * + * If you read this note from the configurator, please contact * + * the Configure.help maintainers. * + The Sequenced Packet eXchange protocol is a transport layer protocol + built on top of IPX. It is used in Novell NetWare systems for + client-server applications and is similar to TCP (which runs on top + of IP). + + Note that Novell NetWare file sharing does not use SPX; it uses a + protocol called NCP, for which separate Linux support is available + ("NCP file system support" below for the client side, and the user + space programs lwared or mars_nwe for the server side). + + Say Y here if you have use for SPX; read the IPX-HOWTO at + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> for details. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called af_spx.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +DECnet networking +CONFIG_DECNET + The DECnet networking protocol was used in many products made by + Digital (now Compaq). It provides reliable stream and sequenced + packet communications over which run a variety of services similar + to those which run over TCP/IP. + + To find some tools to use with the kernel layer support, please + look at Patrick Caulfield's web site: + <http://linux.dreamtime.org/decnet/>. + + More detailed documentation is available in + <file:Documentation/networking/decnet.txt>. + + Be sure to say Y to "/proc file system support" and "Sysctl support" + below when using DECnet, since you will need sysctl support to aid + in configuration at run time. + + The DECnet code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called decnet.o. + +DECnet SIOCFIGCONF support +CONFIG_DECNET_SIOCGIFCONF + This option should only be turned on if you are really sure that + you know what you are doing. It can break other applications which + use this system call and the proper way to get the information + provided by this call is to use rtnetlink. + + If unsure, say N. + +DECnet router support +CONFIG_DECNET_ROUTER + Add support for turning your DECnet Endnode into a level 1 or 2 + router. This is an unfinished option for developers only. If you + do say Y here, then make sure that you also say Y to "Kernel/User + network link driver", "Routing messages" and "Network packet + filtering". The first two are required to allow configuration via + rtnetlink (currently you need Alexey Kuznetsov's iproute2 package + from <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/>). The "Network packet filtering" option + will be required for the forthcoming routing daemon to work. + + See <file:Documentation/networking/decnet.txt> for more information. + +Use FWMARK value as DECnet routing key +CONFIG_DECNET_ROUTE_FWMARK + If you say Y here, you will be able to specify different routes for + packets with different FWMARK ("firewalling mark") values + (see ipchains(8), "-m" argument). + +AppleTalk interfaces support +CONFIG_DEV_APPLETALK + AppleTalk is the protocol that Apple computers can use to communicate + on a network. If your Linux box is connected to such a network, and wish + to do IP over it, or you have a LocalTalk card and wish to use it to + connect to the AppleTalk network, say Y. + +AppleTalk protocol support +CONFIG_ATALK + AppleTalk is the protocol that Apple computers can use to communicate + on a network. If your Linux box is connected to such a network and you + wish to connect to it, say Y. You will need to use the netatalk package + so that your Linux box can act as a print and file server for Macs as + well as access AppleTalk printers. Check out + <http://www.zettabyte.net/netatalk/> on the WWW for details. + EtherTalk is the name used for AppleTalk over Ethernet and the + cheaper and slower LocalTalk is AppleTalk over a proprietary Apple + network using serial links. EtherTalk and LocalTalk are fully + supported by Linux. + + General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and + Macs is on the WWW at <http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html>. The + NET-3-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, contains valuable + information as well. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called appletalk.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. You + almost certainly want to compile it as a module so you can restart + your AppleTalk stack without rebooting your machine. I hear that + the GNU boycott of Apple is over, so even politically correct people + are allowed to say Y here. + +AppleTalk-IP driver support +CONFIG_IPDDP + This allows IP networking for users who only have AppleTalk + networking available. This feature is experimental. With this + driver, you can encapsulate IP inside AppleTalk (e.g. if your Linux + box is stuck on an AppleTalk only network) or decapsulate (e.g. if + you want your Linux box to act as an Internet gateway for a zoo of + AppleTalk connected Macs). Please see the file + <file:Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt> for more information. + + If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP support will be compiled into + the kernel. In this case, you can either use encapsulation or + decapsulation, but not both. With the following two questions, you + decide which one you want. + + If you say M here, the AppleTalk-IP support will be compiled as a + module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the + running kernel whenever you want, read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>). The module is called ipddp.o. + In this case, you will be able to use both encapsulation and + decapsulation simultaneously, by loading two copies of the module + and specifying different values for the module option ipddp_mode. + +IP to AppleTalk-IP Encapsulation support +CONFIG_IPDDP_ENCAP + If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP code will be able to encapsulate + IP packets inside AppleTalk frames; this is useful if your Linux box + is stuck on an AppleTalk network (which hopefully contains a + decapsulator somewhere). Please see + <file:Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt> for more information. If + you said Y to "AppleTalk-IP driver support" above and you say Y + here, then you cannot say Y to "AppleTalk-IP to IP Decapsulation + support", below. + +AppleTalk-IP to IP Decapsulation support +CONFIG_IPDDP_DECAP + If you say Y here, the AppleTalk-IP code will be able to decapsulate + AppleTalk-IP frames to IP packets; this is useful if you want your + Linux box to act as an Internet gateway for an AppleTalk network. + Please see <file:Documentation/networking/ipddp.txt> for more + information. If you said Y to "AppleTalk-IP driver support" above + and you say Y here, then you cannot say Y to "IP to AppleTalk-IP + Encapsulation support", above. + +Apple/Farallon LocalTalk PC card support +CONFIG_LTPC + This allows you to use the AppleTalk PC card to connect to LocalTalk + networks. The card is also known as the Farallon PhoneNet PC card. + If you are in doubt, this card is the one with the 65C02 chip on it. + You also need version 1.3.3 or later of the netatalk package. + This driver is experimental, which means that it may not work. + See the file <file:Documentation/networking/ltpc.txt>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + ltpc.o + +COPS LocalTalk PC card support +CONFIG_COPS + This allows you to use COPS AppleTalk cards to connect to LocalTalk + networks. You also need version 1.3.3 or later of the netatalk + package. This driver is experimental, which means that it may not + work. This driver will only work if you choose "AppleTalk DDP" + networking support, above. + Please read the file <file:Documentation/networking/cops.txt>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + cops.o + +Dayna firmware support +CONFIG_COPS_DAYNA + Support COPS compatible cards with Dayna style firmware (Dayna + DL2000/ Daynatalk/PC (half length), COPS LT-95, Farallon PhoneNET PC + III, Farallon PhoneNET PC II). + +Tangent firmware support +CONFIG_COPS_TANGENT + Support COPS compatible cards with Tangent style firmware (Tangent + ATB_II, Novell NL-1000, Daystar Digital LT-200. + +Amateur Radio support +CONFIG_HAMRADIO + If you want to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio, answer Y + here. You want to read <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html> and + the AX25-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all + the questions about amateur radio. + +Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2 protocol +CONFIG_AX25 + This is the protocol used for computer communication over amateur + radio. It is either used by itself for point-to-point links, or to + carry other protocols such as tcp/ip. To use it, you need a device + that connects your Linux box to your amateur radio. You can either + use a low speed TNC (a Terminal Node Controller acts as a kind of + modem connecting your computer's serial port to your radio's + microphone input and speaker output) supporting the KISS protocol or + one of the various SCC cards that are supported by the generic Z8530 + or the DMA SCC driver. Another option are the Baycom modem serial + and parallel port hacks or the sound card modem (supported by their + own drivers). If you say Y here, you also have to say Y to one of + those drivers. + + Information about where to get supporting software for Linux amateur + radio as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is + contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You might also want to + check out the file <file:Documentation/networking/ax25.txt> in the + kernel source. More information about digital amateur radio in + general is on the WWW at + <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ax25.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +AX.25 DAMA Slave support +CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_SLAVE + DAMA is a mechanism to prevent collisions when doing AX.25 + networking. A DAMA server (called "master") accepts incoming traffic + from clients (called "slaves") and redistributes it to other slaves. + If you say Y here, your Linux box will act as a DAMA slave; this is + transparent in that you don't have to do any special DAMA + configuration. (Linux cannot yet act as a DAMA server.) If unsure, + say N. + +AX.25 DAMA Master support +CONFIG_AX25_DAMA_MASTER + DAMA is a mechanism to prevent collisions when doing AX.25 + networking. A DAMA server (called "master") accepts incoming traffic + from clients (called "slaves") and redistributes it to other + slaves. If you say Y here, your Linux box will act as a DAMA server. + If unsure, say N. + +Amateur Radio NET/ROM support +CONFIG_NETROM + NET/ROM is a network layer protocol on top of AX.25 useful for + routing. + + A comprehensive listing of all the software for Linux amateur radio + users as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is + contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You also might want to + check out the file <file:Documentation/networking/ax25.txt>. More + information about digital amateur radio in general is on the WWW at + <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called netrom.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Amateur Radio X.25 PLP (Rose) +CONFIG_ROSE + The Packet Layer Protocol (PLP) is a way to route packets over X.25 + connections in general and amateur radio AX.25 connections in + particular, essentially an alternative to NET/ROM. + + A comprehensive listing of all the software for Linux amateur radio + users as well as information about how to configure an AX.25 port is + contained in the AX25-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You also might want to + check out the file <file:Documentation/networking/ax25.txt>. More + information about digital amateur radio in general is on the WWW at + <http://www.tapr.org/tapr/html/pkthome.html>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called rose.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Serial port KISS driver for AX.25 +CONFIG_MKISS + KISS is a protocol used for the exchange of data between a computer + and a Terminal Node Controller (a small embedded system commonly + used for networking over AX.25 amateur radio connections; it + connects the computer's serial port with the radio's microphone + input and speaker output). + + Although KISS is less advanced than the 6pack protocol, it has + the advantage that it is already supported by most modern TNCs + without the need for a firmware upgrade. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called mkiss.o. + +Serial port 6PACK driver for AX.25 +CONFIG_6PACK + 6pack is a transmission protocol for the data exchange between your + PC and your TNC (the Terminal Node Controller acts as a kind of + modem connecting your computer's serial port to your radio's + microphone input and speaker output). This protocol can be used as + an alternative to KISS for networking over AX.25 amateur radio + connections, but it has some extended functionality. + + Note that this driver is still experimental and might cause + problems. For details about the features and the usage of the + driver, read <file:Documentation/networking/6pack.txt>. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called 6pack.o. + +BPQ Ethernet driver +CONFIG_BPQETHER + AX.25 is the protocol used for computer communication over amateur + radio. If you say Y here, you will be able to send and receive AX.25 + traffic over Ethernet (also called "BPQ AX.25"), which could be + useful if some other computer on your local network has a direct + amateur radio connection. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called bpqether.o. + +High-speed (DMA) SCC driver for AX.25 +CONFIG_DMASCC + This is a driver for high-speed SCC boards, i.e. those supporting + DMA on one port. You usually use those boards to connect your + computer to an amateur radio modem (such as the WA4DSY 56kbps + modem), in order to send and receive AX.25 packet radio network + traffic. + + Currently, this driver supports Ottawa PI/PI2, Paccomm/Gracilis + PackeTwin, and S5SCC/DMA boards. They are detected automatically. + If you have one of these cards, say Y here and read the AX25-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver can operate multiple boards simultaneously. If you + compile it as a module (by saying M instead of Y), it will be called + dmascc.o. If you don't pass any parameter to the driver, all + possible I/O addresses are probed. This could irritate other devices + that are currently not in use. You may specify the list of addresses + to be probed by "dmascc=addr1,addr2,..." (when compiled into the + kernel image) or "io=addr1,addr2,..." (when loaded as a module). The + network interfaces will be called dmascc0 and dmascc1 for the board + detected first, dmascc2 and dmascc3 for the second one, and so on. + + Before you configure each interface with ifconfig, you MUST set + certain parameters, such as channel access timing, clock mode, and + DMA channel. This is accomplished with a small utility program, + dmascc_cfg, available at + <http://www.nt.tuwien.ac.at/~kkudielk/Linux/>. Please be sure to get + at least version 1.27 of dmascc_cfg, as older versions will not + work with the current driver. + +Z8530 SCC driver for AX.25 +CONFIG_SCC + These cards are used to connect your Linux box to an amateur radio + in order to communicate with other computers. If you want to use + this, read <file:Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt> and the + AX25-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Also make sure to say Y + to "Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2" support. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called scc.o. + +Support for TRX that feedback the tx signal to rx +CONFIG_SCC_TRXECHO + Some transmitters feed the transmitted signal back to the receive + line. Say Y here to foil this by explicitly disabling the receiver + during data transmission. If in doubt, say Y. + +Additional delay for PA0HZP OptoSCC compatible boards +CONFIG_SCC_DELAY + Say Y here if you experience problems with the SCC driver not + working properly; please read + <file:Documentation/networking/z8530drv.txt> for details. If unsure, + say N. + +YAM driver for AX.25 +CONFIG_YAM + The YAM is a modem for packet radio which connects to the serial + port and includes some of the functions of a Terminal Node + Controller. If you have one of those, say Y here. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called yam.o. + +BAYCOM picpar and par96 driver for AX.25 +CONFIG_BAYCOM_PAR + This is a driver for Baycom style simple amateur radio modems that + connect to a parallel interface. The driver supports the picpar and + par96 designs. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc utility + available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For information on + the modems, see <http://www.baycom.de/> and the file + <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called baycom_par.o. + +BAYCOM EPP driver for AX.25 +CONFIG_BAYCOM_EPP + This is a driver for Baycom style simple amateur radio modems that + connect to a parallel interface. The driver supports the EPP + designs. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc utility available + in the standard ax25 utilities package. For information on the + modems, see <http://www.baycom.de/> and the file + <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called baycom_par.o. + +BAYCOM ser12 full-duplex driver for AX.25 +CONFIG_BAYCOM_SER_FDX + This is one of two drivers for Baycom style simple amateur radio + modems that connect to a serial interface. The driver supports the + ser12 design in full-duplex mode. In addition, it allows the + baudrate to be set between 300 and 4800 baud (however not all modems + support all baudrates). This is the preferred driver. The next + driver, "BAYCOM ser12 half-duplex driver for AX.25" is the old + driver and still provided in case this driver does not work with + your serial interface chip. To configure the driver, use the sethdlc + utility available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For + information on the modems, see <http://www.baycom.de/> and + <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called baycom_ser_fdx.o. + +BAYCOM ser12 half-duplex driver for AX.25 +CONFIG_BAYCOM_SER_HDX + This is one of two drivers for Baycom style simple amateur radio + modems that connect to a serial interface. The driver supports the + ser12 design in full-duplex mode. This is the old driver. It is + still provided in case your serial interface chip does not work with + the full-duplex driver. This driver is depreciated. To configure + the driver, use the sethdlc utility available in the standard ax25 + utilities package. For information on the modems, see + <http://www.baycom.de/> and + <file:Documentation/networking/baycom.txt>. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called baycom_ser_hdx.o. + +Sound card modem driver for AX.25 +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM + This experimental driver allows a standard Sound Blaster or + WindowsSoundSystem compatible sound card to be used as a packet + radio modem (NOT as a telephone modem!), to send digital traffic + over amateur radio. + + To configure the driver, use the sethdlc, smdiag and smmixer + utilities available in the standard ax25 utilities package. For + information on how to key the transmitter, see + <http://www.ife.ee.ethz.ch/~sailer/pcf/ptt_circ/ptt.html> and + <file:Documentation/networking/soundmodem.txt>. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called soundmodem.o. + +Sound card modem support for Sound Blaster and compatible cards +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_SBC + This option enables the soundmodem driver to use Sound Blaster and + compatible cards. If you have a dual mode card (i.e. a WSS cards + with a Sound Blaster emulation) you should say N here and Y to + "Sound card modem support for WSS and Crystal cards", below, because + this usually results in better performance. This option also + supports SB16/32/64 in full-duplex mode. + +Sound card modem support for WSS and Crystal cards +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_WSS + This option enables the soundmodem driver to use WindowsSoundSystem + compatible cards. These cards feature a codec chip from either + Analog Devices (such as AD1848, AD1845, AD1812) or Crystal + Semiconductors (such as CS4248, CS423x). This option also supports + the WSS full-duplex operation which currently works with Crystal + CS423x chips. If you don't need full-duplex operation, do not enable + it to save performance. + +Sound card modem support for 1200 baud AFSK modulation +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK1200 + This option enables the soundmodem driver 1200 baud AFSK modem, + compatible to popular modems using TCM3105 or AM7911. The + demodulator requires about 12% of the CPU power of a Pentium 75 CPU + per channel. + +Sound card modem support for 2400 baud AFSK modulation (7.3728MHz crystal) +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2400_7 + This option enables the soundmodem driver 2400 baud AFSK modem, + compatible to TCM3105 modems (over-)clocked with a 7.3728MHz + crystal. Note that the availability of this driver does _not_ imply + that I recommend building such links. It is only here since users + especially in eastern Europe have asked me to do so. In fact this + modulation scheme has many disadvantages, mainly its incompatibility + with many transceiver designs and the fact that the TCM3105 (if + used) is operated widely outside its specifications. + +Sound card modem support for 2400 baud AFSK modulation (8MHz crystal) +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2400_8 + This option enables the soundmodem driver 2400 baud AFSK modem, + compatible to TCM3105 modems (over-)clocked with an 8MHz crystal. + Note that the availability of this driver does _not_ imply that I + recommend building such links. It is only here since users + especially in eastern Europe have asked me to do so. In fact this + modulation scheme has many disadvantages, mainly its incompatibility + with many transceiver designs and the fact that the TCM3105 (if + used) is operated widely outside its specifications. + +Sound card modem support for 2666 baud AFSK modulation +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_AFSK2666 + This option enables the soundmodem driver 2666 baud AFSK modem. + This modem is experimental, and not compatible to anything + else I know of. + +Sound card modem support for 4800 baud 8PSK modulation +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_PSK4800 + This option enables the soundmodem driver 4800 baud 8PSK modem. + This modem is experimental, and not compatible to anything + else I know of. + +Sound card modem support for 4800 baud HAPN-1 modulation +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_HAPN4800 + This option enables the soundmodem driver 4800 baud HAPN-1 + compatible modem. This modulation seems to be widely used 'down + under' and in the Netherlands. Here, nobody uses it, so I could not + test if it works. It is compatible to itself, however :-) + +Sound card modem support for 9600 baud FSK G3RUH modulation +CONFIG_SOUNDMODEM_FSK9600 + This option enables the soundmodem driver 9600 baud FSK modem, + compatible to the G3RUH standard. The demodulator requires about 4% + of the CPU power of a Pentium 75 CPU per channel. You can say Y to + both 1200 baud AFSK and 9600 baud FSK if you want (but obviously you + can only use one protocol at a time, depending on what the other end + can understand). + +CCITT X.25 Packet Layer +CONFIG_X25 + X.25 is a set of standardized network protocols, similar in scope to + frame relay; the one physical line from your box to the X.25 network + entry point can carry several logical point-to-point connections + (called "virtual circuits") to other computers connected to the X.25 + network. Governments, banks, and other organizations tend to use it + to connect to each other or to form Wide Area Networks (WANs). Many + countries have public X.25 networks. X.25 consists of two + protocols: the higher level Packet Layer Protocol (PLP) (say Y here + if you want that) and the lower level data link layer protocol LAPB + (say Y to "LAPB Data Link Driver" below if you want that). + + You can read more about X.25 at <http://www.sangoma.com/x25.htm> and + <http://www.cisco.com/univercd/data/doc/software/11_0/rpcg/cx25.htm>. + Information about X.25 for Linux is contained in the files + <file:Documentation/networking/x25.txt> and + <file:Documentation/networking/x25-iface.txt>. + + One connects to an X.25 network either with a dedicated network card + using the X.21 protocol (not yet supported by Linux) or one can do + X.25 over a standard telephone line using an ordinary modem (say Y + to "X.25 async driver" below) or over Ethernet using an ordinary + Ethernet card and either the 802.2 LLC protocol (say Y to "802.2 + LLC" below) or LAPB over Ethernet (say Y to "LAPB Data Link Driver" + and "LAPB over Ethernet driver" below). + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called x25.o. If unsure, say N. + +LAPB Data Link Driver +CONFIG_LAPB + Link Access Procedure, Balanced (LAPB) is the data link layer (i.e. + the lower) part of the X.25 protocol. It offers a reliable + connection service to exchange data frames with one other host, and + it is used to transport higher level protocols (mostly X.25 Packet + Layer, the higher part of X.25, but others are possible as well). + Usually, LAPB is used with specialized X.21 network cards, but Linux + currently supports LAPB only over Ethernet connections. If you want + to use LAPB connections over Ethernet, say Y here and to "LAPB over + Ethernet driver" below. Read + <file:Documentation/networking/lapb-module.txt> for technical + details. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module though ( = code which + can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you + want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The + module will be called lapb.o. If unsure, say N. + +802.2 LLC +CONFIG_LLC + This is a Logical Link Layer protocol used for X.25 connections over + Ethernet, using ordinary Ethernet cards. + +Frame Diverter +CONFIG_NET_DIVERT + The Frame Diverter allows you to divert packets from the + network, that are not aimed at the interface receiving it (in + promisc. mode). Typically, a Linux box setup as an Ethernet bridge + with the Frames Diverter on, can do some *really* transparent www + caching using a Squid proxy for example. + + This is very useful when you don't want to change your router's + config (or if you simply don't have access to it). + + The other possible usages of diverting Ethernet Frames are + numberous: + - reroute smtp traffic to another interface + - traffic-shape certain network streams + - transparently proxy smtp connections + - etc... + + For more informations, please refer to: + <http://diverter.sourceforge.net/> + <http://perso.wanadoo.fr/magpie/EtherDivert.html> + + If unsure, say N. + +802.1d Ethernet Bridging +CONFIG_BRIDGE + If you say Y here, then your Linux box will be able to act as an + Ethernet bridge, which means that the different Ethernet segments it + is connected to will appear as one Ethernet to the participants. + Several such bridges can work together to create even larger + networks of Ethernets using the IEEE 802.1 spanning tree algorithm. + As this is a standard, Linux bridges will cooperate properly with + other third party bridge products. + + In order to use the Ethernet bridge, you'll need the bridge + configuration tools; see <file:Documentation/networking/bridge.txt> + for location. Please read the Bridge mini-HOWTO for more + information. + + Note that if your box acts as a bridge, it probably contains several + Ethernet devices, but the kernel is not able to recognize more than + one at boot time without help; for details read the Ethernet-HOWTO, + available from in <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this code as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called bridge.o. + + If unsure, say N. + +Packet socket +CONFIG_PACKET + The Packet protocol is used by applications which communicate + directly with network devices without an intermediate network + protocol implemented in the kernel, e.g. tcpdump. If you want them + to work, choose Y. + + This driver is also available as a module called af_packet.o ( = + code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>; if you use modprobe + or kmod, you may also want to add "alias net-pf-17 af_packet" to + /etc/modules.conf. + + If unsure, say Y. + +Packet socket: mmapped IO +CONFIG_PACKET_MMAP + If you say Y here, the Packet protocol driver will use an IO + mechanism that results in faster communication. + + If unsure, say N. + +Netlink device emulation +CONFIG_NETLINK_DEV + This option will be removed soon. Any programs that want to use + character special nodes like /dev/tap0 or /dev/route (all with major + number 36) need this option, and need to be rewritten soon to use + the real netlink socket. + This is a backward compatibility option, choose Y for now. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + netlink_dev.o + +Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) +CONFIG_ATM + ATM is a high-speed networking technology for Local Area Networks + and Wide Area Networks. It uses a fixed packet size and is + connection oriented, allowing for the negotiation of minimum + bandwidth requirements. + + In order to participate in an ATM network, your Linux box needs an + ATM networking card. If you have that, say Y here and to the driver + of your ATM card below. + + Note that you need a set of user-space programs to actually make use + of ATM. See the file <file:Documentation/networking/atm.txt> for + further details. + +Classical IP over ATM +CONFIG_ATM_CLIP + Classical IP over ATM for PVCs and SVCs, supporting InARP and + ATMARP. If you want to communication with other IP hosts on your ATM + network, you will typically either say Y here or to "LAN Emulation + (LANE)" below. + +Do NOT send ICMP if no neighbour +CONFIG_ATM_CLIP_NO_ICMP + Normally, an "ICMP host unreachable" message is sent if a neighbour + cannot be reached because there is no VC to it in the kernel's + ATMARP table. This may cause problems when ATMARP table entries are + briefly removed during revalidation. If you say Y here, packets to + such neighbours are silently discarded instead. + +RFC1483/2684 Bridged protocols +CONFIG_ATM_BR2684 + ATM PVCs can carry ethernet PDUs according to rfc2684 (formerly 1483) + This device will act like an ethernet from the kernels point of view, + with the traffic being carried by ATM PVCs (currently 1 PVC/device). + This is sometimes used over DSL lines. If in doubt, say N. + +Per-VC IP filter kludge +CONFIG_ATM_BR2684_IPFILTER + This is an experimental mechanism for users who need to terminating a + large number of IP-only vcc's. Do not enable this unless you are sure + you know what you are doing. + +LAN Emulation (LANE) support +CONFIG_ATM_LANE + LAN Emulation emulates services of existing LANs across an ATM + network. Besides operating as a normal ATM end station client, Linux + LANE client can also act as an proxy client bridging packets between + ELAN and Ethernet segments. You need LANE if you want to try MPOA. + +Multi-Protocol Over ATM (MPOA) support +CONFIG_ATM_MPOA + Multi-Protocol Over ATM allows ATM edge devices such as routers, + bridges and ATM attached hosts establish direct ATM VCs across + subnetwork boundaries. These shortcut connections bypass routers + enhancing overall network performance. + +ATM over TCP +CONFIG_ATM_TCP + ATM over TCP driver. Useful mainly for development and for + experiments. If unsure, say N. + +Efficient Networks ENI155P +CONFIG_ATM_ENI + Driver for the Efficient Networks ENI155p series and SMC ATM + Power155 155 Mbps ATM adapters. Both, the versions with 512KB and + 2MB on-board RAM (Efficient calls them "C" and "S", respectively), + and the FPGA and the ASIC Tonga versions of the board are supported. + The driver works with MMF (-MF or ...F) and UTP-5 (-U5 or ...D) + adapters. + + This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called eni.o. + +Enable extended debugging +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_DEBUG + Extended debugging records various events and displays that list + when an inconsistency is detected. This mechanism is faster than + generally using printks, but still has some impact on performance. + Note that extended debugging may create certain race conditions + itself. Enable this ONLY if you suspect problems with the driver. + +Fine-tune burst settings +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_TUNE_BURST + In order to obtain good throughput, the ENI NIC can transfer + multiple words of data per PCI bus access cycle. Such a multi-word + transfer is called a burst. + + The default settings for the burst sizes are suitable for most PCI + chipsets. However, in some cases, large bursts may overrun buffers + in the PCI chipset and cause data corruption. In such cases, large + bursts must be disabled and only (slower) small bursts can be used. + The burst sizes can be set independently in the send (TX) and + receive (RX) direction. + + Note that enabling many different burst sizes in the same direction + may increase the cost of setting up a transfer such that the + resulting throughput is lower than when using only the largest + available burst size. + + Also, sometimes larger bursts lead to lower throughput, e.g. on an + Intel 440FX board, a drop from 135 Mbps to 103 Mbps was observed + when going from 8W to 16W bursts. + +Enable 16W TX bursts (discouraged) +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_16W + Burst sixteen words at once in the send direction. This may work + with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets. + +Enable 8W TX bursts (recommended) +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_8W + Burst eight words at once in the send direction. This is the default + setting. + +Enable 4W TX bursts (optional) +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_4W + Burst four words at once in the send direction. You may want to try + this if you have disabled 8W bursts. Enabling 4W if 8W is also set + may or may not improve throughput. + +Enable 2W TX bursts (optional) +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_TX_2W + Burst two words at once in the send direction. You may want to try + this if you have disabled 4W and 8W bursts. Enabling 2W if 4W or 8W + are also set may or may not improve throughput. + +Enable 16W RX bursts (discouraged) +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_16W + Burst sixteen words at once in the receive direction. This may work + with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets. + +Enable 8W RX bursts (discouraged) +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_8W + Burst eight words at once in the receive direction. This may work + with recent PCI chipsets, but is known to fail with older chipsets, + such as the Intel Neptune series. + +Enable 4W RX bursts (recommended) +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_4W + Burst four words at once in the receive direction. This is the + default setting. Enabling 4W if 8W is also set may or may not + improve throughput. + +Enable 2W RX bursts (optional) +CONFIG_ATM_ENI_BURST_RX_2W + Burst two words at once in the receive direction. You may want to + try this if you have disabled 4W and 8W bursts. Enabling 2W if 4W or + 8W are also set may or may not improve throughput. + +ZeitNet ZN1221/ZN1225 +CONFIG_ATM_ZATM + Driver for the ZeitNet ZN1221 (MMF) and ZN1225 (UTP-5) 155 Mbps ATM + adapters. + + This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called zatm.o. + +Enable extended debugging +CONFIG_ATM_ZATM_DEBUG + Extended debugging records various events and displays that list + when an inconsistency is detected. This mechanism is faster than + generally using printks, but still has some impact on performance. + Note that extended debugging may create certain race conditions + itself. Enable this ONLY if you suspect problems with the driver. + +Fujitsu FireStream (FS50/FS155) +CONFIG_ATM_FIRESTREAM + Driver for the Fujitsu FireStream 155 (MB86697) and + FireStream 50 (MB86695) ATM PCI chips. + + This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + firestream.o. + +Enable usec resolution timestamps +CONFIG_ATM_ZATM_EXACT_TS + The uPD98401 SAR chip supports a high-resolution timer (approx. 30 + MHz) that is used for very accurate reception timestamps. Because + that timer overflows after 140 seconds, and also to avoid timer + drift, time measurements need to be periodically synchronized with + the normal system time. Enabling this feature will add some general + overhead for timer synchronization and also per-packet overhead for + time conversion. + +IDT 77201/11 (NICStAR) (ForeRunnerLE) +CONFIG_ATM_NICSTAR + The NICStAR chipset family is used in a large number of ATM NICs for + 25 and for 155 Mbps, including IDT cards and the Fore ForeRunnerLE + series. Say Y if you have one of those. + + This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + nicstar.o. + +Use suni PHY driver (155Mbps) +CONFIG_ATM_NICSTAR_USE_SUNI + Support for the S-UNI and compatible PHYsical layer chips. These are + found in most 155Mbps NICStAR based ATM cards, namely in the + ForeRunner LE155 cards. This driver provides detection of cable~ + removal and reinsertion and provides some statistics. This driver + doesn't have removal capability when compiled as a module, so if you + need that capability don't include S-UNI support (it's not needed to + make the card work). + +Use IDT77015 PHY driver (25Mbps) +CONFIG_ATM_NICSTAR_USE_IDT77105 + Support for the PHYsical layer chip in ForeRunner LE25 cards. In + addition to cable removal/reinsertion detection, this driver allows + you to control the loopback mode of the chip via a dedicated IOCTL. + This driver is required for proper handling of temporary carrier + loss, so if you have a 25Mbps NICStAR based ATM card you must say Y. + +IDT 77252 (NICStAR II) +CONFIG_ATM_IDT77252 + Driver for the IDT 77252 ATM PCI chips. + + This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called idt77252.o + +Enable debugging messages +CONFIG_ATM_IDT77252_DEBUG + Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of + messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a + module argument. See the file <file:drivers/atm/idt77252.h> for + the meanings of the bits in the mask. + + When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the + speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When + inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance. + +Receive ALL cells in raw queue +CONFIG_ATM_IDT77252_RCV_ALL + Enable receiving of all cells on the ATM link, that do not match + an open connection in the raw cell queue of the driver. Useful + for debugging or special applications only, so the safe answer is N. + +Madge Ambassador (Collage PCI 155 Server) +CONFIG_ATM_AMBASSADOR + This is a driver for ATMizer based ATM card produced by Madge + Networks Ltd. Say Y (or M to compile as a module named ambassador.o) + here if you have one of these cards. + +Enable debugging messages +CONFIG_ATM_AMBASSADOR_DEBUG + Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of + messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a + module argument (kernel command line argument as well?), changed + dynamically using an ioctl (not yet) or changed by sending the + string "Dxxxx" to VCI 1023 (where x is a hex digit). See the file + <file:drivers/atm/ambassador.h> for the meanings of the bits in the + mask. + + When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the + speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When + inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance. + +Madge Horizon [Ultra] (Collage PCI 25 and Collage PCI 155 Client) +CONFIG_ATM_HORIZON + This is a driver for the Horizon chipset ATM adapter cards once + produced by Madge Networks Ltd. Say Y (or M to compile as a module + named horizon.o) here if you have one of these cards. + +Enable debugging messages +CONFIG_ATM_HORIZON_DEBUG + Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of + messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a + module argument (kernel command line argument as well?), changed + dynamically using an ioctl (not yet) or changed by sending the + string "Dxxxx" to VCI 1023 (where x is a hex digit). See the file + <file:drivers/atm/horizon.h> for the meanings of the bits in the + mask. + + When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the + speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When + inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance. + +Interphase ATM PCI x575/x525/x531 +CONFIG_ATM_IA + This is a driver for the Interphase (i)ChipSAR adapter cards + which include a variety of variants in term of the size of the + control memory (128K-1KVC, 512K-4KVC), the size of the packet + memory (128K, 512K, 1M), and the PHY type (Single/Multi mode OC3, + UTP155, UTP25, DS3 and E3). Go to: + <http://www.iphase.com/products/ClassSheet.cfm?ClassID=ATM> + for more info about the cards. Say Y (or M to compile as a module + named iphase.o) here if you have one of these cards. + + See the file <file:Documentation/networking/iphase.txt> for further + details. + +Enable debugging messages +CONFIG_ATM_IA_DEBUG + Somewhat useful debugging messages are available. The choice of + messages is controlled by a bitmap. This may be specified as a + module argument (kernel command line argument as well?), changed + dynamically using an ioctl (Get the debug utility, iadbg, from + <ftp://ftp.iphase.com/pub/atm/pci/>). + + See the file <file:drivers/atm/iphase.h> for the meanings of the + bits in the mask. + + When active, these messages can have a significant impact on the + speed of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! When + inactive, they will have only a modest impact on performance. + +Efficient Networks Speedstream 3010 +CONFIG_ATM_LANAI + Supports ATM cards based on the Efficient Networks "Lanai" + chipset such as the Speedstream 3010 and the ENI-25p. The + Speedstream 3060 is currently not supported since we don't + have the code to drive the on-board Alcatel DSL chipset (yet). + +Linux telephony support +CONFIG_PHONE + Say Y here if you have a telephony card, which for example allows + you to use a regular phone for voice-over-IP applications. + + Note: this has nothing to do with modems. You do not need to say Y + here in order to be able to use a modem under Linux. + + This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + phonedev.o. + +Compaq Smart Array support +CONFIG_BLK_CPQ_CISS_DA + This is the driver for Compaq Smart Array 5xxx controllers. + Everyone using these boards should say Y here. + See <file:Documentation/cciss.txt> for the current list of + boards supported by this driver, and for further information + on the use of this driver. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + cciss.o + +SCSI tape drive support for Smart Array 5xxx +CONFIG_CISS_SCSI_TAPE + When enabled (Y), this option allows SCSI tape drives and SCSI medium + changers (tape robots) to be accessed via a Compaq 5xxx array + controller. (See Documentation/cciss.txt for more details.) + + "SCSI support" and "SCSI tape support" must also be enabled for this + option to work. + + When this option is disabled (N), the SCSI portion of the driver + is not compiled. + +QuickNet Internet LineJack/PhoneJack support +CONFIG_PHONE_IXJ + Say M if you have a telephony card manufactured by Quicknet + Technologies, Inc. These include the Internet PhoneJACK and + Internet LineJACK Telephony Cards. You will get a module called + ixj.o. + + For the ISA versions of these products, you can configure the + cards using the isapnp tools (pnpdump/isapnp) or you can use the + isapnp support. Please read <file:Documentation/telephony/ixj.txt>. + + For more information on these cards, see Quicknet's web site at: + <http://www.quicknet.net/>. + + If you do not have any Quicknet telephony cards, you can safely + say N here. + +QuickNet Internet LineJack/PhoneJack PCMCIA support +CONFIG_PHONE_IXJ_PCMCIA + Say Y here to configure in PCMCIA service support for the Quicknet + cards manufactured by Quicknet Technologies, Inc. This builds an + additional support module for the PCMCIA version of the card. + +FORE Systems 200E-series +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_MAYBE + This is a driver for the FORE Systems 200E-series ATM adapter + cards. It simultaneously supports PCA-200E and SBA-200E models + on PCI and SBUS hosts. Say Y (or M to compile as a module + named fore_200e.o) here if you have one of these ATM adapters. + + Note that the driver will actually be compiled only if you + additionally enable the support for PCA-200E and/or SBA-200E + cards. + + See the file <file:Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt> for + further details. + +Enable PCA-200E card support on PCI-based hosts +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_PCA + Say Y here if you want your PCA-200E cards to be probed. + +Use default PCA-200E firmware +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_PCA_DEFAULT_FW + Use the default PCA-200E firmware data shipped with the driver. + + Normal users do not have to deal with the firmware stuff, so + they should say Y here. + +Pathname of user-supplied binary firmware +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_PCA_FW + This defines the pathname of an alternative PCA-200E binary + firmware image supplied by the user. This pathname may be + absolute or relative to the drivers/atm directory. + + The driver comes with an adequate firmware image, so normal users do + not have to supply an alternative one. They just say Y to "Use + default PCA-200E firmware" instead. + +Enable SBA-200E card support on SBUS-based hosts +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_SBA + Say Y here if you want your SBA-200E cards to be probed. + +Use default SBA-200E firmware +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_SBA_DEFAULT_FW + Use the default SBA-200E firmware data shipped with the driver. + + Normal users do not have to deal with the firmware stuff, so + they should say Y here. + +Pathname of user-supplied binary firmware +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_SBA_FW + This defines the pathname of an alternative SBA-200E binary + firmware image supplied by the user. This pathname may be + absolute or relative to the drivers/atm directory. + + The driver comes with an adequate firmware image, so normal users do + not have to supply an alternative one. They just say Y to "Use + default SBA-200E firmware", above. + +Maximum number of tx retries +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_TX_RETRY + Specifies the number of times the driver attempts to transmit + a message before giving up, if the transmit queue of the ATM card + is transiently saturated. + + Saturation of the transmit queue may occur only under extreme + conditions, e.g. when a fast host continuously submits very small + frames (<64 bytes) or raw AAL0 cells (48 bytes) to the ATM adapter. + + Note that under common conditions, it is unlikely that you encounter + a saturation of the transmit queue, so the retry mechanism never + comes into play. + +Debugging level (0-3) +CONFIG_ATM_FORE200E_DEBUG + Specifies the level of debugging messages issued by the driver. + The verbosity of the driver increases with the value of this + parameter. + + When active, these messages can have a significant impact on + the performances of the driver, and the size of your syslog files! + Keep the debugging level to 0 during normal operations. + +PPP over ATM +CONFIG_PPPOATM + Support PPP (Point to Point Protocol) encapsulated in ATM frames. + This implementation does not yet comply with section 8 of RFC2364, + which can lead to bad results idf the ATM peer loses state and + changes its encapsulation unilaterally. + +Fusion MPT device support +CONFIG_FUSION + LSI Logic Fusion(TM) Message Passing Technology (MPT) device support + provides high performance SCSI host initiator, and LAN [1] interface + services to a host system. The Fusion architecture is capable of + duplexing these protocols on high-speed Fibre Channel + (up to 2 GHz x 2 ports = 4 GHz) and parallel SCSI (up to Ultra-320) + physical medium. + + [1] LAN is not supported on parallel SCSI medium. + + These drivers require a Fusion MPT compatible PCI adapter installed + in the host system. MPT adapters contain specialized I/O processors + to handle I/O workload, and more importantly to offload this work + from the host CPU(s). + + If you have Fusion MPT hardware and want to use it, you can say + Y or M here to add MPT (base + ScsiHost) drivers. + <Y> = build lib (fusion.o), and link [static] into the kernel [2] + proper + <M> = compiled as [dynamic] modules [3] named: (mptbase.o, + mptscsih.o) + + [2] In order enable capability to boot the linux kernel + natively from a Fusion MPT target device, you MUST + answer Y here! (currently requires CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD) + [3] This support is also available as a module ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running + kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile as + modules, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + If unsure, say N. + + If you say Y or M here you will get a choice of these + additional protocol and support module options: Module Name: + <M> Enhanced SCSI error reporting (isense.o) + <M> Fusion MPT misc device (ioctl) driver (mptctl.o) + <M> Fusion MPT LAN driver (mptlan.o) + + --- + Fusion MPT is trademark of LSI Logic Corporation, and its + architecture is based on LSI Logic's Message Passing Interface (MPI) + specification. + +Fusion MPT enhanced SCSI error reporting [optional] module +CONFIG_FUSION_ISENSE + The isense module (roughly stands for Interpret SENSE data) is + completely optional. It simply provides extra English readable + strings in SCSI Error Report(s) that might be generated from the + Fusion MPT SCSI Host driver, for example when a target device + returns a SCSI check condition on a I/O. Without this module + loaded you might see: + + SCSI Error Report =-=-= (ioc0,scsi5:0) + SCSI_Status=02h (CHECK_CONDITION) + Original_CDB[]: 2A 00 00 00 00 41 00 00 02 00 + SenseData[12h]: 70 00 02 00 00 00 00 0A 00 00 00 00 04 02 02 00 00 00 + SenseKey=2h (NOT READY); FRU=02h + ASC/ASCQ=29h/00h + + Where otherwise, if this module had been loaded, you would see: + + SCSI Error Report =-=-= (ioc0,scsi5:0) + SCSI_Status=02h (CHECK_CONDITION) + Original_CDB[]: 2A 00 00 00 00 41 00 00 02 00 - "WRITE(10)" + SenseData[12h]: 70 00 02 00 00 00 00 0A 00 00 00 00 04 02 02 00 00 00 + SenseKey=2h (NOT READY); FRU=02h + ASC/ASCQ=29h/00h "LOGICAL UNIT NOT READY, INITIALIZING CMD. REQUIRED" + + Say M for "Enhanced SCSI error reporting" to compile this optional module, + creating a driver named: isense.o. + + NOTE: Support for building this feature into the kernel is not + available, due to kernel size considerations. + +Fusion MPT misc device (ioctl) driver [optional] module +CONFIG_FUSION_CTL + The Fusion MPT misc device driver provides specialized control + of MPT adapters via system ioctl calls. Use of ioctl calls to + the MPT driver requires that you create and use a misc device + node ala: + mknod /dev/mptctl c 10 240 + + One use of this ioctl interface is to perform an upgrade (reflash) + of the MPT adapter firmware. Refer to readme file(s) distributed + with the Fusion MPT linux driver for additional details. + + If enabled by saying M to this, a driver named: mptctl.o + will be compiled. + + If unsure whether you really want or need this, say N. + +Fusion MPT LAN driver [optional] +CONFIG_FUSION_LAN + This module supports LAN IP traffic over Fibre Channel port(s) + on Fusion MPT compatible hardware (LSIFC9xx chips). + The physical interface used is defined in RFC 2625. + Please refer to that document for details. + + Installing this driver requires the knowledge to configure and + activate a new network interface, "fc0", using standard Linux tools. + + If enabled by saying M to this, a driver named: mptlan.o + will be compiled. + + If unsure whether you really want or need this, say N. + + NOTES: This feature is NOT available nor supported for linux-2.2.x + kernels. You must be building a linux-2.3.x or linux-2.4.x kernel + in order to configure this option. + Support for building this feature into the linux kernel is not + yet available. + +SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI + If you want to use a SCSI hard disk, SCSI tape drive, SCSI CD-ROM or + any other SCSI device under Linux, say Y and make sure that you know + the name of your SCSI host adapter (the card inside your computer + that "speaks" the SCSI protocol, also called SCSI controller), + because you will be asked for it. + + You also need to say Y here if you want support for the parallel + port version of the 100 MB IOMEGA ZIP drive. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called scsi_mod.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and + <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. However, do not compile this as a + module if your root file system (the one containing the directory /) + is located on a SCSI device. + +SCSI disk support +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SD + If you want to use a SCSI hard disk or the SCSI or parallel port + version of the IOMEGA ZIP drive under Linux, say Y and read the + SCSI-HOWTO, the Disk-HOWTO and the Multi-Disk-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. This is NOT for SCSI + CD-ROMs. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called sd_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and + <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. Do not compile this driver as a + module if your root file system (the one containing the directory /) + is located on a SCSI disk. In this case, do not compile the driver + for your SCSI host adapter (below) as a module either. + +Maximum number of SCSI disks that can be loaded as modules +CONFIG_SD_EXTRA_DEVS + This controls the amount of additional space allocated in tables for + drivers that are loaded as modules after the kernel is booted. In + the event that the SCSI core itself was loaded as a module, this + value is the number of additional disks that can be loaded after the + first host driver is loaded. + + Admittedly this isn't pretty, but there are tons of race conditions + involved with resizing the internal arrays on the fly. Someday this + flag will go away, and everything will work automatically. + + If you don't understand what's going on, go with the default. + +Maximum number of SCSI tapes that can be loaded as modules +CONFIG_ST_EXTRA_DEVS + This controls the amount of additional space allocated in tables for + drivers that are loaded as modules after the kernel is booted. In + the event that the SCSI core itself was loaded as a module, this + value is the number of additional tapes that can be loaded after the + first host driver is loaded. + + Admittedly this isn't pretty, but there are tons of race conditions + involved with resizing the internal arrays on the fly. Someday this + flag will go away, and everything will work automatically. + + If you don't understand what's going on, go with the default. + +SCSI tape support +CONFIG_CHR_DEV_ST + If you want to use a SCSI tape drive under Linux, say Y and read the + SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, and + <file:drivers/scsi/README.st> in the kernel source. This is NOT for + SCSI CD-ROMs. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called st.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and + <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. + +OnStream SC-x0 SCSI tape support +CONFIG_CHR_DEV_OSST + The OnStream SC-x0 SCSI tape drives can not be driven by the + standard st driver, but instead need this special osst driver and + use the /dev/osstX char device nodes (major 206). Via usb-storage + and ide-scsi, you may be able to drive the USB-x0 and DI-x0 drives + as well. Note that there is also a second generation of OnStream + tape drives (ADR-x0) that supports the standard SCSI-2 commands for + tapes (QIC-157) and can be driven by the standard driver st. + For more information, you may have a look at the SCSI-HOWTO + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> and + <file:drivers/scsi/README.osst> in the kernel source. + More info on the OnStream driver may be found on + <http://linux1.onstream.nl/test/> + Please also have a look at the standard st docu, as most of it + applies to osst as well. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called osst.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and + <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. + +SCSI CD-ROM support +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR + If you want to use a SCSI CD-ROM under Linux, say Y and read the + SCSI-HOWTO and the CD-ROM-HOWTO at + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Also make sure to say Y + or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support" later. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called sr_mod.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and + <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. + +Maximum number of CD-ROM devices that can be loaded as modules +CONFIG_SR_EXTRA_DEVS + This controls the amount of additional space allocated in tables for + drivers that are loaded as modules after the kernel is booted. In + the event that the SCSI core itself was loaded as a module, this + value is the number of additional CD-ROMs that can be loaded after + the first host driver is loaded. + + Admittedly this isn't pretty, but there are tons of race conditions + involved with resizing the internal arrays on the fly. Someday this + flag will go away, and everything will work automatically. + + If you don't understand what's going on, go with the default. + +Enable vendor-specific extensions (for SCSI CD-ROM) +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SR_VENDOR + This enables the usage of vendor specific SCSI commands. This is + required to support multisession CDs with old NEC/TOSHIBA cdrom + drives (and HP Writers). If you have such a drive and get the first + session only, try saying Y here; everybody else says N. + +SCSI generic support +CONFIG_CHR_DEV_SG + If you want to use SCSI scanners, synthesizers or CD-writers or just + about anything having "SCSI" in its name other than hard disks, + CD-ROMs or tapes, say Y here. These won't be supported by the kernel + directly, so you need some additional software which knows how to + talk to these devices using the SCSI protocol: + + For scanners, look at SANE (<http://www.mostang.com/sane/>). For CD + writer software look at Cdrtools + (<http://www.fokus.gmd.de/research/cc/glone/employees/joerg.schilling/private/cdrecord.html>) + and for burning a "disk at once": CDRDAO + (<http://cdrdao.sourceforge.net/>). Cdparanoia is a high + quality digital reader of audio CDs (<http://www.xiph.org/paranoia/>). + For other devices, it's possible that you'll have to write the + driver software yourself. Please read the file + <file:Documentation/scsi-generic.txt> for more information. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and + <file:Documentation/scsi.txt>. The module will be called sg.o. If unsure, + say N. + +Probe all LUNs on each SCSI device +CONFIG_SCSI_MULTI_LUN + If you have a SCSI device that supports more than one LUN (Logical + Unit Number), e.g. a CD jukebox, and only one LUN is detected, you + can say Y here to force the SCSI driver to probe for multiple LUNs. + A SCSI device with multiple LUNs acts logically like multiple SCSI + devices. The vast majority of SCSI devices have only one LUN, and + so most people can say N here and should in fact do so, because it + is safer. + +Verbose SCSI error reporting (kernel size +=12K) +CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS + The error messages regarding your SCSI hardware will be easier to + understand if you say Y here; it will enlarge your kernel by about + 12 KB. If in doubt, say Y. + +SCSI logging facility +CONFIG_SCSI_LOGGING + This turns on a logging facility that can be used to debug a number + of SCSI related problems. + + If you say Y here, no logging output will appear by default, but you + can enable logging by saying Y to "/proc file system support" and + "Sysctl support" below and executing the command + + echo "scsi log token [level]" > /proc/scsi/scsi + + at boot time after the /proc file system has been mounted. + + There are a number of things that can be used for 'token' (you can + find them in the source: <file:drivers/scsi/scsi.c>), and this + allows you to select the types of information you want, and the + level allows you to select the level of verbosity. + + If you say N here, it may be harder to track down some types of SCSI + problems. If you say Y here your kernel will be somewhat larger, but + there should be no noticeable performance impact as long as you have + logging turned off. + +SGI WD93C93 SCSI Driver +CONFIG_SCSI_SGIWD93 + Say Y here to support the on-board WD93C93 SCSI controller found (a) + on the Indigo2 and other MIPS-based SGI machines, and (b) on ARCS + ARM-based machines. + +DEC NCR53C94 SCSI Driver +CONFIG_SCSI_DECNCR + Say Y here to support the NCR53C94 SCSI controller chips on IOASIC + based TURBOchannel DECstations and TURBOchannel PMAZ-A cards. + +AdvanSys SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_ADVANSYS + This is a driver for all SCSI host adapters manufactured by + AdvanSys. It is documented in the kernel source in + <file:drivers/scsi/advansys.c>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + advansys.o. + +Adaptec AHA152X/2825 support +CONFIG_SCSI_AHA152X + This is a driver for the AHA-1510, AHA-1520, AHA-1522, and AHA-2825 + SCSI host adapters. It also works for the AVA-1505, but the IRQ etc. + must be manually specified in this case. + + It is explained in section 3.3 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You might also want to + read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.aha152x>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called aha152x.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Adaptec AHA1542 support +CONFIG_SCSI_AHA1542 + This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section + 3.4 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that Trantor was + purchased by Adaptec, and some former Trantor products are being + sold under the Adaptec name. If it doesn't work out of the box, you + may have to change some settings in <file:drivers/scsi/aha1542.h>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called aha1542.o. + +Adaptec AHA1740 support +CONFIG_SCSI_AHA1740 + This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section + 3.5 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out + of the box, you may have to change some settings in + <file:drivers/scsi/aha1740.h>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called aha1740.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Adaptec AIC7xxx support +CONFIG_SCSI_AIC7XXX + This driver supports all of Adaptec's PCI based SCSI controllers + (not the hardware RAID controllers though) as well as the aic7770 + based EISA and VLB SCSI controllers (the 274x and 284x series). + This is an Adaptec sponsored driver written by Justin Gibbs. It is + intended to replace the previous aic7xxx driver maintained by Doug + Ledford since Doug is no longer maintaining that driver. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called aic7xxx.o. + +Adaptec I2O RAID support +CONFIG_SCSI_DPT_I2O + This driver supports all of Adaptec's I2O based RAID controllers as + well as the DPT SmartRaid V cards. This is an Adaptec maintained + driver by Deanna Bonds. See <file:drivers/scsi/README.dpti>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + dpt_i2o.o. + +Default number of TCQ commands per device +CONFIG_AIC7XXX_CMDS_PER_DEVICE + Specify the number of commands you would like to allocate per SCSI + device when Tagged Command Queueing (TCQ) is enabled on that device. + + This is an upper bound value for the number of tagged transactions + to be used for any device. The aic7xxx driver will automatically + vary this number based on device behaviour. For devices with a + fixed maximum, the driver will eventually lock to this maximum + and display a console message indicating this value. + + Note: Unless you experience some type of device failure, the default + value, no enforced limit, should work for you. + + Default: 253 + +Delay in seconds after SCSI bus reset +CONFIG_AIC7XXX_RESET_DELAY_MS + The number of milliseconds to delay after an initial bus reset. + The bus settle delay following all error recovery actions is + dictated by the SCSI layer and is not affected by this value. + + Default: 15000 (15 seconds) + +Build Adapter Firmware with Kernel Build +CONFIG_AIC7XXX_BUILD_FIRMWARE + This option should only be enabled if you are modifying the firmware + source to the aic7xxx driver and wish to have the generated firmware + include files updated during a normal kernel build. The assembler + for the firmware requires lex and yacc or their equivalents, as well + as the db v1 library. You may have to install additional packages + or modify the assembler make file or the files it includes if your + build environment is different than that of the author. + +Old Adaptec AIC7xxx support +CONFIG_SCSI_AIC7XXX_OLD + WARNING This driver is an older aic7xxx driver and is no longer + under active development. Adaptec, Inc. is writing a new driver to + take the place of this one, and it is recommended that whenever + possible, people should use the new Adaptec written driver instead + of this one. This driver will eventually be phased out entirely. + + This is support for the various aic7xxx based Adaptec SCSI + controllers. These include the 274x EISA cards; 284x VLB cards; + 2902, 2910, 293x, 294x, 394x, 3985 and several other PCI and + motherboard based SCSI controllers from Adaptec. It does not support + the AAA-13x RAID controllers from Adaptec, nor will it likely ever + support them. It does not support the 2920 cards from Adaptec that + use the Future Domain SCSI controller chip. For those cards, you + need the "Future Domain 16xx SCSI support" driver. + + In general, if the controller is based on an Adaptec SCSI controller + chip from the aic777x series or the aic78xx series, this driver + should work. The only exception is the 7810 which is specifically + not supported (that's the RAID controller chip on the AAA-13x + cards). + + Note that the AHA2920 SCSI host adapter is *not* supported by this + driver; choose "Future Domain 16xx SCSI support" instead if you have + one of those. + + Information on the configuration options for this controller can be + found by checking the help file for each of the available + configuration options. You should read + <file:drivers/scsi/aic7xxx_old/README.aic7xxx> at a minimum before + contacting the maintainer with any questions. The SCSI-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, can also + be of great help. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called aic7xxx_old.o. + +Enable tagged command queueing (TCQ) by default +CONFIG_AIC7XXX_OLD_TCQ_ON_BY_DEFAULT + This option causes the aic7xxx driver to attempt to use Tagged + Command Queueing (TCQ) on all devices that claim to support it. + + TCQ is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host + adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if + previous commands haven't finished yet. Because the device is + intelligent, it can optimize its operations (like head positioning) + based on its own request queue. Not all devices implement this + correctly. + + If you say Y here, you can still turn off TCQ on troublesome devices + with the use of the tag_info boot parameter. See the file + <file:drivers/scsi/README.aic7xxx> for more information on that and + other aic7xxx setup commands. If this option is turned off, you may + still enable TCQ on known good devices by use of the tag_info boot + parameter. + + If you are unsure about your devices then it is safest to say N + here. + + However, TCQ can increase performance on some hard drives by as much + as 50% or more, so it is recommended that if you say N here, you + should at least read the <file:drivers/scsi/README.aic7xxx> file so + you will know how to enable this option manually should your drives + prove to be safe in regards to TCQ. + + Conversely, certain drives are known to lock up or cause bus resets + when TCQ is enabled on them. If you have a Western Digital + Enterprise SCSI drive for instance, then don't even bother to enable + TCQ on it as the drive will become unreliable, and it will actually + reduce performance. + +Default number of TCQ commands per device +CONFIG_AIC7XXX_OLD_CMDS_PER_DEVICE + Specify the number of commands you would like to allocate per SCSI + device when Tagged Command Queueing (TCQ) is enabled on that device. + + Reasonable figures are in the range of 8 to 24 commands per device, + but depending on hardware could be increased or decreased from that + figure. If the number is too high for any particular device, the + driver will automatically compensate usually after only 10 minutes + of uptime. It will not hinder performance if some of your devices + eventually have their command depth reduced, but is a waste of + memory if all of your devices end up reducing this number down to a + more reasonable figure. + + NOTE: Certain very broken drives are known to lock up when given + more commands than they like to deal with. Quantum Fireball drives + are the most common in this category. For the Quantum Fireball + drives it is suggested to use no more than 8 commands per device. + + Default: 8 + +Collect statistics to report in /proc +CONFIG_AIC7XXX_OLD_PROC_STATS + This option tells the driver to keep track of how many commands have + been sent to each particular device and report that information to + the user via the /proc/scsi/aic7xxx/n file, where n is the number of + the aic7xxx controller you want the information on. This adds a + small amount of overhead to each and every SCSI command the aic7xxx + driver handles, so if you aren't really interested in this + information, it is best to leave it disabled. This will only work if + you also say Y to "/proc file system support", below. + + If unsure, say N. + +IBM ServeRAID support +CONFIG_SCSI_IPS + This is support for the IBM ServeRAID hardware RAID controllers. + See <http://www.developer.ibm.com/welcome/netfinity/serveraid.html> + for more information. If this driver does not work correctly + without modification please contact the author by email at + ipslinux@us.ibm.com. + + You can build this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + but only a single instance may be loaded. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called ips.o. + +BusLogic SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_BUSLOGIC + This is support for BusLogic MultiMaster and FlashPoint SCSI Host + Adapters. Consult the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, and the files + <file:drivers/scsi/README.BusLogic> and + <file:drivers/scsi/README.FlashPoint> for more information. If this + driver does not work correctly without modification, please contact + the author, Leonard N. Zubkoff, by email to lnz@dandelion.com. + + You can also build this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + but only a single instance may be loaded. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called BusLogic.o. + +Omit BusLogic SCSI FlashPoint support +CONFIG_SCSI_OMIT_FLASHPOINT + This option allows you to omit the FlashPoint support from the + BusLogic SCSI driver. The FlashPoint SCCB Manager code is + substantial, so users of MultiMaster Host Adapters may wish to omit + it. + +Compaq Fibre Channel 64-bit/66Mhz HBA support +CONFIG_SCSI_CPQFCTS + Say Y here to compile in support for the Compaq StorageWorks Fibre + Channel 64-bit/66Mhz Host Bus Adapter. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called cpqfc.o. + +DMX3191D SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_DMX3191D + This is support for Domex DMX3191D SCSI Host Adapters. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called dmx3191d.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +DTC3180/3280 SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_DTC3280 + This is support for DTC 3180/3280 SCSI Host Adapters. Please read + the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, and the file + <file:drivers/scsi/README.dtc3x80>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called dtc.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +EATA-DMA [Obsolete] (DPT, NEC, AT&T, SNI, AST, Olivetti, Alphatronix) support +CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_DMA + This is support for the EATA-DMA protocol compliant SCSI Host + Adapters like the SmartCache III/IV, SmartRAID controller families + and the DPT PM2011B and PM2012B controllers. + + Note that this driver is obsolete; if you have one of the above + SCSI Host Adapters, you should normally say N here and Y to "EATA + ISA/EISA/PCI support", below. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available + from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called eata_dma.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +EATA-PIO (old DPT PM2001, PM2012A) support +CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_PIO + This driver supports all EATA-PIO protocol compliant SCSI Host + Adapters like the DPT PM2001 and the PM2012A. EATA-DMA compliant + host adapters could also use this driver but are discouraged from + doing so, since this driver only supports hard disks and lacks + numerous features. You might want to have a look at the SCSI-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called eata_pio.o. + +UltraStor 14F/34F support +CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F + This is support for the UltraStor 14F and 34F SCSI-2 host adapters. + The source at <file:drivers/scsi/u14-34f.c> contains some + information about this hardware. If the driver doesn't work out of + the box, you may have to change some settings in + <file: drivers/scsi/u14-34f.c>. Read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that there is also + another driver for the same hardware: "UltraStor SCSI support", + below. You should say Y to both only if you want 24F support as + well. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called u14-34f.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +enable elevator sorting +CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F_LINKED_COMMANDS + This option enables elevator sorting for all probed SCSI disks and + CD-ROMs. It definitely reduces the average seek distance when doing + random seeks, but this does not necessarily result in a noticeable + performance improvement: your mileage may vary... + + The safe answer is N. + +maximum number of queued commands +CONFIG_SCSI_U14_34F_MAX_TAGS + This specifies how many SCSI commands can be maximally queued for + each probed SCSI device. You should reduce the default value of 8 + only if you have disks with buggy or limited tagged command support. + Minimum is 2 and maximum is 14. This value is also the window size + used by the elevator sorting option above. The effective value used + by the driver for each probed SCSI device is reported at boot time. + +Future Domain 16xx SCSI/AHA-2920A support +CONFIG_SCSI_FUTURE_DOMAIN + This is support for Future Domain's 16-bit SCSI host adapters + (TMC-1660/1680, TMC-1650/1670, TMC-3260, TMC-1610M/MER/MEX) and + other adapters based on the Future Domain chipsets (Quantum + ISA-200S, ISA-250MG; Adaptec AHA-2920A; and at least one IBM board). + It is explained in section 3.7 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + NOTE: Newer Adaptec AHA-2920C boards use the Adaptec AIC-7850 chip + and should use the aic7xxx driver ("Adaptec AIC7xxx chipset SCSI + controller support"). This Future Domain driver works with the older + Adaptec AHA-2920A boards with a Future Domain chip on them. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called fdomain.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Future Domain MCS-600/700 SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_FD_MCS + This is support for Future Domain MCS 600/700 MCA SCSI adapters. + Some PS/2 computers are equipped with IBM Fast SCSI Adapter/A which + is identical to the MCS 700 and hence also supported by this driver. + This driver also supports the Reply SB16/SCSI card (the SCSI part). + It supports multiple adapters in the same system. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called fd_mcs.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Generic NCR5380/53c400 SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_GENERIC_NCR5380 + This is the generic NCR family of SCSI controllers, not to be + confused with the NCR 53c7 or 8xx controllers. It is explained in + section 3.8 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out + of the box, you may have to change some settings in + <file:drivers/scsi/g_NCR5380.h>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called g_NCR5380.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Enable NCR53c400 extensions +CONFIG_SCSI_GENERIC_NCR53C400 + This enables certain optimizations for the NCR53c400 SCSI cards. + You might as well try it out. Note that this driver will only probe + for the Trantor T130B in its default configuration; you might have + to pass a command line option to the kernel at boot time if it does + not detect your card. See the file + <file:drivers/scsi/README.g_NCR5380> for details. + +# Choice: ncr5380 +NCR5380/53c400 mapping method (use Port for T130B) +CONFIG_SCSI_G_NCR5380_PORT + The NCR5380 and NCR53c400 SCSI controllers come in two varieties: + port or memory mapped. You should know what you have. The most + common card, Trantor T130B, uses port mapped mode. + +NCR Dual 700 MCA SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR_D700 + This is a driver for the MicroChannel Dual 700 card produced by + NCR and commonly used in 345x/35xx/4100 class machines. It always + tries to negotiate sync and uses tag command queueing. + + Unless you have an NCR manufactured machine, the chances are that + you do not have this SCSI card, so say N. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called NCR_D700.o. + +HP LASI SCSI support for 53c700/710 +CONFIG_SCSI_LASI700 + This is a driver for the lasi baseboard in some parisc machines + which is based on the 53c700 chip. Will also support LASI subsystems + based on the 710 chip using 700 emulation mode. + + Unless you know you have a 53c700 or 53c710 based lasi, say N here + +NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx + This is a driver for the 53c7 and 8xx NCR family of SCSI + controllers, not to be confused with the NCR 5380 controllers. It + is explained in section 3.8 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out + of the box, you may have to change some settings in + <file:drivers/scsi/53c7,8xx.h>. Please read + <file:drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c7xx> for the available boot time + command line options. + + Note: there is another driver for the 53c8xx family of controllers + ("NCR53C8XX SCSI support" below). If you want to use them both, you + need to say M to both and build them as modules, but only one may be + active at a time. If you have a 53c8xx board, it's better to use the + other driver. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called 53c7,8xx.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Always negotiate synchronous transfers +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_sync + In general, this is good; however, it is a bit dangerous since there + are some broken SCSI devices out there. Take your chances. Safe bet + is N. + +Allow FAST-SCSI [10MHz] +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_FAST + This will enable 10MHz FAST-SCSI transfers with your host + adapter. Some systems have problems with that speed, so it's safest + to say N here. + +Allow DISCONNECT +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C7xx_DISCONNECT + This enables the disconnect/reconnect feature of the NCR SCSI + controller. When you say Y here, a slow SCSI device will not lock + the SCSI bus while processing a request, allowing simultaneous use + of e.g. a SCSI hard disk and SCSI tape or CD-ROM drive, and + providing much better performance when using slow and fast SCSI + devices at the same time. Some devices, however, do not operate + properly with this option enabled, and will cause your SCSI system + to hang, which might cause a system crash. The safe answer + therefore is to say N. + +SYM53C8XX Version 2 SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_2 + This driver supports the whole NCR53C8XX/SYM53C8XX family of + PCI-SCSI controllers. It also supports the subset of LSI53C10XX + Ultra-160 controllers that are based on the SYM53C8XX SCRIPTS + language. It does not support LSI53C10XX Ultra-320 PCI-X SCSI + controllers. + + If your system has problems using this new major version of the + SYM53C8XX driver, you may switch back to driver version 1. + + Please read <file:drivers/scsi/sym53c8xx_2/Documentation.txt> for more + information. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called sym53c8xx.o. + +PCI DMA addressing mode +CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_DMA_ADDRESSING_MODE + This option only applies to PCI-SCSI chip that are PCI DAC capable + (875A, 895A, 896, 1010-33, 1010-66, 1000). + + When set to 0, only PCI 32 bit DMA addressing (SAC) will be performed. + When set to 1, 40 bit DMA addressing (with upper 24 bits of address + set to zero) is supported. The addressable range is here 1 TB. + When set to 2, full 64 bits of address for DMA are supported, but only + 16 segments of 4 GB can be addressed. The addressable range is so + limited to 64 GB. + + The safest value is 0 (32 bit DMA addressing) that is guessed to still + fit most of real machines. + + The preferred value 1 (40 bit DMA addressing) should make happy + properly engineered PCI DAC capable host bridges. You may configure + this option for Intel platforms with more than 4 GB of memory. + + The still experimental value 2 (64 bit DMA addressing with 16 x 4GB + segments limitation) can be used on systems that require PCI address + bits past bit 39 to be set for the addressing of memory using PCI + DAC cycles. + +use normal IO +CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_IOMAPPED + If you say Y here, the driver will preferently use normal IO rather than + memory mapped IO. + +maximum number of queued commands +CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_MAX_TAGS + This option allows you to specify the maximum number of commands + that can be queued to any device, when tagged command queuing is + possible. The driver supports up to 256 queued commands per device. + This value is used as a compiled-in hard limit. + +default tagged command queue depth +CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_DEFAULT_TAGS + This is the default value of the command queue depth the driver will + announce to the generic SCSI layer for devices that support tagged + command queueing. This value can be changed from the boot command line. + This is a soft limit that cannot exceed CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_MAX_TAGS. + +NCR53C8XX SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX + This is the BSD ncr driver adapted to Linux for the NCR53C8XX family + of PCI-SCSI controllers. This driver supports parity checking, + tagged command queuing and fast synchronous data transfers up to 80 + MB/s with wide FAST-40 LVD devices and controllers. + + Recent versions of the 53C8XX chips are better supported by the + option "SYM53C8XX SCSI support", below. + + Note: there is yet another driver for the 53c8xx family of + controllers ("NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support" above). If you want to use + them both, you need to say M to both and build them as modules, but + only one may be active at a time. If you have a 53c8xx board, you + probably do not want to use the "NCR53c7,8xx SCSI support". + + Please read <file:drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c8xx> for more + information. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called ncr53c8xx.o. + +SYM53C8XX Version 1 SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX + This driver supports all the features of recent 53C8XX chips (used + in PCI SCSI controllers), notably the hardware phase mismatch + feature of the SYM53C896. + + Older versions of the 53C8XX chips are not supported by this + driver. If your system uses either a 810 rev. < 16, a 815, or a 825 + rev. < 16 PCI SCSI processor, you must use the generic NCR53C8XX + driver ("NCR53C8XX SCSI support" above) or configure both the + NCR53C8XX and this SYM53C8XX drivers either as module or linked to + the kernel image. + + When both drivers are linked into the kernel, the SYM53C8XX driver + is called first at initialization and you can use the 'excl=ioaddr' + driver boot option to exclude attachment of adapters by the + SYM53C8XX driver. For example, entering + 'sym53c8xx=excl:0xb400,excl=0xc000' at the lilo prompt prevents + adapters at io address 0xb400 and 0xc000 from being attached by the + SYM53C8XX driver, thus allowing the NCR53C8XX driver to attach them. + The 'excl' option is also supported by the NCR53C8XX driver. + + Please read <file:drivers/scsi/README.ncr53c8xx> for more + information. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called sym53c8xx.o. + +Synchronous transfer frequency in MHz +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYNC + The SCSI Parallel Interface-2 Standard defines 5 classes of transfer + rates: FAST-5, FAST-10, FAST-20, FAST-40 and FAST-80. The numbers + are respectively the maximum data transfer rates in mega-transfers + per second for each class. For example, a FAST-20 Wide 16 device is + able to transfer data at 20 million 16 bit packets per second for a + total rate of 40 MB/s. + + You may specify 0 if you want to only use asynchronous data + transfers. This is the safest and slowest option. Otherwise, specify + a value between 5 and 80, depending on the capability of your SCSI + controller. The higher the number, the faster the data transfer. + Note that 80 should normally be ok since the driver decreases the + value automatically according to the controller's capabilities. + + Your answer to this question is ignored for controllers with NVRAM, + since the driver will get this information from the user set-up. It + also can be overridden using a boot setup option, as follows + (example): 'ncr53c8xx=sync:12' will allow the driver to negotiate + for FAST-20 synchronous data transfer (20 mega-transfers per + second). + + The normal answer therefore is not to go with the default but to + select the maximum value 80 allowing the driver to use the maximum + value supported by each controller. If this causes problems with + your SCSI devices, you should come back and decrease the value. + + There is no safe option other than using good cabling, right + terminations and SCSI conformant devices. + +Use normal IO +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_IOMAPPED + If you say Y here, the driver will use normal IO, as opposed to + memory mapped IO. Memory mapped IO has less latency than normal IO + and works for most Intel-based hardware. Under Linux/Alpha only + normal IO is currently supported by the driver and so, this option + has no effect on those systems. + + The normal answer therefore is N; try Y only if you encounter SCSI + related problems. + +Not allow targets to disconnect +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_NO_DISCONNECT + This option is only provided for safety if you suspect some SCSI + device of yours to not support properly the target-disconnect + feature. In that case, you would say Y here. In general however, to + not allow targets to disconnect is not reasonable if there is more + than 1 device on a SCSI bus. The normal answer therefore is N. + +Default tagged command queue depth +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_DEFAULT_TAGS + "Tagged command queuing" is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves + performance: the host adapter can send several SCSI commands to a + device's queue even if previous commands haven't finished yet. + Because the device is intelligent, it can optimize its operations + (like head positioning) based on its own request queue. Some SCSI + devices don't implement this properly; if you want to disable this + feature, enter 0 or 1 here (it doesn't matter which). + + The default value is 8 and should be supported by most hard disks. + This value can be overridden from the boot command line using the + 'tags' option as follows (example): + 'ncr53c8xx=tags:4/t2t3q16/t0u2q10' will set default queue depth to + 4, set queue depth to 16 for target 2 and target 3 on controller 0 + and set queue depth to 10 for target 0 / lun 2 on controller 1. + + The normal answer therefore is to go with the default 8 and to use + a boot command line option for devices that need to use a different + command queue depth. + + There is no safe option other than using good SCSI devices. + +Maximum number of queued commands +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_MAX_TAGS + This option allows you to specify the maximum number of commands + that can be queued to any device, when tagged command queuing is + possible. The default value is 32. Minimum is 2, maximum is 64. + Modern hard disks are able to support 64 tags and even more, but + do not seem to be faster when more than 32 tags are being used. + + So, the normal answer here is to go with the default value 32 unless + you are using very large hard disks with large cache (>= 1 MB) that + are able to take advantage of more than 32 tagged commands. + + There is no safe option and the default answer is recommended. + +Assume boards are SYMBIOS compatible +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT + This option allows you to enable some features depending on GPIO + wiring. These General Purpose Input/Output pins can be used for + vendor specific features or implementation of the standard SYMBIOS + features. Genuine SYMBIOS controllers use GPIO0 in output for + controller LED and GPIO3 bit as a flag indicating + singled-ended/differential interface. The Tekram DC-390U/F boards + uses a different GPIO wiring. + + Your answer to this question is ignored if all your controllers have + NVRAM, since the driver is able to detect the board type from the + NVRAM format. + + If all the controllers in your system are genuine SYMBIOS boards or + use BIOS and drivers from SYMBIOS, you would want to say Y here, + otherwise N. N is the safe answer. + +Enable traffic profiling +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_PROFILE + This option allows you to enable profiling information gathering. + These statistics are not very accurate due to the low frequency + of the kernel clock (100 Hz on i386) and have performance impact + on systems that use very fast devices. + + The normal answer therefore is N. + +Include support for the NCR PQS/PDS SCSI card +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_PQS_PDS + Say Y here if you have a special SCSI adapter produced by NCR + corporation called a PCI Quad SCSI or PCI Dual SCSI. You do not need + this if you do not have one of these adapters. However, since this + device is detected as a specific PCI device, this option is quite + safe. + + The common answer here is N, but answering Y is safe. + +IBMMCA SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_IBMMCA + This is support for the IBM SCSI adapter found in many of the PS/2 + series computers. These machines have an MCA bus, so you need to + answer Y to "MCA support" as well and read + <file:Documentation/mca.txt>. + + If the adapter isn't found during boot (a common problem for models + 56, 57, 76, and 77) you'll need to use the 'ibmmcascsi=<pun>' kernel + option, where <pun> is the id of the SCSI subsystem (usually 7, but + if that doesn't work check your reference diskette). Owners of + model 95 with a LED-matrix-display can in addition activate some + activity info like under OS/2, but more informative, by setting + 'ibmmcascsi=display' as an additional kernel parameter. Try "man + bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader about how to + pass options to the kernel. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called ibmmca.o. + +Standard SCSI-order +CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD + In the PC-world and in most modern SCSI-BIOS-setups, SCSI-hard disks + are assigned to the drive letters, starting with the lowest SCSI-id + (physical number -- pun) to be drive C:, as seen from DOS and + similar operating systems. When looking into papers describing the + ANSI-SCSI-standard, this assignment of drives appears to be wrong. + The SCSI-standard follows a hardware-hierarchy which says that id 7 + has the highest priority and id 0 the lowest. Therefore, the host + adapters are still today everywhere placed as SCSI-id 7 by default. + In the SCSI-standard, the drive letters express the priority of the + disk. C: should be the hard disk, or a partition on it, with the + highest priority. This must therefore be the disk with the highest + SCSI-id (e.g. 6) and not the one with the lowest! IBM-BIOS kept the + original definition of the SCSI-standard as also industrial- and + process-control-machines, like VME-CPUs running under realtime-OSes + (e.g. LynxOS, OS9) do. + + If you like to run Linux on your MCA-machine with the same + assignment of hard disks as seen from e.g. DOS or OS/2 on your + machine, which is in addition conformant to the SCSI-standard, you + must say Y here. This is also necessary for MCA-Linux users who want + to keep downward compatibility to older releases of the + IBM-MCA-SCSI-driver (older than driver-release 2.00 and older than + June 1997). + + If you like to have the lowest SCSI-id assigned as drive C:, as + modern SCSI-BIOSes do, which does not conform to the standard, but + is widespread and common in the PC-world of today, you must say N + here. If unsure, say Y. + +Reset SCSI-devices at boot time +CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_DEV_RESET + By default, SCSI-devices are reset when the machine is powered on. + However, some devices exist, like special-control-devices, + SCSI-CNC-machines, SCSI-printer or scanners of older type, that do + not reset when switched on. If you say Y here, each device connected + to your SCSI-bus will be issued a reset-command after it has been + probed, while the kernel is booting. This may cause problems with + more modern devices, like hard disks, which do not appreciate these + reset commands, and can cause your system to hang. So say Y only if + you know that one of your older devices needs it; N is the safe + answer. + +NCR MCA 53C9x SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_MCA_53C9X + Some MicroChannel machines, notably the NCR 35xx line, use a SCSI + controller based on the NCR 53C94. This driver will allow use of + the controller on the 3550, and very possibly others. + + If you want to compile this as a module (= code which can be + inserted and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say + M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will + be called mca_53c9x.o. + +Always IN2000 SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_IN2000 + This is support for an ISA bus SCSI host adapter. You'll find more + information in <file:drivers/scsi/README.in2000>. If it doesn't work + out of the box, you may have to change the jumpers for IRQ or + address selection. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called in2000.o. + +Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_INITIO + This is support for the Initio 91XXU(W) SCSI host adapter. Please + read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called initio.o. + +PAS16 SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_PAS16 + This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section + 3.10 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out + of the box, you may have to change some settings in + <file:drivers/scsi/pas16.h>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called pas16.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Initio INI-A100U2W SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_INIA100 + This is support for the Initio INI-A100U2W SCSI host adapter. + Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called a100u2w.o. + +PCI2000 support +CONFIG_SCSI_PCI2000 + This is support for the PCI2000I EIDE interface card which acts as a + SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module called pci2000.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +PCI2220i support +CONFIG_SCSI_PCI2220I + This is support for the PCI2220i EIDE interface card which acts as a + SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module called pci2220i.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +PSI240i support +CONFIG_SCSI_PSI240I + This is support for the PSI240i EIDE interface card which acts as a + SCSI host adapter. Please read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module called psi240i.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Qlogic FAS SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FAS + This is a driver for the ISA, VLB, and PCMCIA versions of the Qlogic + FastSCSI! cards as well as any other card based on the FASXX chip + (including the Control Concepts SCSI/IDE/SIO/PIO/FDC cards). + + This driver does NOT support the PCI versions of these cards. The + PCI versions are supported by the Qlogic ISP driver ("Qlogic ISP + SCSI support"), below. + + Information about this driver is contained in + <file:drivers/scsi/README.qlogicfas>. You should also read the + SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called qlogicfas.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Qlogic ISP SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_ISP + This driver works for all QLogic PCI SCSI host adapters (IQ-PCI, + IQ-PCI-10, IQ_PCI-D) except for the PCI-basic card. (This latter + card is supported by the "AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI" driver.) + + If you say Y here, make sure to choose "BIOS" at the question "PCI + access mode". + + Please read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.qlogicisp>. You + should also read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called qlogicisp.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Qlogic ISP FC SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FC + This is a driver for the QLogic ISP2100 SCSI-FCP host adapter. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called qlogicfc.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Include loadable firmware in driver +CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_FC_FIRMWARE + Say Y to include ISP2100 Fabric Initiator/Target Firmware, with + expanded LUN addressing and FcTape (FCP-2) support, in the + Qlogic QLA 1280 driver. This is required on some platforms. + +Qlogic QLA 1280 SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_QLOGIC_1280 + Say Y if you have a QLogic ISP1x80/1x160 SCSI host adapter. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called qla1280.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Seagate ST-02 and Future Domain TMC-8xx SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_SEAGATE + These are 8-bit SCSI controllers; the ST-01 is also supported by + this driver. It is explained in section 3.9 of the SCSI-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it + doesn't work out of the box, you may have to change some settings in + <file:drivers/scsi/seagate.h>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called seagate.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Trantor T128/T128F/T228 SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_T128 + This is support for a SCSI host adapter. It is explained in section + 3.11 of the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out + of the box, you may have to change some settings in + <file:drivers/scsi/t128.h>. Note that Trantor was purchased by + Adaptec, and some former Trantor products are being sold under the + Adaptec name. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called t128.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +UltraStor SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_ULTRASTOR + This is support for the UltraStor 14F, 24F and 34F SCSI-2 host + adapter family. This driver is explained in section 3.12 of the + SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If it doesn't work out + of the box, you may have to change some settings in + <file:drivers/scsi/ultrastor.h>. + + Note that there is also another driver for the same hardware: + "UltraStor 14F/34F support", above. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called ultrastor.o. + +7000FASST SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_7000FASST + This driver supports the Western Digital 7000 SCSI host adapter + family. Some information is in the source: + <file:drivers/scsi/wd7000.c>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called wd7000.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +ACARD SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_ACARD + This driver supports the ACARD 870U/W SCSI host adapter. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called atp870u.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +EATA ISA/EISA/PCI (DPT and generic EATA/DMA-compliant boards) support +CONFIG_SCSI_EATA + This driver supports all EATA/DMA-compliant SCSI host adapters. DPT + ISA and all EISA I/O addresses are probed looking for the "EATA" + signature. If you chose "BIOS" at the question "PCI access mode", + the addresses of all the PCI SCSI controllers reported by the PCI + subsystem are probed as well. + + You want to read the start of <file:drivers/scsi/eata.c> and the + SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + Note that there is also another driver for the same hardware + available: "EATA-DMA [Obsolete] (DPT, NEC, AT&T, SNI, AST, Olivetti, + Alphatronix) support". You should say Y to only one of them. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called eata.o. + +enable tagged command queueing +CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_TAGGED_QUEUE + This is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host + adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if + previous commands haven't finished yet. Most EATA adapters negotiate + this feature automatically with the device, even if your answer is + N. The safe answer is N. + +enable elevator sorting +CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_LINKED_COMMANDS + This option enables elevator sorting for all probed SCSI disks and + CD-ROMs. It definitely reduces the average seek distance when doing + random seeks, but this does not necessarily result in a noticeable + performance improvement: your mileage may vary... + The safe answer is N. + +maximum number of queued commands +CONFIG_SCSI_EATA_MAX_TAGS + This specifies how many SCSI commands can be maximally queued for + each probed SCSI device. You should reduce the default value of 16 + only if you have disks with buggy or limited tagged command support. + Minimum is 2 and maximum is 62. This value is also the window size + used by the elevator sorting option above. The effective value used + by the driver for each probed SCSI device is reported at boot time. + +NCR53c406a SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C406A + This is support for the NCR53c406a SCSI host adapter. For user + configurable parameters, check out <file:drivers/scsi/NCR53c406a.c> + in the kernel source. Also read the SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called NCR53c406.o. + +Symbios 53c416 SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C416 + This is support for the sym53c416 SCSI host adapter, the SCSI + adapter that comes with some HP scanners. This driver requires that + the sym53c416 is configured first using some sort of PnP + configuration program (e.g. isapnp) or by a PnP aware BIOS. If you + are using isapnp then you need to compile this driver as a module + and then load it using insmod after isapnp has run. The parameters + of the configured card(s) should be passed to the driver. The format + is: + + insmod sym53c416 sym53c416=<base>,<irq> [sym53c416_1=<base>,<irq>] + + There is support for up to four adapters. If you want to compile + this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and + removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and + read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + sym53c416.o. + +Simple 53c710 SCSI support (Compaq, NCR machines) +CONFIG_SCSI_SIM710 + This is a simple driver for NCR53c710 based SCSI host adapters. + + More complex drivers for this chip are available ("NCR53c7,8xx SCSI + support", above), but they require that the scsi chip be able to do + DMA block moves between memory and on-chip registers, which can + cause problems under certain conditions. This driver is designed to + avoid these problems and is intended to work with any Intel machines + using 53c710 chips, including various Compaq and NCR machines. + + Please read the comments at the top of the file + <file:drivers/scsi/sim710.c> for more information. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called sim710.o. + +Tekram DC390(T) and Am53/79C974 SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_DC390T + This driver supports PCI SCSI host adapters based on the Am53C974A + chip, e.g. Tekram DC390(T), DawiControl 2974 and some onboard + PCscsi/PCnet (Am53/79C974) solutions. + + Documentation can be found in <file:drivers/scsi/README.tmscsim>. + + Note that this driver does NOT support Tekram DC390W/U/F, which are + based on NCR/Symbios chips. Use "NCR53C8XX SCSI support" for those. + Also note that there is another generic Am53C974 driver, + "AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI support" below. You can pick either one. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called tmscsim.o. + +Omit support for other Am53/79C974 based SCSI adapters +CONFIG_SCSI_DC390T_NOGENSUPP + If you say N here, the DC390(T) SCSI driver relies on the DC390 + EEPROM to get initial values for its settings, such as speed, + termination, etc. If it can't find this EEPROM, it will use + defaults or the user supplied boot/module parameters. For details + on driver configuration see <file:drivers/scsi/README.tmscsim>. + + If you say Y here and if no EEPROM is found, the driver gives up and + thus only supports Tekram DC390(T) adapters. This can be useful if + you have a DC390(T) and another Am53C974 based adapter, which, for + some reason, you want to drive with the other AM53C974 driver. + + If unsure, say N. + +AM53/79C974 PCI SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_AM53C974 + This is support for the AM53/79C974 SCSI host adapters. Please read + <file:drivers/scsi/README.AM53C974> for details. Also, the + SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, is for you. + + Note that there is another driver for AM53C974 based adapters: + "Tekram DC390(T) and Am53/79C974 (PCscsi) SCSI support", above. You + can pick either one. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called AM53C974.o. + +AMI MegaRAID support +CONFIG_SCSI_MEGARAID + This driver supports the AMI MegaRAID 418, 428, 438, 466, 762, 490 + and 467 SCSI host adapters. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called megaraid.o. + +Intel/ICP (former GDT SCSI Disk Array) RAID Controller support +CONFIG_SCSI_GDTH + Formerly called GDT SCSI Disk Array Controller Support. + + This is a driver for RAID/SCSI Disk Array Controllers (EISA/ISA/PCI) + manufactured by Intel/ICP vortex (an Intel Company). It is documented + in the kernel source in <file:drivers/scsi/gdth.c> and + <file:drivers/scsi/gdth.h.> + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called gdth.o. + +IOMEGA parallel port (ppa - older drives) +CONFIG_SCSI_PPA + This driver supports older versions of IOMEGA's parallel port ZIP + drive (a 100 MB removable media device). + + Note that you can say N here if you have the SCSI version of the ZIP + drive: it will be supported automatically if you said Y to the + generic "SCSI disk support", above. + + If you have the ZIP Plus drive or a more recent parallel port ZIP + drive (if the supplied cable with the drive is labeled "AutoDetect") + then you should say N here and Y to "IOMEGA parallel port (imm - + newer drives)", below. + + For more information about this driver and how to use it you should + read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.ppa>. You should also read + the SCSI-HOWTO, which is available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If you use this driver, + you will still be able to use the parallel port for other tasks, + such as a printer; it is safe to compile both drivers into the + kernel. + + This driver is also available as a module which can be inserted in + and removed from the running kernel whenever you want. To compile + this driver as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called ppa.o. + +IOMEGA parallel port (imm - newer drives) +CONFIG_SCSI_IMM + This driver supports newer versions of IOMEGA's parallel port ZIP + drive (a 100 MB removable media device). + + Note that you can say N here if you have the SCSI version of the ZIP + drive: it will be supported automatically if you said Y to the + generic "SCSI disk support", above. + + If you have the ZIP Plus drive or a more recent parallel port ZIP + drive (if the supplied cable with the drive is labeled "AutoDetect") + then you should say Y here; if you have an older ZIP drive, say N + here and Y to "IOMEGA Parallel Port (ppa - older drives)", above. + + For more information about this driver and how to use it you should + read the file <file:drivers/scsi/README.ppa>. You should also read + the SCSI-HOWTO, which is available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. If you use this driver, + you will still be able to use the parallel port for other tasks, + such as a printer; it is safe to compile both drivers into the + kernel. + + This driver is also available as a module which can be inserted in + and removed from the running kernel whenever you want. To compile + this driver as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called imm.o. + +Force the Iomega ZIP drivers to use EPP-16 +CONFIG_SCSI_IZIP_EPP16 + EPP (Enhanced Parallel Port) is a standard for parallel ports which + allows them to act as expansion buses that can handle up to 64 + peripheral devices. + + Some parallel port chipsets are slower than their motherboard, and + so we have to control the state of the chipset's FIFO queue every + now and then to avoid data loss. This will be done if you say Y + here. + + Generally, saying Y is the safe option and slows things down a bit. + +Assume slow parallel port control register +CONFIG_SCSI_IZIP_SLOW_CTR + Some parallel ports are known to have excessive delays between + changing the parallel port control register and good data being + available on the parallel port data/status register. This option + forces a small delay (1.0 usec to be exact) after changing the + control register to let things settle out. Enabling this option may + result in a big drop in performance but some very old parallel ports + (found in 386 vintage machines) will not work properly. + + Generally, saying N is fine. + +SCSI debugging host simulator +CONFIG_SCSI_DEBUG + This is a host adapter simulator that can be programmed to simulate + a large number of conditions that could occur on a real bus. The + advantage is that many hard to reproduce problems can be tested in a + controlled environment where there is reduced risk of losing + important data. This is primarily of use to people trying to debug + the middle and upper layers of the SCSI subsystem. If unsure, say N. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called scsi_debug.o. + +Fibre Channel and FC4 SCSI support +CONFIG_FC4 + Fibre Channel is a high speed serial protocol mainly used to + connect large storage devices to the computer; it is compatible with + and intended to replace SCSI. + + This is an experimental support for storage arrays connected to your + computer using optical fibre cables and the "X3.269-199X Fibre + Channel Protocol for SCSI" specification. If you want to use this, + you need to say Y here and to "SCSI support" as well as to the + drivers for the storage array itself and for the interface adapter + such as SOC or SOC+. This subsystem could even serve for IP + networking, with some code extensions. + + If unsure, say N. + +Sun SOC/Sbus +CONFIG_FC4_SOC + Serial Optical Channel is an interface card with one or two Fibre + Optic ports, each of which can be connected to a disk array. Note + that if you have older firmware in the card, you'll need the + microcode from the Solaris driver to make it work. + + This support is also available as a module called soc.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Sun SOC+ (aka SOCAL) +CONFIG_FC4_SOCAL + Serial Optical Channel Plus is an interface card with up to two + Fibre Optic ports. This card supports FC Arbitrated Loop (usually + A5000 or internal FC disks in E[3-6]000 machines through the + Interface Board). You'll probably need the microcode from the + Solaris driver to make it work. + + This support is also available as a module called socal.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +SparcSTORAGE Array 100 and 200 series +CONFIG_SCSI_PLUTO + If you never bought a disk array made by Sun, go with N. + + This support is also available as a module called pluto.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Sun Enterprise Network Array (A5000 and EX500) +CONFIG_SCSI_FCAL + This driver drives FC-AL disks connected through a Fibre Channel + card using the drivers/fc4 layer (currently only SOCAL). The most + common is either A5000 array or internal disks in E[3-6]000 + machines. + + This support is also available as a module called fcal.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say N. + +Acorn SCSI card (aka30) support +CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_3 + This enables support for the Acorn SCSI card (aka30). If you have an + Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. + +Support SCSI 2 Tagged queueing +CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_TAGGED_QUEUE + Say Y here to enable tagged queuing support on the Acorn SCSI card. + + This is a feature of SCSI-2 which improves performance: the host + adapter can send several SCSI commands to a device's queue even if + previous commands haven't finished yet. Some SCSI devices don't + implement this properly, so the safe answer is N. + +Support SCSI 2 Synchronous Transfers +CONFIG_SCSI_ACORNSCSI_SYNC + Say Y here to enable synchronous transfer negotiation with all + targets on the Acorn SCSI card. + + In general, this improves performance; however some SCSI devices + don't implement it properly, so the safe answer is N. + +ARXE SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_ARXESCSI + Around 1991, Arxe Systems Limited released a high density floppy + disc interface for the Acorn Archimedes range, to allow the use of + HD discs from the then new A5000 on earlier models. This interface + was either sold on its own or with an integral SCSI controller. + Technical details on this NCR53c94-based device are available at + <http://www.cryton.demon.co.uk/acornbits/scsi_arxe.html> + Say Y here to compile in support for the SCSI controller. + +Oak SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_OAK1 + This enables support for the Oak SCSI card. If you have an Acorn + system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. + +Cumana SCSI I support +CONFIG_SCSI_CUMANA_1 + This enables support for the Cumana SCSI I card. If you have an + Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. + +Cumana SCSI II support +CONFIG_SCSI_CUMANA_2 + This enables support for the Cumana SCSI II card. If you have an + Acorn system with one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. + +EcoSCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_ECOSCSI + This enables support for the EcoSCSI card -- a small card that sits + in the Econet socket. If you have an Acorn system with one of these, + say Y. If unsure, say N. + +EESOX SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_EESOXSCSI + This enables support for the EESOX SCSI card. If you have an Acorn + system with one of these, say Y, otherwise say N. + +PowerTec SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_POWERTECSCSI + This enables support for the Powertec SCSI card on Acorn systems. If + you have one of these, say Y. If unsure, say N. + +IEEE 1394 (FireWire) support +CONFIG_IEEE1394 + IEEE 1394 describes a high performance serial bus, which is also + known as FireWire(tm) or i.Link(tm) and is used for connecting all + sorts of devices (most notably digital video cameras) to your + computer. + + If you have FireWire hardware and want to use it, say Y here. This + is the core support only, you will also need to select a driver for + your IEEE 1394 adapter. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called ieee1394.o. + +Texas Instruments PCILynx support +CONFIG_IEEE1394_PCILYNX + Say Y here if you have an IEEE-1394 controller with the Texas + Instruments PCILynx chip. Note: this driver is written for revision + 2 of this chip and may not work with revision 0. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called pcilynx.o. + +Use local RAM on PCILynx board +CONFIG_IEEE1394_PCILYNX_LOCALRAM + This option makes the PCILynx driver use local RAM available on some + PCILynx setups for Packet Control Lists. Local RAM is random access + memory which resides on the PCILynx board as opposed to on your + computer's motherboard. Local RAM may speed up command processing + because no PCI transfers are necessary during use of the Packet + Control Lists. + + Note that there are no known PCILynx systems providing local RAM + except for the evaluation boards by Texas Instruments and that the + PCILynx does not reliably report missing RAM. This means that it is + dangerous to say Y here if you are not absolutely sure that your + board provides 64KB of local RAM. + + If unsure, say N. + +Support for non-IEEE1394 local ports +CONFIG_IEEE1394_PCILYNX_PORTS + This option enables driver code to access the RAM, ROM and AUX ports + of the PCILynx through character devices in /dev. If you don't know + what this is about then you won't need it. + + If unsure, say N. + +#Adaptec AIC-5800 IEEE 1394 support +#CONFIG_IEEE1394_AIC5800 +# Say Y here if you have a IEEE 1394 controller using the Adaptec +# AIC-5800 chip. All Adaptec host adapters (89xx series) use this +# chip, as well as miro's DV boards. +# +# If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be +# inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), +# say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module +# will be called aic5800.o. +# +OHCI-1394 (Open Host Controller Interface) support +CONFIG_IEEE1394_OHCI1394 + Enable this driver if you have an IEEE 1394 controller based on the + OHCI-1394 specification. The current driver is only tested with OHCI + chipsets made by Texas Instruments and NEC. Most third-party vendors + use one of these chipsets. It should work with any OHCI-1394 + compliant card, however. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called ohci1394.o. + +OHCI-1394 Video support +CONFIG_IEEE1394_VIDEO1394 + This option enables video device usage for OHCI-1394 cards. Enable + this option only if you have an IEEE 1394 video device connected to + an OHCI-1394 card. + +SBP-2 support (Harddisks etc.) +CONFIG_IEEE1394_SBP2 + This option enables you to use SBP-2 devices connected to your IEEE + 1394 bus. SBP-2 devices include harddrives and DVD devices. + +Raw IEEE 1394 I/O support +CONFIG_IEEE1394_RAWIO + Say Y here if you want support for the raw device. This is generally + a good idea, so you should say Y here. The raw device enables + direct communication of user programs with the IEEE 1394 bus and + thus with the attached peripherals. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called raw1394.o. + +Excessive debugging output +CONFIG_IEEE1394_VERBOSEDEBUG + If you say Y here, you will get very verbose debugging logs from the + subsystem which includes a dump of the header of every sent and + received packet. This can amount to a high amount of data collected + in a very short time which is usually also saved to disk by the + system logging daemons. + + Say Y if you really want or need the debugging output, everyone else + says N. + +Network device support +CONFIG_NETDEVICES + You can say N here if you don't intend to connect your Linux box to + any other computer at all or if all your connections will be over a + telephone line with a modem either via UUCP (UUCP is a protocol to + forward mail and news between unix hosts over telephone lines; read + the UUCP-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>) or dialing up a shell + account or a BBS, even using term (term is a program which gives you + almost full Internet connectivity if you have a regular dial up + shell account on some Internet connected Unix computer. Read + <http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html>). + + You'll have to say Y if your computer contains a network card that + you want to use under Linux (make sure you know its name because you + will be asked for it and read the Ethernet-HOWTO (especially if you + plan to use more than one network card under Linux)) or if you want + to use SLIP (Serial Line Internet Protocol is the protocol used to + send Internet traffic over telephone lines or null modem cables) or + CSLIP (compressed SLIP) or PPP (Point to Point Protocol, a better + and newer replacement for SLIP) or PLIP (Parallel Line Internet + Protocol is mainly used to create a mini network by connecting the + parallel ports of two local machines) or AX.25/KISS (protocol for + sending Internet traffic over amateur radio links). + + Make sure to read the NET-3-HOWTO. Eventually, you will have to read + Olaf Kirch's excellent and free book "Network Administrator's + Guide", to be found in <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#guide>. If + unsure, say Y. + +Dummy net driver support +CONFIG_DUMMY + This is essentially a bit-bucket device (i.e. traffic you send to + this device is consigned into oblivion) with a configurable IP + address. It is most commonly used in order to make your currently + inactive SLIP address seem like a real address for local programs. + If you use SLIP or PPP, you might want to say Y here. Since this + thing often comes in handy, the default is Y. It won't enlarge your + kernel either. What a deal. Read about it in the Network + Administrator's Guide, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#guide>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called dummy.o. If you want to use more than one dummy + device at a time, you need to compile this driver as a module. + Instead of 'dummy', the devices will then be called 'dummy0', + 'dummy1' etc. + +Bonding driver support +CONFIG_BONDING + Say 'Y' or 'M' if you wish to be able to 'bond' multiple Ethernet + Channels together. This is called 'Etherchannel' by Cisco, + 'Trunking' by Sun, and 'Bonding' in Linux. + + If you have two Ethernet connections to some other computer, you can + make them behave like one double speed connection using this driver. + Naturally, this has to be supported at the other end as well, either + with a similar Bonding Linux driver, a Cisco 5500 switch or a + SunTrunking SunSoft driver. + + This is similar to the EQL driver, but it merges Ethernet segments + instead of serial lines. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called bonding.o. + +Intermediate queueing device support +CONFIG_IMQ + The imq device(s) is used as placeholder for QoS queueing disciplines. + Every packet entering/leaving the ip stack can be directed through + the imq device where it's enqueued/dequeued to the attached qdisc. + This allows you to treat network devices as classes and distribute + bandwidth among them. Iptables is used to specify through which imq + device, if any, packets travel. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which ca be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called imq.o + +SLIP (serial line) support +CONFIG_SLIP + Say Y if you intend to use SLIP or CSLIP (compressed SLIP) to + connect to your Internet service provider or to connect to some + other local Unix box or if you want to configure your Linux box as a + Slip/CSlip server for other people to dial in. SLIP (Serial Line + Internet Protocol) is a protocol used to send Internet traffic over + serial connections such as telephone lines or null modem cables; + nowadays, the protocol PPP is more commonly used for this same + purpose. + + Normally, your access provider has to support SLIP in order for you + to be able to use it, but there is now a SLIP emulator called SLiRP + around (available from + <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/>) which + allows you to use SLIP over a regular dial up shell connection. If + you plan to use SLiRP, make sure to say Y to CSLIP, below. The + NET-3-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, explains how to + configure SLIP. Note that you don't need this option if you just + want to run term (term is a program which gives you almost full + Internet connectivity if you have a regular dial up shell account on + some Internet connected Unix computer. Read + <http://www.bart.nl/~patrickr/term-howto/Term-HOWTO.html>). SLIP + support will enlarge your kernel by about 4 KB. If unsure, say N. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be + called slip.o. + +CSLIP compressed headers +CONFIG_SLIP_COMPRESSED + This protocol is faster than SLIP because it uses compression on the + TCP/IP headers (not on the data itself), but it has to be supported + on both ends. Ask your access provider if you are not sure and + answer Y, just in case. You will still be able to use plain SLIP. If + you plan to use SLiRP, the SLIP emulator (available from + <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/network/serial/>) which + allows you to use SLIP over a regular dial up shell connection, you + definitely want to say Y here. The NET-3-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, explains how to configure + CSLIP. This won't enlarge your kernel. + +Keepalive and linefill +CONFIG_SLIP_SMART + Adds additional capabilities to the SLIP driver to support the + RELCOM line fill and keepalive monitoring. Ideal on poor quality + analogue lines. + +Six bit SLIP encapsulation +CONFIG_SLIP_MODE_SLIP6 + Just occasionally you may need to run IP over hostile serial + networks that don't pass all control characters or are only seven + bit. Saying Y here adds an extra mode you can use with SLIP: + "slip6". In this mode, SLIP will only send normal ASCII symbols over + the serial device. Naturally, this has to be supported at the other + end of the link as well. It's good enough, for example, to run IP + over the async ports of a Camtec JNT Pad. If unsure, say N. + +PPP (point-to-point protocol) support +CONFIG_PPP + PPP (Point to Point Protocol) is a newer and better SLIP. It serves + the same purpose: sending Internet traffic over telephone (and other + serial) lines. Ask your access provider if they support it, because + otherwise you can't use it; most Internet access providers these + days support PPP rather than SLIP. + + To use PPP, you need an additional program called pppd as described + in the PPP-HOWTO, available at + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Make sure that you have + the version of pppd recommended in <file:Documentation/Changes>. + The PPP option enlarges your kernel by about 16 KB. + + There are actually two versions of PPP: the traditional PPP for + asynchronous lines, such as regular analog phone lines, and + synchronous PPP which can be used over digital ISDN lines for + example. If you want to use PPP over phone lines or other + asynchronous serial lines, you need to say Y (or M) here and also to + the next option, "PPP support for async serial ports". For PPP over + synchronous lines, you should say Y (or M) here and to "Support + synchronous PPP", below. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you said Y to "Version information on all symbols" above, then + you cannot compile the PPP driver into the kernel; you can then only + compile it as a module. The module will be called ppp_generic.o. + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +PPP multilink support +CONFIG_PPP_MULTILINK + PPP multilink is a protocol (defined in RFC 1990) which allows you + to combine several (logical or physical) lines into one logical PPP + connection, so that you can utilize your full bandwidth. + + This has to be supported at the other end as well and you need a + version of the pppd daemon which understands the multilink protocol. + + If unsure, say N. + +PPP filtering +CONFIG_PPP_FILTER + Say Y here if you want to be able to filter the packets passing over + PPP interfaces. This allows you to control which packets count as + activity (i.e. which packets will reset the idle timer or bring up + a demand-dialled link) and which packets are to be dropped entirely. + You need to say Y here if you wish to use the pass-filter and + active-filter options to pppd. + + If unsure, say N. + +PPP support for async serial ports +CONFIG_PPP_ASYNC + Say Y (or M) here if you want to be able to use PPP over standard + asynchronous serial ports, such as COM1 or COM2 on a PC. If you use + a modem (not a synchronous or ISDN modem) to contact your ISP, you + need this option. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called ppp_async.o. + + If unsure, say Y. + +PPP support for sync tty ports +CONFIG_PPP_SYNC_TTY + Say Y (or M) here if you want to be able to use PPP over synchronous + (HDLC) tty devices, such as the SyncLink adapter. These devices + are often used for high-speed leased lines like T1/E1. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called ppp_synctty.o. + +PPP Deflate compression +CONFIG_PPP_DEFLATE + Support for the Deflate compression method for PPP, which uses the + Deflate algorithm (the same algorithm that gzip uses) to compress + each PPP packet before it is sent over the wire. The machine at the + other end of the PPP link (usually your ISP) has to support the + Deflate compression method as well for this to be useful. Even if + they don't support it, it is safe to say Y here. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called ppp_deflate.o. + +PPP BSD-Compress compression +CONFIG_PPP_BSDCOMP + Support for the BSD-Compress compression method for PPP, which uses + the LZW compression method to compress each PPP packet before it is + sent over the wire. The machine at the other end of the PPP link + (usually your ISP) has to support the BSD-Compress compression + method as well for this to be useful. Even if they don't support it, + it is safe to say Y here. + + The PPP Deflate compression method ("PPP Deflate compression", + above) is preferable to BSD-Compress, because it compresses better + and is patent-free. + + Note that the BSD compression code will always be compiled as a + module; it is called bsd_comp.o and will show up in the directory + modules once you have said "make modules". If unsure, say N. + +PPP over Ethernet +CONFIG_PPPOE + Support for PPP over Ethernet. + + This driver requires the current pppd from the "ppp" CVS repository + on cvs.samba.org. The required support will be present in the next + ppp release (2.4.2). + +Wireless LAN (non-hamradio) +CONFIG_NET_RADIO + Support for wireless LANs and everything having to do with radio, + but not with amateur radio or FM broadcasting. + + Saying Y here also enables the Wireless Extensions (creates + /proc/net/wireless and enables ifconfig access). The Wireless + Extension is a generic API allowing a driver to expose to the user + space configuration and statistics specific to common Wireless LANs. + The beauty of it is that a single set of tool can support all the + variations of Wireless LANs, regardless of their type (as long as + the driver supports Wireless Extension). Another advantage is that + these parameters may be changed on the fly without restarting the + driver (or Linux). If you wish to use Wireless Extensions with + wireless PCMCIA (PC-) cards, you need to say Y here; you can fetch + the tools from + <http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/Tools.html>. + + Some user-level drivers for scarab devices which don't require + special kernel support are available from + <ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux/>. + +STRIP (Metricom Starmode radio IP) +CONFIG_STRIP + Say Y if you have a Metricom radio and intend to use Starmode Radio + IP. STRIP is a radio protocol developed for the MosquitoNet project + (on the WWW at <http://mosquitonet.stanford.edu/>) to send Internet + traffic using Metricom radios. Metricom radios are small, battery + powered, 100kbit/sec packet radio transceivers, about the size and + weight of a cellular telephone. (You may also have heard them called + "Metricom modems" but we avoid the term "modem" because it misleads + many people into thinking that you can plug a Metricom modem into a + phone line and use it as a modem.) + + You can use STRIP on any Linux machine with a serial port, although + it is obviously most useful for people with laptop computers. If you + think you might get a Metricom radio in the future, there is no harm + in saying Y to STRIP now, except that it makes the kernel a bit + bigger. + + You can also compile this as a module ( = code which can be inserted + in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be + called strip.o. + +AT&T WaveLAN & DEC RoamAbout DS support +CONFIG_WAVELAN + The Lucent WaveLAN (formerly NCR and AT&T; or DEC RoamAbout DS) is + a Radio LAN (wireless Ethernet-like Local Area Network) using the + radio frequencies 900 MHz and 2.4 GHz. + + This driver support the ISA version of the WaveLAN card. A separate + driver for the PCMCIA (PC-card) hardware is available in David + Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes> + for location). + + If you want to use an ISA WaveLAN card under Linux, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Some more specific + information is contained in + <file:Documentation/networking/wavelan.txt> and in the source code + <file:drivers/net/wavelan.p.h>. + + You will also need the wireless tools package available from + <http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/Tools.html>. + Please read the man pages contained therein. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called wavelan.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +Aironet Arlan 655 & IC2200 DS support +CONFIG_ARLAN + Aironet makes Arlan, a class of wireless LAN adapters. These use the + www.Telxon.com chip, which is also used on several similar cards. + This driver is tested on the 655 and IC2200 series cards. Look at + <http://www.ylenurme.ee/~elmer/655/> for the latest information. + + The driver is built as two modules, arlan and arlan-proc. The latter + is the /proc interface and is not needed most of time. + + On some computers the card ends up in non-valid state after some + time. Use a ping-reset script to clear it. + +Aironet 4500/4800 series adapters +CONFIG_AIRONET4500 + www.aironet.com (recently bought by Cisco) makes these 802.11 DS + adapters. Driver by Elmer Joandi (elmer@ylenurme.ee). + + Say Y here if you have such an adapter, and then say Y below to + the option that applies to your particular type of card (PCI, ISA, + or PCMCIA). + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called aironet4500_core.o. If you want to + compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + + quick config parameters: + SSID=tsunami - "The Password" + adhoc=1 there are no Access Points around + master=1 Adhoc master (the one who creates network + sync) + slave=1 Adhoc slave (btw, it is still forming own net + sometimes, and has problems with firmware... + change IbssJoinNetTimeout from /proc...) + channel=1..? meaningful in adhoc mode + + If you have problems with screwing up card, both_bap_lock=1 is a + conservative value (performance hit 15%). + + All other parameters can be set via the proc interface. + +Aironet 4500/4800 ISA/PCI/PNP/365 support +CONFIG_AIRONET4500_NONCS + If you have an ISA, PCI or PCMCIA Aironet 4500/4800 wireless LAN + card, say Y here, and then also to the options below that apply + to you. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called aironet4500_card.o. If you want to + compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Aironet 4500/4800 PNP support +CONFIG_AIRONET4500_PNP + If you have an ISA Aironet 4500/4800 card which you want to use in + PnP (Plug and Play) mode, say Y here. This is the recommended mode + for ISA cards. Remember however to enable the PnP jumper on the + board if you say Y here. + +Aironet 4500/4800 PCI support +CONFIG_AIRONET4500_PCI + If you have an PCI Aironet 4500/4800 card, say Y here. + +Aironet 4500/4800 ISA broken support +CONFIG_AIRONET4500_ISA + If you have an ISA Aironet 4500/4800 card which you want to run in + non-PnP mode, say Y here. This is not recommended and does not work + correctly at this point. Say N. + +Aironet 4500/4800 I365 broken support +CONFIG_AIRONET4500_I365 + If you have a PCMCIA Aironet 4500/4800 card which you want to use + without the standard PCMCIA cardservices provided by the pcmcia-cs + package, say Y here. This is not recommended, so say N. + +Aironet 4500/4800 PCMCIA support +CONFIG_AIRONET4500_CS + Say Y here if you have a PCMCIA Aironet 4500/4800 card which you + want to use with the standard PCMCIA cardservices provided by the + pcmcia-cs package. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called aironet4500_cs.o. If you want to + compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Aironet 4500/4800 PROC interface +CONFIG_AIRONET4500_PROC + If you say Y here (and to the "/proc file system" below), you will + be able to configure your Aironet card via the + /proc/sys/aironet4500 interface. + + Additional info: look in <file:drivers/net/aironet4500_rid.c>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called aironet4500_proc.o. If you want to + compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + NOTE: the proc interface uses a lot of memory, so it is recommended + to compile it as a module and remove the module after + configuration. + +LAPB over Ethernet driver +CONFIG_LAPBETHER + This is a driver for a pseudo device (typically called /dev/lapb0) + which allows you to open an LAPB point-to-point connection to some + other computer on your Ethernet network. In order to do this, you + need to say Y or M to the driver for your Ethernet card as well as + to "LAPB Data Link Driver". + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called lapbether.o. If unsure, say N. + +X.25 async driver +CONFIG_X25_ASY + This is a driver for sending and receiving X.25 frames over regular + asynchronous serial lines such as telephone lines equipped with + ordinary modems. Experts should note that this driver doesn't + currently comply with the asynchronous HDLS framing protocols in + CCITT recommendation X.25. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called x25_asy.o. If unsure, say N. + +PCMCIA network device support +CONFIG_NET_PCMCIA + Say Y if you would like to include support for any PCMCIA or CardBus + network adapters, then say Y to the driver for your particular card + below. PCMCIA- or PC-cards are credit-card size devices often used + with laptops computers; CardBus is the newer and faster version of + PCMCIA. + + To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David + Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes> + for location). You also want to check out the PCMCIA-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If unsure, say N. + +3Com 3c589 PCMCIA support +CONFIG_PCMCIA_3C589 + Say Y here if you intend to attach a 3Com 3c589 or compatible PCMCIA + (PC-card) Ethernet card to your computer. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called 3c589_cs.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If + unsure, say N. + +3Com 3c574 PCMCIA support +CONFIG_PCMCIA_3C574 + Say Y here if you intend to attach a 3Com 3c574 or compatible PCMCIA + (PC-card) Fast Ethernet card to your computer. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called 3c574_cs.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If + unsure, say N. + +Fujitsu FMV-J18x PCMCIA support +CONFIG_PCMCIA_FMVJ18X + Say Y here if you intend to attach a Fujitsu FMV-J18x or compatible + PCMCIA (PC-card) Ethernet card to your computer. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called fmvj18x_cs.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + If unsure, say N. + +NE2000 compatible PCMCIA support +CONFIG_PCMCIA_PCNET + Say Y here if you intend to attach an NE2000 compatible PCMCIA + (PC-card) Ethernet or Fast Ethernet card to your computer. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called pcnet_cs.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If + unsure, say N. + +Asix AX88190 PCMCIA support +CONFIG_PCMCIA_AXNET + Say Y here if you intend to attach an Asix AX88190-based PCMCIA + (PC-card) Fast Ethernet card to your computer. These cards are + nearly NE2000 compatible but need a separate driver due to a few + misfeatures. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called axnet_cs.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If + unsure, say N. + +New Media PCMCIA support +CONFIG_PCMCIA_NMCLAN + Say Y here if you intend to attach a New Media Ethernet or LiveWire + PCMCIA (PC-card) Ethernet card to your computer. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called nmclan_cs.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If + unsure, say N. + +SMC 91Cxx PCMCIA support +CONFIG_PCMCIA_SMC91C92 + Say Y here if you intend to attach an SMC 91Cxx compatible PCMCIA + (PC-card) Ethernet or Fast Ethernet card to your computer. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called smc91c92_cs.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + If unsure, say N. + +Xircom 16-bit PCMCIA support +CONFIG_PCMCIA_XIRC2PS + Say Y here if you intend to attach a Xircom 16-bit PCMCIA (PC-card) + Ethernet or Fast Ethernet card to your computer. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called xirc2ps_cs.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + If unsure, say N. + +COM20020 ARCnet PCMCIA support +CONFIG_ARCNET_COM20020_CS + Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of ARCnet PCMCIA card + to your computer. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called com20020_cs.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + If unsure, say N. + +IBM PCMCIA Token Ring adapter support +CONFIG_PCMCIA_IBMTR + Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of Token Ring PCMCIA + card to your computer. You then also need to say Y to "Token Ring + driver support". + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ibmtr_cs.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Xircom Tulip-like CardBus support (old driver) +CONFIG_PCMCIA_XIRTULIP + This driver is for the Digital "Tulip" Ethernet CardBus adapters. + It should work with most DEC 21*4*-based chips/ethercards, as well + as with work-alike chips from Lite-On (PNIC) and Macronix (MXIC) and + ASIX. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called xircom_tulip_cb.o. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say N. + +Xircom CardBus support (new driver) +CONFIG_PCMCIA_XIRCOM + This driver is for the Digital "Tulip" Ethernet CardBus adapters. + It should work with most DEC 21*4*-based chips/ethercards, as well + as with work-alike chips from Lite-On (PNIC) and Macronix (MXIC) and + ASIX. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called xircom_cb.o. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, say N. + +PCMCIA Wireless LAN +CONFIG_NET_PCMCIA_RADIO + Say Y here if you would like to use a PCMCIA (PC-card) device to + connect to a wireless local area network. Then say Y to the driver + for your particular card below. + + To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David + Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes> + for location). You also want to check out the PCMCIA-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + +Hermes chipset 802.11b support (Orinoco/Prism2/Symbol cards) +CONFIG_HERMES + A driver for 802.11b wireless cards based based on the "Hermes" or + Intersil HFA384x (Prism 2) MAC controller. This includes the vast + majority of the PCMCIA 802.11b cards (which are nearly all rebadges) + - except for the Cisco/Aironet cards. Cards supported include the + Apple Airport (not a PCMCIA card), WavelanIEEE/Orinoco, + Cabletron/EnteraSys Roamabout, ELSA AirLancer, MELCO Buffalo, Avaya, + IBM High Rate Wireless, Farralon Syyline, Samsung MagicLAN, Netgear + MA401, LinkSys WPC-11, D-Link DWL-650, 3Com AirConnect, Intel + PRO/Wireless, and Symbol Spectrum24 High Rate amongst others. + + This option includes the guts of the driver, but in order to + actually use a card you will also need to enable support for PCMCIA + Hermes cards, PLX9052 based PCI adaptors or the Apple Airport below. + + You will also very likely also need the Wireless Tools in order to + configure your card and that /etc/pcmcia/wireless.opts works : + <http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/Tools.html> + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called hermes.o. + +Hermes 802.11b in PLX9052 based PCI adaptor support +CONFIG_PLX_HERMES + Enable support for PCMCIA cards supported by the "Hermes" (aka + orinoco_cs) driver when used in PLX9052 based PCI adaptors. These + adaptors are not a full PCMCIA controller but act as a more limited + PCI <-> PCMCIA bridge. Several vendors sell such adaptors so that + 802.11b PCMCIA cards can be used in desktop machines. The Netgear + MA301 is such an adaptor. + + Support for these adaptors is so far still incomplete and buggy. + You have been warned. + +Prism 2.5 PCI 802.11b adaptor support +CONFIG_PCI_HERMES + Enable support for PCI and mini-PCI 802.11b wireless NICs based on + the Prism 2.5 chipset. These are true PCI cards, not the 802.11b + PCMCIA cards bundled with PCI<->PCMCIA adaptors which are also + common. Some of the built-in wireless adaptors in laptops are of + this variety. + +Hermes support (Orinoco/WavelanIEEE/PrismII/Symbol 802.11b cards) +CONFIG_PCMCIA_HERMES + A driver for "Hermes" chipset based PCMCIA wireless adaptors, such + as the Lucent WavelanIEEE/Orinoco cards and their OEM (Cabletron/ + EnteraSys RoamAbout 802.11, ELSA Airlancer, Melco Buffalo and + others). It should also be usable on various Prism II based cards + such as the Linksys, D-Link and Farallon Skyline. It should also + work on Symbol cards such as the 3Com AirConnect and Ericsson WLAN. + + To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David + Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes> + for location). You also want to check out the PCMCIA-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + You will also very likely also need the Wireless Tools in order to + configure your card and that /etc/pcmcia/wireless.opts works: + <http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/Tools.html>. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called orinoco_cs.o. + +Cisco/Aironet 34X/35X/4500/4800 ISA and PCI cards +CONFIG_AIRO + This is the standard Linux driver to support Cisco/Aironet ISA and + PCI 802.11 wireless cards. + It supports the new 802.11b cards from Cisco (Cisco 34X, Cisco 35X + - with or without encryption) as well as card before the Cisco + acquisition (Aironet 4500, Aironet 4800, Aironet 4800B). + + This driver support both the standard Linux Wireless Extensions + and Cisco proprietary API, so both the Linux Wireless Tools and the + Cisco Linux utilities can be used to configure the card. + + The driver can be compiled as a module and will be named "airo.o". + +Cisco/Aironet 34X/35X/4500/4800 PCMCIA cards +CONFIG_AIRO_CS + This is the standard Linux driver to support Cisco/Aironet PCMCIA + 802.11 wireless cards. This driver is the same as the Aironet + driver part of the Linux Pcmcia package. + It supports the new 802.11b cards from Cisco (Cisco 34X, Cisco 35X + - with or without encryption) as well as card before the Cisco + acquisition (Aironet 4500, Aironet 4800, Aironet 4800B). It also + supports OEM of Cisco such as the DELL TrueMobile 4800 and Xircom + 802.11b cards. + + This driver support both the standard Linux Wireless Extensions + and Cisco proprietary API, so both the Linux Wireless Tools and the + Cisco Linux utilities can be used to configure the card. + + To use your PC-cards, you will need supporting software from David + Hinds' pcmcia-cs package (see the file <file:Documentation/Changes> + for location). You also want to check out the PCMCIA-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called airo_cs.o. + +Aviator/Raytheon 2.4MHz wireless support +CONFIG_PCMCIA_RAYCS + Say Y here if you intend to attach an Aviator/Raytheon PCMCIA + (PC-card) wireless Ethernet networking card to your computer. + Please read the file <file:Documentation/networking/ray_cs.txt> for + details. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ray_cs.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If + unsure, say N. + +Apple Airport support (built-in) +CONFIG_APPLE_AIRPORT + Say Y here to support the Airport 802.11b wireless Ethernet hardware + built into the Macintosh iBook and other recent PowerPC-based + Macintosh machines. This is essentially a Lucent Orinoco card with + a non-standard interface + +Xircom Netwave AirSurfer wireless support +CONFIG_PCMCIA_NETWAVE + Say Y here if you intend to attach this type of PCMCIA (PC-card) + wireless Ethernet networking card to your computer. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called netwave_cs.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + If unsure, say N. + +AT&T/Lucent Wavelan wireless support +CONFIG_PCMCIA_WAVELAN + Say Y here if you intend to attach an AT&T/Lucent Wavelan PCMCIA + (PC-card) wireless Ethernet networking card to your computer. This + driver is for the non-IEEE-802.11 Wavelan cards. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called wavelan_cs.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + If unsure, say N. + +PLIP (parallel port) support +CONFIG_PLIP + PLIP (Parallel Line Internet Protocol) is used to create a + reasonably fast mini network consisting of two (or, rarely, more) + local machines. A PLIP link from a Linux box is a popular means to + install a Linux distribution on a machine which doesn't have a + CD-ROM drive (a minimal system has to be transferred with floppies + first). The kernels on both machines need to have this PLIP option + enabled for this to work. + + The PLIP driver has two modes, mode 0 and mode 1. The parallel + ports (the connectors at the computers with 25 holes) are connected + with "null printer" or "Turbo Laplink" cables which can transmit 4 + bits at a time (mode 0) or with special PLIP cables, to be used on + bidirectional parallel ports only, which can transmit 8 bits at a + time (mode 1); you can find the wiring of these cables in + <file:Documentation/networking/PLIP.txt>. The cables can be up to + 15m long. Mode 0 works also if one of the machines runs DOS/Windows + and has some PLIP software installed, e.g. the Crynwr PLIP packet + driver (<http://oak.oakland.edu/simtel.net/msdos/pktdrvr-pre.html>) + and winsock or NCSA's telnet. + + If you want to use PLIP, say Y and read the PLIP mini-HOWTO as well + as the NET-3-HOWTO, both available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that the PLIP + protocol has been changed and this PLIP driver won't work together + with the PLIP support in Linux versions 1.0.x. This option enlarges + your kernel by about 8 KB. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be + called plip.o. If unsure, say Y or M, in case you buy a laptop + later. + +EQL (serial line load balancing) support +CONFIG_EQUALIZER + If you have two serial connections to some other computer (this + usually requires two modems and two telephone lines) and you use + SLIP (the protocol for sending Internet traffic over telephone + lines) or PPP (a better SLIP) on them, you can make them behave like + one double speed connection using this driver. Naturally, this has + to be supported at the other end as well, either with a similar EQL + Linux driver or with a Livingston Portmaster 2e. + + Say Y if you want this and read + <file:Documentation/networking/eql.txt>. You may also want to read + section 6.2 of the NET-3-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called eql.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If + unsure, say N. + +Universal TUN/TAP device driver support +CONFIG_TUN + TUN/TAP provides packet reception and transmission for user space + programs. It can be viewed as a simple Point-to-Point or Ethernet + device, which instead of receiving packets from a physical media, + receives them from user space program and instead of sending packets + via physical media writes them to the user space program. + + When a program opens /dev/net/tun, driver creates and registers + corresponding net device tunX or tapX. After a program closed above + devices, driver will automatically delete tunXX or tapXX device and + all routes corresponding to it. + + Please read <file:Documentation/networking/tuntap.txt> for more + information. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called tun.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + If you don't know what to use this for, you don't need it. + +Ethertap network tap (OBSOLETE) +CONFIG_ETHERTAP + If you say Y here (and have said Y to "Kernel/User network link + driver", above) and create a character special file /dev/tap0 with + major number 36 and minor number 16 using mknod ("man mknod"), you + will be able to have a user space program read and write raw + Ethernet frames from/to that special file. tap0 can be configured + with ifconfig and route like any other Ethernet device but it is not + connected to any physical LAN; everything written by the user to + /dev/tap0 is treated by the kernel as if it had come in from a LAN + to the device tap0; everything the kernel wants to send out over the + device tap0 can instead be read by the user from /dev/tap0: the user + mode program replaces the LAN that would be attached to an ordinary + Ethernet device. Please read the file + <file:Documentation/networking/ethertap.txt> for more information. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ethertap.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + If you don't know what to use this for, you don't need it. + +Sealevel Systems 4021 support +CONFIG_SEALEVEL_4021 + This is a driver for the Sealevel Systems ACB 56 serial I/O adapter. + + This driver can only be compiled as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to do that, say M here. The module will be called + sealevel.o. + +TMPTX3912/PR31700 serial port support +CONFIG_SERIAL_TX3912 + The TX3912 is a Toshiba RISC processor based o the MIPS 3900 core; + see <http://www.toshiba.com/taec/components/Generic/risc/tx3912.htm>. + Say Y here to enable kernel support for the on-board serial port. + +Console on TMPTX3912/PR31700 serial port +CONFIG_SERIAL_TX3912_CONSOLE + The TX3912 is a Toshiba RISC processor based o the MIPS 3900 core; + see <http://www.toshiba.com/taec/components/Generic/risc/tx3912.htm>. + Say Y here to direct console I/O to the on-board serial port. + +Enable Au1000 serial console +CONFIG_AU1000_SERIAL_CONSOLE + If you have an Alchemy AU1000 processor (MIPS based) and you want + to use a console on a serial port, say Y. Otherwise, say N. + +Enable Au1000 UART Support +CONFIG_AU1000_UART + If you have an Alchemy AU1000 processor (MIPS based) and you want + to use serial ports, say Y. Otherwise, say N. + +SyncLink HDLC/SYNCPPP support +CONFIG_SYNCLINK_SYNCPPP + Enables HDLC/SYNCPPP support for the SyncLink WAN driver. + Normally the SyncLink WAN driver works with the main PPP + driver (ppp.c) and pppd program. HDLC/SYNCPPP support allows use + of the Cisco HDLC/PPP driver (syncppp.c). + The SyncLink WAN driver (in character devices) must also be enabled. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called syncppp.o. + +FarSync T-Series X.21 (and V.35/V.24) cards +CONFIG_FARSYNC + This driver supports the FarSync T-Series X.21 (and V.35/V.24) cards + from FarSite Communications Ltd. + Synchronous communication is supported on all ports at speeds up to + 8Mb/s (128K on V.24) using synchronous PPP or Cisco HDLC. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want) + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called farsync.o and if you want the module to be + automatically loaded when the interface is referenced then you + should add "alias syncX farsync" to /etc/modules.conf for each + interface, where X is 0, 1, 2, ... + +Frame Relay (DLCI) support +CONFIG_DLCI + This is support for the frame relay protocol; frame relay is a fast + low-cost way to connect to a remote Internet access provider or to + form a private wide area network. The one physical line from your + box to the local "switch" (i.e. the entry point to the frame relay + network, usually at the phone company) can carry several logical + point-to-point connections to other computers connected to the frame + relay network. For a general explanation of the protocol, check out + <http://www.frforum.com/> on the WWW. To use frame relay, you need + supporting hardware (called FRAD) and certain programs from the + net-tools package as explained in + <file:Documentation/networking/framerelay.txt>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called dlci.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Max open DLCI +CONFIG_DLCI_COUNT + This is the maximal number of logical point-to-point frame relay + connections (the identifiers of which are called DCLIs) that + the driver can handle. The default is probably fine. + +Max DLCI per device +CONFIG_DLCI_MAX + You can specify here how many logical point-to-point frame relay + connections (the identifiers of which are called DCLIs) should be + handled by each of your hardware frame relay access devices. Go with + the default. + +SDLA (Sangoma S502/S508) support +CONFIG_SDLA + Say Y here if you need a driver for the Sangoma S502A, S502E, and + S508 Frame Relay Access Devices. These are multi-protocol cards, but + only frame relay is supported by the driver at this time. Please + read <file:Documentation/framerelay.txt>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called sdla.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Acorn Econet/AUN protocols +CONFIG_ECONET + Econet is a fairly old and slow networking protocol mainly used by + Acorn computers to access file and print servers. It uses native + Econet network cards. AUN is an implementation of the higher level + parts of Econet that runs over ordinary Ethernet connections, on + top of the UDP packet protocol, which in turn runs on top of the + Internet protocol IP. + + If you say Y here, you can choose with the next two options whether + to send Econet/AUN traffic over a UDP Ethernet connection or over + a native Econet network card. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called econet.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +AUN over UDP +CONFIG_ECONET_AUNUDP + Say Y here if you want to send Econet/AUN traffic over a UDP + connection (UDP is a packet based protocol that runs on top of the + Internet protocol IP) using an ordinary Ethernet network card. + +Native Econet +CONFIG_ECONET_NATIVE + Say Y here if you have a native Econet network card installed in + your computer. + +WAN router +CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER + Wide Area Networks (WANs), such as X.25, frame relay and leased + lines, are used to interconnect Local Area Networks (LANs) over vast + distances with data transfer rates significantly higher than those + achievable with commonly used asynchronous modem connections. + Usually, a quite expensive external device called a `WAN router' is + needed to connect to a WAN. + + As an alternative, WAN routing can be built into the Linux kernel. + With relatively inexpensive WAN interface cards available on the + market, a perfectly usable router can be built for less than half + the price of an external router. If you have one of those cards and + wish to use your Linux box as a WAN router, say Y here and also to + the WAN driver for your card, below. You will then need the + wan-tools package which is available from <ftp://ftp.sangoma.com/>. + Read <file:Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt> for more + information. + + The WAN routing support is also available as a module called + wanrouter.o ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the + running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + If unsure, say N. + +Fast switching (read help!) +CONFIG_NET_FASTROUTE + Saying Y here enables direct NIC-to-NIC (NIC = Network Interface + Card) data transfers on the local network, which is fast. + + IMPORTANT NOTE: This option is NOT COMPATIBLE with "Network packet + filtering" (CONFIG_NETFILTER). Say N here if you say Y there. + + However, it will work with all options in the "Advanced router" + section (except for "Use TOS value as routing key" and + "Use FWMARK value as routing key"). + + At the moment, few devices support fast switching (tulip is one of + them, a modified 8390 driver can be found at + <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/fastroute/fastroute-8390.tar.gz>). + + If unsure, say N. + +Forwarding between high speed interfaces +CONFIG_NET_HW_FLOWCONTROL + This option enables NIC (Network Interface Card) hardware throttling + during periods of extremal congestion. At the moment only a couple + of device drivers support it (really only one -- tulip, a modified + 8390 driver can be found at + <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/fastroute/fastroute-8390.tar.gz>). + + Really, this option is applicable to any machine attached to a fast + enough network, and even a 10 Mb NIC is able to kill a not very slow + box, such as a 120MHz Pentium. + + However, do not say Y here if you did not experience any serious + problems. + +QoS and/or fair queueing +CONFIG_NET_SCHED + When the kernel has several packets to send out over a network + device, it has to decide which ones to send first, which ones to + delay, and which ones to drop. This is the job of the packet + scheduler, and several different algorithms for how to do this + "fairly" have been proposed. + + If you say N here, you will get the standard packet scheduler, which + is a FIFO (first come, first served). If you say Y here, you will be + able to choose from among several alternative algorithms which can + then be attached to different network devices. This is useful for + example if some of your network devices are real time devices that + need a certain minimum data flow rate, or if you need to limit the + maximum data flow rate for traffic which matches specified criteria. + This code is considered to be experimental. + + To administer these schedulers, you'll need the user-level utilities + from the package iproute2+tc at <ftp://ftp.inr.ac.ru/ip-routing/>. + That package also contains some documentation; for more, check out + <http://snafu.freedom.org/linux2.2/iproute-notes.html>. + + This Quality of Service (QoS) support will enable you to use + Differentiated Services (diffserv) and Resource Reservation Protocol + (RSVP) on your Linux router if you also say Y to "QoS support", + "Packet classifier API" and to some classifiers below. Documentation + and software is at <http://icawww1.epfl.ch/linux-diffserv/>. + + If you say Y here and to "/proc file system" below, you will be able + to read status information about packet schedulers from the file + /proc/net/psched. + + The available schedulers are listed in the following questions; you + can say Y to as many as you like. If unsure, say N now. + +CBQ packet scheduler +CONFIG_NET_SCH_CBQ + Say Y here if you want to use the Class-Based Queueing (CBQ) packet + scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. This + algorithm classifies the waiting packets into a tree-like hierarchy + of classes; the leaves of this tree are in turn scheduled by + separate algorithms (called "disciplines" in this context). + + See the top of <file:net/sched/sch_cbq.c> for references about the + CBQ algorithm. + + CBQ is a commonly used scheduler, so if you're unsure, you should + say Y here. Then say Y to all the queueing algorithms below that you + want to use as CBQ disciplines. Then say Y to "Packet classifier + API" and say Y to all the classifiers you want to use; a classifier + is a routine that allows you to sort your outgoing traffic into + classes based on a certain criterion. + + This code is also available as a module called sch_cbq.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +CONFIG_NET_SCH_HTB + Say Y here if you want to use the Hierarchical Token Buckets (HTB) + packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. See + URL <http://luxik.cdi.cz/~devik/qos/htb/> for complete manual and + in-depth articles. + + HTB is very similar to the CBQ regarding its goals however is has + different properties and different algorithm. + + This code is also available as a module called sch_htb.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +CSZ packet scheduler +CONFIG_NET_SCH_CSZ + Say Y here if you want to use the Clark-Shenker-Zhang (CSZ) packet + scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices. At the + moment, this is the only algorithm that can guarantee service for + real-time applications (see the top of <file:net/sched/sch_csz.c> + for details and references about the algorithm). + + Note: this scheduler is currently broken. + + This code is also available as a module called sch_csz.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +ATM pseudo-scheduler +CONFIG_NET_SCH_ATM + Say Y here if you want to use the ATM pseudo-scheduler. This + provides a framework for invoking classifiers (aka "filters"), which + in turn select classes of this queuing discipline. Each class maps + the flow(s) it is handling to a given virtual circuit (see the top of + <file:net/sched/sch_atm.c>). + + This code is also available as a module called sch_atm.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +The simplest PRIO pseudo-scheduler +CONFIG_NET_SCH_PRIO + Say Y here if you want to use an n-band priority queue packet + "scheduler" for some of your network devices or as a leaf discipline + for the CBQ scheduling algorithm. If unsure, say Y. + + This code is also available as a module called sch_prio.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Diffserv field marker +CONFIG_NET_SCH_DSMARK + Say Y if you want to schedule packets according to the + Differentiated Services architecture proposed in RFC 2475. + Technical information on this method, with pointers to associated + RFCs, is available at <http://www.gta.ufrj.br/diffserv/>. + + This code is also available as a module called sch_dsmark.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +GRED queue +CONFIG_NET_SCH_GRED + Say Y here if you want to use the Generic Random Early Detection + (RED) packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices + (see the top of <file:net/sched/sch_red.c> for details and + references about the algorithm). + + This code is also available as a module called sch_gred.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +RED queue +CONFIG_NET_SCH_RED + Say Y here if you want to use the Random Early Detection (RED) + packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices (see + the top of <file:net/sched/sch_red.c> for details and references + about the algorithm). + + This code is also available as a module called sch_red.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +SFQ queue +CONFIG_NET_SCH_SFQ + Say Y here if you want to use the Stochastic Fairness Queueing (SFQ) + packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a + leaf discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm (see the top of + <file:net/sched/sch_sfq.c> for details and references about the SFQ + algorithm). + + This code is also available as a module called sch_sfq.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +ESFQ queue +CONFIG_NET_SCH_ESFQ + Say Y here if you want to use the Stochastic Fairness Queueing (SFQ) + packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a + leaf discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm (see the top of + <file:net/sched/sch_esfq.c> for details and references about the SFQ + algorithm). + + This is an enchanced SFQ version which allows you to control the + hardcoded values in the SFQ scheduler: queue depth, hash table size, + queues limit. Also adds control to the hash function used to identify + packet flows. Hash by src or dst ip and original sfq hash. + + This code is also available as a module called sch_esfq.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +TEQL queue +CONFIG_NET_SCH_TEQL + Say Y here if you want to use the True Link Equalizer (TLE) packet + scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a leaf + discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm. This queueing + discipline allows the combination of several physical devices into + one virtual device. (see the top of <file:net/sched/sch_teql.c> for + details). + + This code is also available as a module called sch_teql.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +TBF queue +CONFIG_NET_SCH_TBF + Say Y here if you want to use the Simple Token Bucket Filter (TBF) + packet scheduling algorithm for some of your network devices or as a + leaf discipline for the CBQ scheduling algorithm (see the top of + <file:net/sched/sch_tbf.c> for a description of the TBF algorithm). + + This code is also available as a module called sch_tbf.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Ingress Qdisc +CONFIG_NET_SCH_INGRESS + If you say Y here, you will be able to police incoming bandwidth + and drop packets when this bandwidth exceeds your desired rate. + If unsure, say Y. + + This code is also available as a module called cls_ingress.o + ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running + kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +QoS support +CONFIG_NET_QOS + Say Y here if you want to include Quality Of Service scheduling + features, which means that you will be able to request certain + rate-of-flow limits for your network devices. + + This Quality of Service (QoS) support will enable you to use + Differentiated Services (diffserv) and Resource Reservation Protocol + (RSVP) on your Linux router if you also say Y to "Packet classifier + API" and to some classifiers below. Documentation and software is at + <http://icawww1.epfl.ch/linux-diffserv/>. + + Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all + the questions about QoS support. + +Rate estimator +CONFIG_NET_ESTIMATOR + In order for Quality of Service scheduling to work, the current + rate-of-flow for a network device has to be estimated; if you say Y + here, the kernel will do just that. + +Packet classifier API +CONFIG_NET_CLS + The CBQ scheduling algorithm requires that network packets which are + scheduled to be sent out over a network device be classified + according to some criterion. If you say Y here, you will get a + choice of several different packet classifiers with the following + questions. + + This will enable you to use Differentiated Services (diffserv) and + Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) on your Linux router. + Documentation and software is at + <http://icawww1.epfl.ch/linux-diffserv/>. + +Traffic policing (needed for in/egress) +CONFIG_NET_CLS_POLICE + Say Y to support traffic policing (bandwidth limits). Needed for + ingress and egress rate limiting. + +TC index classifier +CONFIG_NET_CLS_TCINDEX + If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets + according to the tc_index field of the skb. You will want this + feature if you want to implement Differentiated Services using + sch_dsmark. If unsure, say Y. + + This code is also available as a module called cls_tcindex.o + ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the running + kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Routing tables based classifier +CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE4 + If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets + according to the route table entry they matched. If unsure, say Y. + + This code is also available as a module called cls_route.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Firewall based classifier +CONFIG_NET_CLS_FW + If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets + according to firewall criteria you specified. + + This code is also available as a module called cls_fw.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +U32 classifier +CONFIG_NET_CLS_U32 + If you say Y here, you will be able to classify outgoing packets + according to their destination address. If unsure, say Y. + + This code is also available as a module called cls_u32.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Special RSVP classifier +CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP + The Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) permits end systems to + request a minimum and maximum data flow rate for a connection; this + is important for real time data such as streaming sound or video. + + Say Y here if you want to be able to classify outgoing packets based + on their RSVP requests. + + This code is also available as a module called cls_rsvp.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Special RSVP classifier for IPv6 +CONFIG_NET_CLS_RSVP6 + The Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) permits end systems to + request a minimum and maximum data flow rate for a connection; this + is important for real time data such as streaming sound or video. + + Say Y here if you want to be able to classify outgoing packets based + on their RSVP requests and you are using the new Internet Protocol + IPv6 as opposed to the older and more common IPv4. + + This code is also available as a module called cls_rsvp6.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Network code profiler +CONFIG_NET_PROFILE + If you say Y here and to "/proc file system support" below, some + obscure and undocumented information about the network code's + performance will be written to /proc/net/profile. If you don't know + what it is about, you don't need it: say N. + +Network packet generator +CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN + This module will inject preconfigured packets, at a configurable + rate, out of a given interface. It is used for network interface + stress testing and performance analysis. If you don't understand + what was just said, you don't need it: say N. + + Documentation on how to use the packet generator can be found + at <file:Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt>. + + This code is also available as a module called pktgen.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Wan interfaces support +CONFIG_WAN + Wide Area Networks (WANs), such as X.25, frame relay and leased + lines, are used to interconnect Local Area Networks (LANs) over vast + distances with data transfer rates significantly higher than those + achievable with commonly used asynchronous modem connections. + Usually, a quite expensive external device called a `WAN router' is + needed to connect to a WAN. + + As an alternative, a relatively inexpensive WAN interface card can + allow your Linux box to directly connect to a WAN. If you have one + of those cards and wish to use it under Linux, say Y here and also + to the WAN driver for your card, below. + + If unsure, say N. + +Comtrol Hostess SV-11 support +CONFIG_HOSTESS_SV11 + This is a network card for low speed synchronous serial links, at + up to 256Kbps. It supports both PPP and Cisco HDLC. + + At this point, the driver can only be compiled as a module. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called hostess_sv11.o. + +COSA/SRP sync serial board support +CONFIG_COSA + This is a driver for COSA and SRP synchronous serial boards. These + boards allow to connect synchronous serial devices (for example + base-band modems, or any other device with the X.21, V.24, V.35 or + V.36 interface) to your Linux box. The cards can work as the + character device, synchronous PPP network device, or the Cisco HDLC + network device. + + To actually use the COSA or SRP board, you will need user-space + utilities for downloading the firmware to the cards and to set them + up. Look at the <http://www.fi.muni.cz/~kas/cosa/> for more + information about the cards (including the pointer to the user-space + utilities). You can also read the comment at the top of the + <file:drivers/net/wan/cosa.c> for details about the cards and the driver + itself. + + The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called cosa.o. For general information about + modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Etinc PCISYNC serial board support +CONFIG_DSCC4 + This is a driver for Etinc PCISYNC boards based on the Infineon + (ex. Siemens) DSCC4 chipset. It is supposed to work with the four + ports card. Take a look at <http://www.cogenit.fr/dscc4/> + for further informations about the driver and his configuration. + + The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called dscc4.o. For general information about + modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +LanMedia Corp. serial boards (SSI/V.35, T1/E1, HSSI, T3) +CONFIG_LANMEDIA + This is a driver for the following Lan Media family of serial + boards. + + LMC 1000 board allows you to connect synchronous serial devices (for + example base-band modems, or any other device with the X.21, V.24, + V.35 or V.36 interface) to your Linux box. + + LMC 1200 with on board DSU board allows you to connect your Linux + box directly to a T1 or E1 circuit. + + LMC 5200 board provides a HSSI interface capable of running up to + 52 mbits per second. + + LMC 5245 board connects directly to a T3 circuit saving the + additional external hardware. + + To change setting such as syncPPP vs cisco HDLC or clock source you + will need lmcctl. It is available at <ftp://ftp.lanmedia.com/>. + + This code is also available as a module called lmc.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Fibre Channel driver support +CONFIG_NET_FC + Fibre Channel is a high speed serial protocol mainly used to connect + large storage devices to the computer; it is compatible with and + intended to replace SCSI. + + If you intend to use Fibre Channel, you need to have a Fibre channel + adaptor card in your computer; say Y here and to the driver for your + adaptor below. You also should have said Y to "SCSI support" and + "SCSI generic support". + +Interphase 5526 Tachyon chipset based adaptor support +CONFIG_IPHASE5526 + Say Y here if you have a Fibre Channel adaptor of this kind. + + The driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called iph5526.o. For general information about + modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Red Creek Hardware VPN +CONFIG_RCPCI + This is a driver for hardware which provides a Virtual Private + Network (VPN). Say Y if you have it. + + This code is also available as a module called rcpci.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Granch SBNI12 Leased Line adapter driver +CONFIG_SBNI + This is a driver for ISA SBNI12-xx cards which are low cost + alternatives to leased line modems. Say Y if you want to insert + the driver into the kernel or say M to compile it as a module (the + module will be called sbni.o). + + You can find more information and last versions of drivers and + utilities at <http://www.granch.ru/>. If you have any question you + can send email to sbni@granch.ru. + + Say N if unsure. + +SBNI multiple-line feature support +CONFIG_SBNI_MULTILINE + Schedule traffic for some parallel lines, via SBNI12 adapters. + If you have two computers connected with two parallel lines it's + possible to increase transfer rate nearly twice. You should have + a program named 'sbniconfig' to configure adapters. + + Say N if unsure. + +WAN router drivers +CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER_DRIVERS + If you have a WAN interface card and you want your Linux box to act + as a WAN router, thereby connecting you Local Area Network to the + outside world over the WAN connection, say Y here and then to the + driver for your card below. In addition, you need to say Y to "Wan + Router". + + You will need the wan-tools package which is available from + <ftp://ftp.sangoma.com/>. Read + <file:Documentation/networking/wan-router.txt> for more information. + + Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all + the questions about WAN router drivers. If unsure, say N. + +Sangoma WANPIPE(tm) multiprotocol cards +CONFIG_VENDOR_SANGOMA + WANPIPE from Sangoma Technologies Inc. (<http://www.sangoma.com/>) + is a family of intelligent multiprotocol WAN adapters with data + transfer rates up to 4Mbps. They are also known as Synchronous + Data Link Adapters (SDLA) and are designated as S514-PCI or + S508-ISA. These cards support + + - X.25, Frame Relay, PPP, Cisco HDLC protocols. + + - API support for protocols like HDLC (LAPB), + HDLC Streaming, X.25, Frame Relay and BiSync. + + - Ethernet Bridging over Frame Relay protocol. + + - MULTILINK PPP + + - Async PPP (Modem Dialup) + + If you have one or more of these cards, say M to this option; you + may then also want to read the file + <file:Documentation/networking/wanpipe.txt>. The next questions + will ask you about the protocols you want the driver to support. + + The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called wanpipe.o. For general information about + modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +WANPIPE X.25 support +CONFIG_WANPIPE_X25 + Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card + to an X.25 network. Note, this feature also includes the X.25 API + support used to develop custom applications over the X.25 protocol. + If you say N, the X.25 support will not be included in the driver. + The X.25 option is supported on S514-PCI and S508-ISA cards. + +WANPIPE Frame Relay support +CONFIG_WANPIPE_FR + Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card + to a frame relay network, or use frame relay API to develop + custom applications over the Frame Relay protocol. + This feature also contains the Ethernet Bridging over Frame Relay, + where a WANPIPE frame relay link can be directly connected to the + Linux kernel bridge. If you say N, the frame relay support will + not be included in the driver. The Frame Relay option is + supported on S514-PCI and S508-ISA cards. + +WANPIPE PPP support +CONFIG_WANPIPE_PPP + Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card + to a leased line using Point-to-Point protocol (PPP). If you say N, + the PPP support will not be included in the driver. The PPP option + is supported on S514-PCI/S508-ISA cards. + +WANPIPE Multi-Port PPP support +CONFIG_WANPIPE_MULTPPP + Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card + to a leased line using Point-to-Point protocol (PPP). Note, the + MultiPort PPP uses the Linux Kernel SyncPPP protocol over the + Sangoma HDLC Streaming adapter. In this case each Sangoma adapter + port can support an independent PPP connection. For example, a + single Quad-Port PCI adapter can support up to four independent + PPP links. If you say N,the PPP support will not be included in the + driver. The PPP option is supported on S514-PCI/S508-ISA cards. + +WANPIPE Cisco HDLC support +CONFIG_WANPIPE_CHDLC + Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a WANPIPE card + to a leased line using the Cisco HDLC protocol. This now supports + Dual Port Cisco HDLC on the S514-PCI/S508-ISA cards. + This support also allows user to build applications using the + HDLC streaming API. + + CHDLC Streaming driver also supports MULTILINK PPP + support that can bind multiple WANPIPE T1 cards into + a single logical channel. + + If you say N, the Cisco HDLC support and + HDLC streaming API and MULTILINK PPP will not be + included in the driver. + +MultiGate (COMX) synchronous serial board support +CONFIG_COMX + Say Y if you want to use any board from the MultiGate (COMX) family. + These boards are synchronous serial adapters for the PC, + manufactured by ITConsult-Pro Co, Hungary. + + Read <file:Documentation/networking/comx.txt> for help on + configuring and using COMX interfaces. Further info on these cards + can be found at <http://www.itc.hu/> or <info@itc.hu>. + + You must say Y to "/proc file system support" (CONFIG_PROC_FS) to + use this driver. + + If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called comx.o. + +Support for COMX/CMX/HiCOMX boards +CONFIG_COMX_HW_COMX + Hardware driver for the 'CMX', 'COMX' and 'HiCOMX' boards from the + MultiGate family. Say Y if you have one of these. + + You will need additional firmware to use these cards, which are + downloadable from <ftp://ftp.itc.hu/>. + + If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + comx-hw-comx.o. + +Support for LoCOMX board +CONFIG_COMX_HW_LOCOMX + Hardware driver for the 'LoCOMX' board from the MultiGate family. + Say Y if you have a board like this. + + If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + comx-hw-locomx.o. + +Support for MixCOM board +CONFIG_COMX_HW_MIXCOM + Hardware driver for the 'MixCOM' board from the MultiGate family. + Say Y if you have a board like this. + + If you want to use the watchdog device on this card, you should + select it in the Watchdog Cards section of the Character Devices + configuration. The ISDN interface of this card is Teles 16.3 + compatible, you should enable it in the ISDN configuration menu. The + driver for the flash ROM of this card is available separately on + <ftp://ftp.itc.hu/>. + + If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + comx-hw-mixcom.o. + +i810 TCO timer/watchdog support +CONFIG_I810_TCO + Hardware driver for the TCO timer built into the Intel i810 and i815 + chipset family. The TCO (Total Cost of Ownership) timer is a + watchdog timer that will reboot the machine after its second + expiration. The expiration time can be configured by command + argument "i810_margin=<n>" where <n> is the counter initial value. + It is decremented every 0.6 secs, the default is 50 which gives a + timeout of 30 seconds and one minute until reset. + + On some motherboards the driver may fail to reset the chipset's + NO_REBOOT flag which prevents the watchdog from rebooting the + machine. If this is the case you will get a kernel message like + "i810tco init: failed to reset NO_REBOOT flag". + + If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + i810-tco.o. + +SliceCOM/PciCOM board support +CONFIG_COMX_HW_MUNICH + Hardware driver for the 'SliceCOM' (channelized E1) and 'PciCOM' + boards (X21) from the MultiGate family. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called comx-hw-munich.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + Read linux/Documentation/networking/slicecom.txt for help on + configuring and using SliceCOM interfaces. Further info on these cards + can be found at <http://www.itc.hu> or <info@itc.hu>. + +Support for HDLC and syncPPP protocols on MultiGate boards +CONFIG_COMX_PROTO_PPP + Cisco-HDLC and synchronous PPP protocol driver for all MultiGate + boards. Say Y if you want to use either protocol on your MultiGate + boards. + + If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + comx-proto-ppp.o. + +Support for LAPB protocol on MultiGate boards +CONFIG_COMX_PROTO_LAPB + LAPB protocol driver for all MultiGate boards. Say Y if you + want to use this protocol on your MultiGate boards. + + If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + comx-proto-lapb.o. + +Support for Frame Relay on MultiGate boards +CONFIG_COMX_PROTO_FR + Frame Relay protocol driver for all MultiGate boards. Say Y if you + want to use this protocol on your MultiGate boards. + + If you want to compile this as a module, say M and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + comx-proto-fr.o. + +Cyclom 2X(tm) multiprotocol cards +CONFIG_CYCLADES_SYNC + Cyclom 2X from Cyclades Corporation (<http://www.cyclades.com/> and + <http://www.cyclades.com.br/>) is an intelligent multiprotocol WAN + adapter with data transfer rates up to 512 Kbps. These cards support + the X.25 and SNA related protocols. If you have one or more of these + cards, say Y to this option. The next questions will ask you about + the protocols you want the driver to support (for now only X.25 is + supported). + + While no documentation is available at this time please grab the + wanconfig tarball in + <http://www.conectiva.com.br/~acme/cycsyn-devel/> (with minor changes + to make it compile with the current wanrouter include files; efforts + are being made to use the original package available at + <ftp://ftp.sangoma.com/>). + + Feel free to contact me or the cycsyn-devel mailing list at + acme@conectiva.com.br and cycsyn-devel@bazar.conectiva.com.br for + additional details, I hope to have documentation available as soon + as possible. (Cyclades Brazil is writing the Documentation). + + The driver will be compiled as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called cyclomx.o. For general information about + modules read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Cyclom 2X X.25 support +CONFIG_CYCLOMX_X25 + Say Y to this option if you are planning to connect a Cyclom 2X card + to an X.25 network. + + If you say N, the X.25 support will not be included in the driver + (saves about 11 KB of kernel memory). + +Generic HDLC driver +CONFIG_HDLC + Say Y to this option if your Linux box contains a WAN card supported + by this driver and you are planning to connect the box to a WAN + ( = Wide Area Network). You will need supporting software from + <http://hq.pm.waw.pl/hdlc/>. + Generic HDLC driver currently supports raw HDLC, Cisco HDLC, Frame + Relay, synchronous Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) and X.25. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called hdlc.o. + + If unsure, say N here. + +Raw HDLC support +CONFIG_HDLC_RAW + Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support + raw HDLC over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections. + + If unsure, say N here. + +Cisco HDLC support +CONFIG_HDLC_CISCO + Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support + Cisco HDLC over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections. + + If unsure, say N here. + +Frame-Relay HDLC support +CONFIG_HDLC_FR + Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support + Frame-Relay protocol over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections. + + If unsure, say N here. + +Frame-Relay bridging support +CONFIG_HDLC_FR_BRIDGE + Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support + bridging LAN frames over Frame-Relay links. + + If unsure, say N here. + +Synchronous Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) support +CONFIG_HDLC_PPP + Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support + PPP over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections. + + If unsure, say N here. + +CCITT X.25 over HDLC support +CONFIG_HDLC_X25 + Say Y to this option if you want generic HDLC driver to support + X.25 protocol over WAN (Wide Area Network) connections. + + If unsure, say N here. + +SDL RISCom/N2 support +CONFIG_N2 + This driver is for RISCom/N2 single or dual channel ISA cards + made by SDL Communications Inc. If you have such a card, + say Y here and see <http://hq.pm.waw.pl/pub/hdlc/>. + + Note that N2csu and N2dds cards are not supported by this driver. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called n2.o. + + If unsure, say N here. + +Moxa C101 support +CONFIG_C101 + This driver is for C101 SuperSync ISA cards made by Moxa + Technologies Co., Ltd. If you have such a card, + say Y here and see <http://hq.pm.waw.pl/pub/hdlc/> + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called c101.o. + + If unsure, say N here. + +Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit) +CONFIG_NET_ETHERNET + Ethernet (also called IEEE 802.3 or ISO 8802-2) is the most common + type of Local Area Network (LAN) in universities and companies. + + Common varieties of Ethernet are: 10BASE-2 or Thinnet (10 Mbps over + coaxial cable, linking computers in a chain), 10BASE-T or twisted + pair (10 Mbps over twisted pair cable, linking computers to central + hubs), 10BASE-F (10 Mbps over optical fiber links, using hubs), + 100BASE-TX (100 Mbps over two twisted pair cables, using hubs), + 100BASE-T4 (100 Mbps over 4 standard voice-grade twisted pair + cables, using hubs), 100BASE-FX (100 Mbps over optical fiber links) + [the 100BASE varieties are also known as Fast Ethernet], and Gigabit + Ethernet (1 Gbps over optical fiber or short copper links). + + If your Linux machine will be connected to an Ethernet and you have + an Ethernet network interface card (NIC) installed in your computer, + say Y here and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. You will then also have + to say Y to the driver for your particular NIC. + + Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all + the questions about Ethernet network cards. If unsure, say N. + +Western Digital/SMC cards +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SMC + If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, say Y + and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all + the questions about Western Digital cards. If you say Y, you will be + asked for your specific card in the following questions. + +WD80*3 support +CONFIG_WD80x3 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called wd.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +SMC Ultra MCA support +CONFIG_ULTRAMCA + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type and are running + an MCA based system (PS/2), say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called smc-mca.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +SMC Ultra support +CONFIG_ULTRA + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + Important: There have been many reports that, with some motherboards + mixing an SMC Ultra and an Adaptec AHA154x SCSI card (or compatible, + such as some BusLogic models) causes corruption problems with many + operating systems. The Linux smc-ultra driver has a work-around for + this but keep it in mind if you have such a SCSI card and have + problems. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called smc-ultra.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as + well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +SMC Ultra32 EISA support +CONFIG_ULTRA32 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called smc-ultra32.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as + well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +SMC 9194 support +CONFIG_SMC9194 + This is support for the SMC9xxx based Ethernet cards. Choose this + option if you have a DELL laptop with the docking station, or + another SMC9192/9194 based chipset. Say Y if you want it compiled + into the kernel, and read the file + <file:Documentation/networking/smc9.txt> and the Ethernet-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called smc9194.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +PCI NE2000 and clones support +CONFIG_NE2K_PCI + This driver is for NE2000 compatible PCI cards. It will not work + with ISA NE2000 cards (they have their own driver, "NE2000/NE1000 + support" below). If you have a PCI NE2000 network (Ethernet) card, + say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver also works for the following NE2000 clone cards: + RealTek RTL-8029 Winbond 89C940 Compex RL2000 KTI ET32P2 + NetVin NV5000SC Via 86C926 SureCom NE34 Winbond + Holtek HT80232 Holtek HT80229 + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ne2k-pci.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as + well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +Racal-Interlan (Micom) NI cards +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_RACAL + If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, such + as the NI5010, NI5210 or NI6210, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all + the questions about NI cards. If you say Y, you will be asked for + your specific card in the following questions. + +NI5010 support +CONFIG_NI5010 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that this is still + experimental code. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ni5010.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +NI5210 support +CONFIG_NI52 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ni52.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +NI6510 support +CONFIG_NI65 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ni65.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +RealTek RTL-8139C+ 10/100 PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter support +CONFIG_8139CP + This is a driver for the Fast Ethernet PCI network cards based on + the RTL8139C+ chips. If you have one of those, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. This is recommended. + The module will be called 8139cp.o. + +RealTek RTL-8139 PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter support +CONFIG_8139TOO + This is a driver for the Fast Ethernet PCI network cards based on + the RTL8139 chips. If you have one of those, say Y and read + <file:Documentation/networking/8139too.txt> as well as the + Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called 8139too.o. + +Use PIO instead of MMIO +CONFIG_8139TOO_PIO + This instructs the driver to use programmed I/O ports (PIO) instead + of PCI shared memory (MMIO). This can possibly solve some problems + in case your mainboard has memory consistency issues. If unsure, + say N. + +Support for uncommon RTL-8139 rev. K (automatic channel equalization) +CONFIG_8139TOO_TUNE_TWISTER + This implements a function which might come in handy in case you + are using low quality on long cabling. It is required for RealTek + RTL-8139 revision K boards, and totally unused otherwise. It tries + to match the transceiver to the cable characteristics. This is + experimental since hardly documented by the manufacturer. + If unsure, say Y. + +Support for older RTL-8129/8130 boards +CONFIG_8139TOO_8129 + This enables support for the older and uncommon RTL-8129 and + RTL-8130 chips, which support MII via an external transceiver, + instead of an internal one. Disabling this option will save some + memory by making the code size smaller. If unsure, say Y. + +Use older RX-reset method +CONFIG_8139_OLD_RX_RESET + The 8139too driver was recently updated to contain a more rapid + reset sequence, in the face of severe receive errors. This "new" + RX-reset method should be adequate for all boards. But if you + experience problems, you can enable this option to restore the + old RX-reset behavior. If unsure, say N. + +SiS 900/7016 PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter support +CONFIG_SIS900 + This is a driver for the Fast Ethernet PCI network cards based on + the SiS 900 and SiS 7016 chips. The SiS 900 core is also embedded in + SiS 630 and SiS 540 chipsets. If you have one of those, say Y and + read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available at + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Please read + <file:Documentation/networking/sis900.txt> and comments at the + beginning of <file:drivers/net/sis900.c> for more information. + + This driver also supports AMD 79C901 HomePNA so that you can use + your phone line as a network cable. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called sis900.o. + +Packet Engines Yellowfin Gigabit-NIC / Symbios 53c885 support +CONFIG_YELLOWFIN + Say Y here if you have a Packet Engines G-NIC PCI Gigabit Ethernet + adapter or the SYM53C885 Ethernet controller. The Gigabit adapter is + used by the Beowulf Linux cluster project. See + <http://cesdis.gsfc.nasa.gov/linux/drivers/yellowfin.html> for more + information about this driver in particular and Beowulf in general. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called yellowfin.o. + +General Instruments Surfboard 1000 +CONFIG_NET_SB1000 + This is a driver for the General Instrument (also known as + NextLevel) SURFboard 1000 internal + cable modem. This is an ISA card which is used by a number of cable + TV companies to provide cable modem access. It's a one-way + downstream-only cable modem, meaning that your upstream net link is + provided by your regular phone modem. + + At present this driver only compiles as a module, so say M here if + you have this card. The module will be called sb1000.o. Then read + <file:Documentation/networking/README.sb1000> for information on how + to use this module, as it needs special ppp scripts for establishing + a connection. Further documentation and the necessary scripts can be + found at: + + <http://www.jacksonville.net/~fventuri/> + <http://home.adelphia.net/~siglercm/sb1000.html> + <http://linuxpower.cx/~cable/> + + If you don't have this card, of course say N. + +Adaptec Starfire support +CONFIG_ADAPTEC_STARFIRE + Say Y here if you have an Adaptec Starfire (or DuraLAN) PCI network + adapter. The DuraLAN chip is used on the 64 bit PCI boards from + Adaptec e.g. the ANA-6922A. The older 32 bit boards use the tulip + driver. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called starfire.o. + +Alteon AceNIC/3Com 3C985/NetGear GA620 Gigabit support +CONFIG_ACENIC + Say Y here if you have an Alteon AceNIC, 3Com 3C985(B), NetGear + GA620, SGI Gigabit or Farallon PN9000-SX PCI Gigabit Ethernet + adapter. The driver allows for using the Jumbo Frame option (9000 + bytes/frame) however it requires that your switches can handle this + as well. To enable Jumbo Frames, add `mtu 9000' to your ifconfig + line. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called acenic.o. + +Omit support for old Tigon I based AceNICs +CONFIG_ACENIC_OMIT_TIGON_I + Say Y here if you only have Tigon II based AceNICs and want to leave + out support for the older Tigon I based cards which are no longer + being sold (ie. the original Alteon AceNIC and 3Com 3C985 (non B + version)). This will reduce the size of the driver object by + app. 100KB. If you are not sure whether your card is a Tigon I or a + Tigon II, say N here. + + The safe and default value for this is N. + +SysKonnect SK-98xx support +CONFIG_SK98LIN + Say Y here if you have a SysKonnect SK-98xx Gigabit Ethernet Server + Adapter. The following adapters are supported by this driver: + - SK-9841 (single link 1000Base-LX) + - SK-9842 (dual link 1000Base-LX) + - SK-9843 (single link 1000Base-SX) + - SK-9844 (dual link 1000Base-SX) + - SK-9821 (single link 1000Base-T) + - SK-9822 (dual link 1000Base-T) + - SK-9861 (single link Volition connector) + - SK-9862 (dual link Volition connector) + The driver also supports the following adapters from Allied Telesyn: + - AT2970... + + The dual link adapters support a link-failover feature. Read + <file:Documentation/networking/sk98lin.txt> for information about + optional driver parameters. + Questions concerning this driver may be addressed to: + linux@syskonnect.de + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called sk98lin.o. + +Sun GEM support +CONFIG_SUNGEM + Support for the Sun GEM chip, aka Sun GigabitEthernet/P 2.0. See also + <http://www.sun.com/products-n-solutions/hardware/docs/pdf/806-3985-10.pdf>. + + This chip is also used by Apple under the name GMAC in all their recent + machines starting with the first iBook. This includes all AGP capable + Apple machines except some early G4s and iMacs that still used a + Tulip chip. This driver obsoletes the GMAC driver for these machines. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called sungem.o. + +Broadcom Tigon3 support +CONFIG_TIGON3 + This driver supports Broadcom Tigon3 based gigabit Ethernet cards. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called tg3.o. + +MyriCOM Gigabit Ethernet support +CONFIG_MYRI_SBUS + This driver supports MyriCOM Sbus gigabit Ethernet cards. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called myri_sbus.o. + +D-Link 2000-based Gigabit Ethernet support +CONFIG_DL2K + This driver supports D-Link 2000-based gigabit ethernet cards, which + includes + D-Link DGE-550T Gigabit Ethernet Adapter. + D-Link DL2000-based Gigabit Ethernet Adapter. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called dl2k.o. + +EtherExpress Pro/100 support (e100, Alternate Intel driver) +CONFIG_E100 + This driver supports Intel(R) PRO/100 family of adapters, which + includes: + + Controller Adapter Name Board IDs + ---------- ------------ --------- + + 82558 PRO/100+ PCI Adapter 668081-xxx, + 689661-xxx + 82558 PRO/100+ Management Adapter 691334-xxx, + 701738-xxx, + 721383-xxx + 82558 PRO/100+ Dual Port Server Adapter 714303-xxx, + 711269-xxx, + A28276-xxx + 82558 PRO/100+ PCI Server Adapter 710550-xxx + 82550 PRO/100 S Server Adapter 752438-xxx + 82559 A56831-xxx, + A10563-xxx, + A12171-xxx, + A12321-xxx, + A12320-xxx, + A12170-xxx + 748568-xxx + 748565-xxx + 82550 PRO/100 S Desktop Adapter 751767-xxx + 82559 748592-xxx, + A12167-xxx, + A12318-xxx, + A12317-xxx, + A12165-xxx, + 748569-xxx + 82559 PRO/100+ Server Adapter 729757-xxx + 82559 PRO/100 S Management Adapter 748566-xxx, + 748564-xxx + 82550 PRO/100 S Dual Port Server Adapter A56831-xxx + 82551 PRO/100 M Desktop Adapter A80897-xxx + PRO/100 S Advanced Management Adapter + 747842-xxx, + 745171-xxx + CNR PRO/100 VE Desktop Adapter A10386-xxx, + A10725-xxx, + A23801-xxx, + A19716-xxx + PRO/100 VM Desktop Adapter A14323-xxx, + A19725-xxx, + A23801-xxx, + A22220-xxx, + A23796-xxx + + + To verify that your adapter is supported, find the board ID number + on the adapter. Look for a label that has a barcode and a number + in the format 123456-001 (six digits hyphen three digits). Match + this to the list of numbers above. + + For more information on how to identify your adapter, go to the + Adapter & Driver ID Guide at: + + http://support.intel.com/support/network/adapter/pro100/21397.htm + + For the latest Intel PRO/100 network driver for Linux, see: + + http://appsr.intel.com/scripts-df/support_intel.asp + + More specific information on configuring the driver is in + <file:Documentation/networking/e100.txt>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called e100.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +Intel(R) PRO/1000 Gigabit Ethernet support +CONFIG_E1000 + This driver supports Intel(R) PRO/1000 gigabit ethernet family of + adapters, which includes: + + Controller Adapter Name Board IDs + ---------- ------------ --------- + 82542 PRO/1000 Gigabit Server Adapter 700262-xxx, + 717037-xxx + 82543 PRO/1000 F Server Adapter 738640-xxx, + A38888-xxx + 82543 PRO/1000 T Server Adapter A19845-xxx, + A33948-xxx + 82544 PRO/1000 XT Server Adapter A51580-xxx + 82544 PRO/1000 XF Server Adapter A50484-xxx + 82544 PRO/1000 T Desktop Adapter A62947-xxx + 82540 PRO/1000 MT Desktop Adapter A78408-xxx + 82545 PRO/1000 MT Server Adapter A92165-xxx + 82546 PRO/1000 MT Dual Port Server Adapter A92111-xxx + 82545 PRO/1000 MF Server Adapter A91622-xxx + 82545 PRO/1000 MF Server Adapter(LX) A91624-xxx + 82546 PRO/1000 MF Dual Port Server Adapter A91620-xxx + + For more information on how to identify your adapter, go to the + Adapter & Driver ID Guide at: + + <http://support.intel.com/support/network/adapter/pro100/21397.htm> + + For general information and support, go to the Intel support + website at: + + <http://support.intel.com> + + More specific information on configuring the driver is in + <file:Documentation/networking/e1000.txt>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called e1000.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +AMD LANCE and PCnet (AT1500 and NE2100) support +CONFIG_LANCE + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Some LinkSys cards are + of this type. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called lance.o. + +SGI IOC3 Ethernet +CONFIG_SGI_IOC3_ETH + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + +National Semiconductor DP83902AV support +CONFIG_STNIC + Support for cards based on the National Semiconductor DP83902AV + ST-NIC Serial Network Interface Controller for Twisted Pair. This + is a 10Mbit/sec Ethernet controller. Product overview and specs at + <http://www.national.com/pf/DP/DP83902A.html>. + + If unsure, say N. + +3COM cards +CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_3COM + If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to this class, say Y + and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all + the questions about 3COM cards. If you say Y, you will be asked for + your specific card in the following questions. + +3c501 "EtherLink" support +CONFIG_EL1 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Also, consider buying a + new card, since the 3c501 is slow, broken, and obsolete: you will + have problems. Some people suggest to ping ("man ping") a nearby + machine every minute ("man cron") when using this card. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called 3c501.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +3c503 "EtherLink II" support +CONFIG_EL2 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called 3c503.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +3c505 "EtherLink Plus" support +CONFIG_ELPLUS + Information about this network (Ethernet) card can be found in + <file:Documentation/networking/3c505.txt>. If you have a card of + this type, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be + called 3c505.o. + +3c507 (EtherLink 16) support +CONFIG_EL16 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called 3c507.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +3c523 "EtherlinkMC" support +CONFIG_ELMC + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called 3c523.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +3c527 "EtherLink/MC 32" support +CONFIG_ELMC_II + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called 3c527.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +3c509/3c529 (MCA)/3c579 "EtherLink III" support +CONFIG_EL3 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card belonging to the 3Com + EtherLinkIII series, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available + from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If your card is not working you may need to use the DOS + setup disk to disable Plug & Play mode, and to select the default + media type. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be + called 3c509.o. + +3c515 ISA Fast EtherLink +CONFIG_3C515 + If you have a 3Com ISA EtherLink XL "Corkscrew" 3c515 Fast Ethernet + network card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be + called 3c515.o. + +3c590/3c900 series (592/595/597) "Vortex/Boomerang/Cyclone" support +CONFIG_VORTEX + This option enables driver support for a large number of 10mbps and + 10/100mbps EISA, PCI and PCMCIA 3Com network cards: + + "Vortex" (Fast EtherLink 3c590/3c592/3c595/3c597) EISA and PCI + "Boomerang" (EtherLink XL 3c900 or 3c905) PCI + "Cyclone" (3c540/3c900/3c905/3c980/3c575/3c656) PCI and Cardbus + "Tornado" (3c905) PCI + "Hurricane" (3c555/3cSOHO) PCI + + If you have such a card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. More + specific information is in + <file:Documentation/networking/vortex.txt> and in the comments at + the beginning of <file:drivers/net/3c59x.c>. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called 3c59x.o. + +Other ISA cards +CONFIG_NET_ISA + If your network (Ethernet) card hasn't been mentioned yet and its + bus system (that's the way the cards talks to the other components + of your computer) is ISA (as opposed to EISA, VLB or PCI), say Y. + Make sure you know the name of your card. Read the Ethernet-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If unsure, say Y. + + Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all + the remaining ISA network card questions. If you say Y, you will be + asked for your specific card in the following questions. + +Generic ARCnet support +CONFIG_ARCNET + If you have a network card of this type, say Y and check out the + (arguably) beautiful poetry in + <file:Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt>. + + You need both this driver, and the driver for the particular ARCnet + chipset of your card. If you don't know, then it's probably a + COM90xx type card, so say Y (or M) to "ARCnet COM90xx chipset + support" below. + + You might also want to have a look at the Ethernet-HOWTO, available + from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>(even though ARCnet + is not really Ethernet). + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called arcnet.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +Enable old ARCNet packet format (RFC 1051) +CONFIG_ARCNET_1051 + This allows you to use RFC1051 with your ARCnet card via the virtual + arc0s device. You only need arc0s if you want to talk to ARCnet + software complying with the "old" standard, specifically, the DOS + arcnet.com packet driver, Amigas running AmiTCP, and some variants + of NetBSD. You do not need to say Y here to communicate with + industry-standard RFC1201 implementations, like the arcether.com + packet driver or most DOS/Windows ODI drivers. RFC1201 is included + automatically as the arc0 device. Please read the ARCnet + documentation in <file:Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt> for more + information about using arc0e and arc0s. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called rfc1051.o. + +Enable standard ARCNet packet format (RFC 1201) +CONFIG_ARCNET_1201 + This allows you to use RFC1201 with your ARCnet card via the virtual + arc0 device. You need to say Y here to communicate with + industry-standard RFC1201 implementations, like the arcether.com + packet driver or most DOS/Windows ODI drivers. Please read the + ARCnet documentation in <file:Documentation/networking/arcnet.txt> + for more information about using arc0. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called rfc1201.o. + +Enable raw mode packet interface +CONFIG_ARCNET_RAW + ARCnet "raw mode" packet encapsulation, no soft headers. Unlikely + to work unless talking to a copy of the same Linux arcnet driver, + but perhaps marginally faster in that case. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called arc-rawmode.o. + +ARCnet COM90xx (normal) chipset driver +CONFIG_ARCNET_COM90xx + This is the chipset driver for the standard COM90xx cards. If you + have always used the old ARCnet driver without knowing what type of + card you had, this is probably the one for you. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called com90xx.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +ARCnet COM90xx (IO mapped) chipset driver +CONFIG_ARCNET_COM90xxIO + This is the chipset driver for the COM90xx cards, using them in + IO-mapped mode instead of memory-mapped mode. This is slower than + the normal driver. Only use it if your card doesn't support shared + memory. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called com90io.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +ARCnet COM90xx (RIM I) chipset driver +CONFIG_ARCNET_RIM_I + This is yet another chipset driver for the COM90xx cards, but this + time only using memory-mapped mode, and no IO ports at all. This + driver is completely untested, so if you have one of these cards, + please mail dwmw2@infradead.org, especially if it works! + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you + want). The module will be called arc-rimi.o. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> + as well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +ARCnet COM20020 chipset driver +CONFIG_ARCNET_COM20020 + This is the driver for the new COM20020 chipset. It supports such + things as promiscuous mode, so packet sniffing is possible, and + extra diagnostic information. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called com20020.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as + well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +Cabletron E21xx support +CONFIG_E2100 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called e2100.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +CS89x0 support (Daynaport CS and LC cards) +CONFIG_CS89x0 + Support for CS89x0 chipset based Ethernet cards. If you have a + network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read the + Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/cs89x0.txt>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be + called cs89x.o. + +DEPCA, DE10x, DE200, DE201, DE202, DE422 support +CONFIG_DEPCA + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> as well as + <file:drivers/net/depca.c>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be + called + depca.o. + +EtherWORKS 3 (DE203, DE204, DE205) support +CONFIG_EWRK3 + This driver supports the DE203, DE204 and DE205 network (Ethernet) + cards. If this is for you, say Y and read + <file:Documentation/networking/ewrk3.txt> in the kernel source as + well as the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be + called ewrk3.o. + +SEEQ8005 support +CONFIG_SEEQ8005 + This is a driver for the SEEQ 8005 network (Ethernet) card. If this + is for you, read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be + called ewrk3.o. + +AT1700/1720 support +CONFIG_AT1700 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be + called at1700.o. + +FMV-181/182/183/184 support +CONFIG_FMV18X + If you have a Fujitsu FMV-181/182/183/184 network (Ethernet) card, + say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you use an FMV-183 or FMV-184 and it is not working, you may need + to disable Plug & Play mode of the card. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called fmv18x.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +EtherExpressPro and EtherExpress 10 (i82595) support +CONFIG_EEXPRESS_PRO + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y. This + driver supports intel i82595{FX,TX} based boards. Note however + that the EtherExpress PRO/100 Ethernet card has its own separate + driver. Please read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called eepro.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +EtherExpress 16 support +CONFIG_EEXPRESS + If you have an EtherExpress16 network (Ethernet) card, say Y and + read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that the Intel + EtherExpress16 card used to be regarded as a very poor choice + because the driver was very unreliable. We now have a new driver + that should do better. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be + called eexpress.o. + +Packet Engines Hamachi GNIC-II support +CONFIG_HAMACHI + If you have a Gigabit Ethernet card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be + called hamachi.o. + +HP PCLAN+ (27247B and 27252A) support +CONFIG_HPLAN_PLUS + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called hp-plus.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +HP PCLAN (27245 and other 27xxx series) support +CONFIG_HPLAN + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called hp.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +HP 10/100VG PCLAN (ISA, EISA, PCI) support +CONFIG_HP100 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be + called hp100.o. + +NE2000/NE1000 support +CONFIG_NE2000 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Many Ethernet cards + without a specific driver are compatible with NE2000. + + If you have a PCI NE2000 card however, say N here and Y to "PCI + NE2000 support", above. If you have a NE2000 card and are running on + an MCA system (a bus system used on some IBM PS/2 computers and + laptops), say N here and Y to "NE/2 (ne2000 MCA version) support", + below. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ne.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +National Semiconductor DP8381x series PCI Ethernet support +CONFIG_NATSEMI + This driver is for the National Semiconductor DP83810 series, + which is used in cards from PureData, NetGear, Linksys + and others, including the 83815 chip. + More specific information and updates are available from + <http://www.scyld.com/network/natsemi.html>. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called natsemi.o. + +NatSemi workaround for high errors +CONFIG_NATSEMI_CABLE_MAGIC + Some systems see lots of errors with NatSemi ethernet controllers + on certain cables. If you are seeing lots of errors, try turning + this option on. Some boards have incorrect values for supporting + resistors that can cause this change to break. If you turn this + option on and your network suddenly stops working, turn this + option off. + +SK_G16 support +CONFIG_SK_G16 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + +NE/2 (ne2000 MCA version) support +CONFIG_NE2_MCA + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ne2.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +SKnet MCA support +CONFIG_SKMC + These are Micro Channel Ethernet adapters. You need to say Y to "MCA + support" in order to use this driver. Supported cards are the SKnet + Junior MC2 and the SKnet MC2(+). The driver automatically + distinguishes between the two cards. Note that using multiple boards + of different type hasn't been tested with this driver. Say Y if you + have one of these Ethernet adapters. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called sk_mca.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +IBM LAN Adapter/A support +CONFIG_IBMLANA + This is a Micro Channel Ethernet adapter. You need to set + CONFIG_MCA to use this driver. It is both available as an in-kernel + driver and as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed + from the running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> + as well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The only + currently supported card is the IBM LAN Adapter/A for Ethernet. It + will both support 16K and 32K memory windows, however a 32K window + gives a better security against packet losses. Usage of multiple + boards with this driver should be possible, but has not been tested + up to now due to lack of hardware. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called ibmlana.o. + +EISA, VLB, PCI and on board controllers +CONFIG_NET_PCI + This is another class of network cards which attach directly to the + bus. If you have one of those, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all + the questions about this class of network cards. If you say Y, you + will be asked for your specific card in the following questions. If + you are unsure, say Y. + +AMD PCnet32 (VLB and PCI) support +CONFIG_PCNET32 + If you have a PCnet32 or PCnetPCI based network (Ethernet) card, + answer Y here and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called pcnet32.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +Ansel Communications EISA 3200 support +CONFIG_AC3200 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ac3200.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +Mylex EISA LNE390A/LNE390B support +CONFIG_LNE390 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called lne390.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +Novell/Eagle/Microdyne NE3210 EISA support +CONFIG_NE3210 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Note that this driver + will NOT WORK for NE3200 cards as they are completely different. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ne3210.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +Apricot Xen-II on board Ethernet +CONFIG_APRICOT + If you have a network (Ethernet) controller of this type, say Y and + read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. The module will be + called apricot.o. + +Generic DECchip & DIGITAL EtherWORKS PCI/EISA +CONFIG_DE4X5 + This is support for the DIGITAL series of PCI/EISA Ethernet cards. + These include the DE425, DE434, DE435, DE450 and DE500 models. If + you have a network card of this type, say Y and read the + Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. More specific + information is contained in + <file:Documentation/networking/de4x5.txt>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called de4x5.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +DECchip Tulip (dc21x4x) PCI support +CONFIG_TULIP + This driver is developed for the SMC EtherPower series Ethernet + cards and also works with cards based on the DECchip + 21040/21041/21140 (Tulip series) chips. Some LinkSys PCI cards are + of this type. (If your card is NOT SMC EtherPower 10/100 PCI + (smc9332dst), you can also try the driver for "Generic DECchip" + cards, above. However, most people with a network card of this type + will say Y here.) Do read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. More specific + information is contained in + <file:Documentation/networking/tulip.txt>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called tulip.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +New Tulip bus configuration +CONFIG_TULIP_MWI + This configures your Tulip card specifically for the card and + system cache line size type you are using. + + This is experimental code, not yet tested on many boards. + + If unsure, say N. + +Use PCI shared memory for NIC registers +CONFIG_TULIP_MMIO + Use PCI shared memory for the NIC registers, rather than going through + the Tulip's PIO (programmed I/O ports). Faster, but could produce + obscure bugs if your mainboard has memory controller timing issues. + If in doubt, say N. + +Digi Intl. RightSwitch SE-X support +CONFIG_DGRS + This is support for the Digi International RightSwitch series of + PCI/EISA Ethernet switch cards. These include the SE-4 and the SE-6 + models. If you have a network card of this type, say Y and read the + Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. More specific + information is contained in <file:Documentation/networking/dgrs.txt>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called dgrs.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +EtherExpress Pro/100 support +CONFIG_EEPRO100 + If you have an Intel EtherExpress PRO/100 PCI network (Ethernet) + card, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called eepro100.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as + well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +Enable Power Management +CONFIG_EEPRO100_PM + Many Intel EtherExpress PRO/100 PCI network cards are capable + of providing power management capabilities. To make use of these + capabilities, say Y. + + WARNING: This option is intended for kernel developers and testers. + It is still very experimental, with some people reporting complete + lockups. + + It is recommended to say N here. + +Myson MTD-8xx PCI Ethernet support +CONFIG_FEALNX + Say Y here to support the Mysom MTD-800 family of PCI-based Ethernet + cards. Specifications and data at + <http://www.myson.com.hk/mtd/datasheet/>. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called fealnx.o. + +LP486E on board Ethernet +CONFIG_LP486E + Say Y here to support the 82596-based on-board Ethernet controller + for the Panther motherboard, which is one of the two shipped in the + Intel Professional Workstation. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called lp486e.o. + +ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 support +CONFIG_ETH16I + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called eth16i.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +TI ThunderLAN support +CONFIG_TLAN + If you have a PCI Ethernet network card based on the ThunderLAN chip + which is supported by this driver, say Y and read the + Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + Devices currently supported by this driver are Compaq Netelligent, + Compaq NetFlex and Olicom cards. Please read the file + <file:Documentation/networking/tlan.txt> for more details. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called tlan.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + + Please email feedback to torben.mathiasen@compaq.com. + +VIA Rhine support +CONFIG_VIA_RHINE + If you have a VIA "rhine" based network card (Rhine-I (3043) or + Rhine-2 (VT86c100A)), say Y here. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called via-rhine.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as + well as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +VIA Rhine MMIO support (EXPERIMENTAL) +CONFIG_VIA_RHINE_MMIO + This instructs the driver to use PCI shared memory (MMIO) instead of + programmed I/O ports (PIO). Enabling this gives an improvement in + processing time in parts of the driver. + + It is not known if this works reliably on all "rhine" based cards, + but it has been tested successfully on some DFE-530TX adapters. + + If unsure, say N. + +Davicom DM910x/DM980x support +CONFIG_DM9102 + This driver is for DM9102(A)/DM9132/DM9801 compatible PCI cards from + Davicom (<http://www.davicom.com.tw/>). If you have such a network + (Ethernet) card, say Y. Some information is contained in the file + <file:Documentation/networking/dmfe.txt>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called dmfe.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +Racal-Interlan EISA ES3210 support +CONFIG_ES3210 + If you have a network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and read + the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called es3210.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well + as <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. + +SMC EtherPower II +CONFIG_EPIC100 + This driver is for the SMC EtherPower II 9432 PCI Ethernet NIC, + which is based on the SMC83c17x (EPIC/100). + More specific information and updates are available from + <http://www.scyld.com/network/epic100.html>. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called epic100.o. + +DEC LANCE Ethernet controller support +CONFIG_DECLANCE + This driver is for the series of Ethernet controllers produced by + DEC (now Compaq) based on the AMD Lance chipset, including the + DEPCA series. (This chipset is better known via the NE2100 cards.) + +SGI Seeq Ethernet controller support +CONFIG_SGISEEQ + Say Y here if you have an Seeq based Ethernet network card. This is + used in many Silicon Graphics machines. + +Sundance Alta PCI Ethernet support +CONFIG_SUNDANCE + This driver is for the Sundance "Alta" chip. + More specific information and updates are available from + <http://www.scyld.com/network/sundance.html>. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called sundance.o. + +Sundance Alta memory-mapped I/O support +CONFIG_SUNDANCE_MMIO + Enable memory-mapped I/O for interaction with Sundance NIC registers. + Do NOT enable this by default, PIO (enabled when MMIO is disabled) + is known to solve bugs on certain chips. + + If unsure, say N. + +Sun3/Sun3x on-board LANCE support +CONFIG_SUN3LANCE + Most Sun3 and Sun3x motherboards (including the 3/50, 3/60 and 3/80) + featured an AMD Lance 10Mbit Ethernet controller on board; say Y + here to compile in the Linux driver for this and enable Ethernet. + General Linux information on the Sun 3 and 3x series (now + discontinued) is at + <http://www.angelfire.com/ca2/tech68k/sun3.html>. + + If you're not building a kernel for a Sun 3, say N. + +Sun3 on-board Intel 82586 support +CONFIG_SUN3_82586 + This driver enables support for the on-board Intel 82586 based + Ethernet adapter found on Sun 3/1xx and 3/2xx motherboards. Note + that this driver does not support 82586-based adapters on additional + VME boards. + +Winbond W89c840 PCI Ethernet support +CONFIG_WINBOND_840 + This driver is for the Winbond W89c840 chip. It also works with + the TX9882 chip on the Compex RL100-ATX board. + More specific information and updates are available from + <http://www.scyld.com/network/drivers.html>. + +Zenith Z-Note support +CONFIG_ZNET + The Zenith Z-Note notebook computer has a built-in network + (Ethernet) card, and this is the Linux driver for it. Note that the + IBM Thinkpad 300 is compatible with the Z-Note and is also supported + by this driver. Read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + +Philips SAA9730 Ethernet support +CONFIG_LAN_SAA9730 + The SAA9730 is a combined multimedia and peripheral controller used + in thin clients, Internet access terminals, and diskless + workstations. + See <http://www.semiconductors.philips.com/pip/SAA9730_flyer_1>. + +Pocket and portable adapters +CONFIG_NET_POCKET + Cute little network (Ethernet) devices which attach to the parallel + port ("pocket adapters"), commonly used with laptops. If you have + one of those, say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to plug a network (or some other) card into the PCMCIA + (or PC-card) slot of your laptop instead (PCMCIA is the standard for + credit card size extension cards used by all modern laptops), you + need the pcmcia-cs package (location contained in the file + <file:Documentation/Changes>) and you can say N here. + + Laptop users should read the Linux Laptop home page at + <http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/kharker/linux-laptop/>. + + Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all + the questions about this class of network devices. If you say Y, you + will be asked for your specific device in the following questions. + +AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket adapter support +CONFIG_ATP + This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel + port. Read <file:drivers/net/atp.c> as well as the Ethernet-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, if you + want to use this. If you intend to use this driver, you should have + said N to the "Parallel printer support", because the two drivers + don't like each other. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want), say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called atp.o. + +D-Link DE600 pocket adapter support +CONFIG_DE600 + This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel + port. Read <file:Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt> as well as the + Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, if you want to use + this. It is possible to have several devices share a single parallel + port and it is safe to compile the corresponding drivers into the + kernel. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want), say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called de600.o. + +D-Link DE620 pocket adapter support +CONFIG_DE620 + This is a network (Ethernet) device which attaches to your parallel + port. Read <file:Documentation/networking/DLINK.txt> as well as the + Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, if you want to use + this. It is possible to have several devices share a single parallel + port and it is safe to compile the corresponding drivers into the + kernel. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module however ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want), say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called de620.o. + +Token Ring driver support +CONFIG_TR + Token Ring is IBM's way of communication on a local network; the + rest of the world uses Ethernet. To participate on a Token Ring + network, you need a special Token ring network card. If you are + connected to such a Token Ring network and want to use your Token + Ring card under Linux, say Y here and to the driver for your + particular card below and read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available + from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Most people can + say N here. + +IBM Tropic chipset based adapter support +CONFIG_IBMTR + This is support for all IBM Token Ring cards that don't use DMA. If + you have such a beast, say Y and read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + Warning: this driver will almost definitely fail if more than one + active Token Ring card is present. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ibmtr.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +IBM Olympic chipset PCI adapter support +CONFIG_IBMOL + This is support for all non-Lanstreamer IBM PCI Token Ring Cards. + Specifically this is all IBM PCI, PCI Wake On Lan, PCI II, PCI II + Wake On Lan, and PCI 100/16/4 adapters. + + If you have such an adapter, say Y and read the Token-Ring + mini-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called olympic.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + Also read <file:Documentation/networking/olympic.txt> or check the + Linux Token Ring Project site for the latest information at + <http://www.linuxtr.net/>. + +IBM Lanstreamer chipset PCI adapter support +CONFIG_IBMLS + This is support for IBM Lanstreamer PCI Token Ring Cards. + + If you have such an adapter, say Y and read the Token-Ring + mini-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a modules ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The modules will be called lanstreamer.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Generic TMS380 Token Ring ISA/PCI/MCA/EISA adapter support +CONFIG_TMS380TR + This driver provides generic support for token ring adapters + based on the Texas Instruments TMS380 series chipsets. This + includes the SysKonnect TR4/16(+) ISA (SK-4190), SysKonnect + TR4/16(+) PCI (SK-4590), SysKonnect TR4/16 PCI (SK-4591), + Compaq 4/16 PCI, Thomas-Conrad TC4048 4/16 PCI, and several + Madge adapters. If you say Y here, you will be asked to select + which cards to support below. If you're using modules, each + class of card will be supported by a separate module. + + If you have such an adapter and would like to use it, say Y and + read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + Also read the file <file:Documentation/networking/tms380tr.txt> or + check <http://www.auk.cx/tms380tr/>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called tms380tr.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Generic TMS380 PCI support +CONFIG_TMSPCI + This tms380 module supports generic TMS380-based PCI cards. + + These cards are known to work: + - Compaq 4/16 TR PCI + - SysKonnect TR4/16 PCI (SK-4590/SK-4591) + - Thomas-Conrad TC4048 PCI 4/16 + - 3Com Token Link Velocity + + This driver is available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called tmspci.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Generic TMS380 ISA support +CONFIG_TMSISA + This tms380 module supports generic TMS380-based ISA cards. + + These cards are known to work: + - SysKonnect TR4/16 ISA (SK-4190) + + This driver is available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called tmsisa.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Madge Smart 16/4 PCI Mk2 support +CONFIG_ABYSS + This tms380 module supports the Madge Smart 16/4 PCI Mk2 + cards (51-02). + + This driver is available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called abyss.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Madge Smart 16/4 Ringnode MicroChannel +CONFIG_MADGEMC + This tms380 module supports the Madge Smart 16/4 MC16 and MC32 + MicroChannel adapters. + + This driver is available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called madgemc.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +SMC ISA/MCA Token Ring adapter support +CONFIG_SMCTR + This is support for the ISA and MCA SMC Token Ring cards, + specifically SMC TokenCard Elite (8115T) and SMC TokenCard Elite/A + (8115T/A) adapters. + + If you have such an adapter and would like to use it, say Y or M and + read the Token-Ring mini-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto> and the file + <file:Documentation/networking/smctr.txt>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called smctr.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +3COM 3C359 Token Link Velocity XL PCI adapter support +CONFIG_3C359 + This is support for the 3Com PCI Velocity XL cards, specifically + the 3Com 3C359, please note this is not for the 3C339 cards, you + should use the tms380 driver instead. + + If you have such an adapter, say Y and read the Token-Ring + mini-HOWTO, available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will will be called 3c359.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. + + Also read the file <file:Documentation/networking/3c359.txt> or check the + Linux Token Ring Project site for the latest information at + <http://www.linuxtr.net> + +Sun Happy Meal 10/100baseT support +CONFIG_HAPPYMEAL + This driver supports the "hme" interface present on most Ultra + systems and as an option on older Sbus systems. This driver supports + both PCI and Sbus devices. This driver also supports the "qfe" quad + 100baseT device available in both PCI and Sbus configurations. + + This support is also available as a module called sunhme.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Sun Lance support +CONFIG_SUNLANCE + This driver supports the "le" interface present on all 32-bit Sparc + systems, on some older Ultra systems and as an Sbus option. These + cards are based on the AMD Lance chipset, which is better known + via the NE2100 cards. + + This support is also available as a module called sunlance.o ( = + code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Sun BigMAC 10/100baseT support +CONFIG_SUNBMAC + This driver supports the "be" interface available as an Sbus option. + This is Sun's older 100baseT Ethernet device. + + This support is also available as a module called sunbmac.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Sun QuadEthernet support +CONFIG_SUNQE + This driver supports the "qe" 10baseT Ethernet device, available as + an Sbus option. Note that this is not the same as Quad FastEthernet + "qfe" which is supported by the Happy Meal driver instead. + + This support is also available as a module called sunqe.o ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M + here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Traffic Shaper +CONFIG_SHAPER + The traffic shaper is a virtual network device that allows you to + limit the rate of outgoing data flow over some other network device. + The traffic that you want to slow down can then be routed through + these virtual devices. See + <file:Documentation/networking/shaper.txt> for more information. + + An alternative to this traffic shaper is the experimental + Class-Based Queueing (CBQ) scheduling support which you get if you + say Y to "QoS and/or fair queueing" above. + + To set up and configure shaper devices, you need the shapecfg + program, available from <ftp://shadow.cabi.net/pub/Linux/> in the + shaper package. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called shaper.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If + unsure, say N. + +FDDI driver support +CONFIG_FDDI + Fiber Distributed Data Interface is a high speed local area network + design; essentially a replacement for high speed Ethernet. FDDI can + run over copper or fiber. If you are connected to such a network and + want a driver for the FDDI card in your computer, say Y here (and + then also Y to the driver for your FDDI card, below). Most people + will say N. + +Digital DEFEA and DEFPA adapter support +CONFIG_DEFXX + This is support for the DIGITAL series of EISA (DEFEA) and PCI + (DEFPA) controllers which can connect you to a local FDDI network. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called defxx.o. + +SysKonnect FDDI PCI support +CONFIG_SKFP + Say Y here if you have a SysKonnect FDDI PCI adapter. + The following adapters are supported by this driver: + - SK-5521 (SK-NET FDDI-UP) + - SK-5522 (SK-NET FDDI-UP DAS) + - SK-5541 (SK-NET FDDI-FP) + - SK-5543 (SK-NET FDDI-LP) + - SK-5544 (SK-NET FDDI-LP DAS) + - SK-5821 (SK-NET FDDI-UP64) + - SK-5822 (SK-NET FDDI-UP64 DAS) + - SK-5841 (SK-NET FDDI-FP64) + - SK-5843 (SK-NET FDDI-LP64) + - SK-5844 (SK-NET FDDI-LP64 DAS) + - Netelligent 100 FDDI DAS Fibre SC + - Netelligent 100 FDDI SAS Fibre SC + - Netelligent 100 FDDI DAS UTP + - Netelligent 100 FDDI SAS UTP + - Netelligent 100 FDDI SAS Fibre MIC + + Read <file:Documentation/networking/skfp.txt> for information about + the driver. + + Questions concerning this driver can be addressed to: + linux@syskonnect.de + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This is + recommended. The module will be called skfp.o. + +HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI) support +CONFIG_HIPPI + HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI) is a 800Mbit/sec and + 1600Mbit/sec dual-simplex switched or point-to-point network. HIPPI + can run over copper (25m) or fiber (300m on multi-mode or 10km on + single-mode). HIPPI networks are commonly used for clusters and to + connect to super computers. If you are connected to a HIPPI network + and have a HIPPI network card in your computer that you want to use + under Linux, say Y here (you must also remember to enable the driver + for your HIPPI card below). Most people will say N here. + +Essential RoadRunner HIPPI PCI adapter support +CONFIG_ROADRUNNER + Say Y here if this is your PCI HIPPI network card. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called rrunner.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If + unsure, say N. + +Use large TX/RX rings +CONFIG_ROADRUNNER_LARGE_RINGS + If you say Y here, the RoadRunner driver will preallocate up to 2 MB + of additional memory to allow for fastest operation, both for + transmitting and receiving. This memory cannot be used by any other + kernel code or by user space programs. Say Y here only if you have + the memory. + +Acorn Ether1 support +CONFIG_ARM_ETHER1 + If you have an Acorn system with one of these (AKA25) network cards, + you should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux. + +Acorn/ANT Ether3 support +CONFIG_ARM_ETHER3 + If you have an Acorn system with one of these network cards, you + should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux. + +I-Cubed EtherH support +CONFIG_ARM_ETHERH + If you have an Acorn system with one of these network cards, you + should say Y to this option if you wish to use it with Linux. + +EBSA-110 Ethernet interface (AM79C961A) +CONFIG_ARM_AM79C961A + If you wish to compile a kernel for the EBSA-110, then you should + always answer Y to this. + +Support Thumb instructions +CONFIG_ARM_THUMB + Say Y if you want to have kernel support for ARM Thumb instructions, + fault handlers, and system calls. + + The Thumb instruction set is a compressed form of the standard ARM + instruction set resulting in smaller binaries at the expense of + slightly less efficient code. + + If you don't know what this all is, saying Y is a safe choice. + +Support CD-ROM drives that are not SCSI or IDE/ATAPI +CONFIG_CD_NO_IDESCSI + If you have a CD-ROM drive that is neither SCSI nor IDE/ATAPI, say Y + here, otherwise N. Read the CD-ROM-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + Note that the answer to this question doesn't directly affect the + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all + the questions about these CD-ROM drives. If you are unsure what you + have, say Y and find out whether you have one of the following + drives. + + For each of these drivers, a file Documentation/cdrom/{driver_name} + exists. Especially in cases where you do not know exactly which kind + of drive you have you should read there. Most of these drivers use a + file drivers/cdrom/{driver_name}.h where you can define your + interface parameters and switch some internal goodies. + + All these CD-ROM drivers are also usable as a module ( = code which + can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you + want). If you want to compile them as module, say M instead of Y and + read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + If you want to use any of these CD-ROM drivers, you also have to + answer Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support" below (this + answer will get "defaulted" for you if you enable any of the Linux + CD-ROM drivers). + +Sony CDU31A/CDU33A CD-ROM support +CONFIG_CDU31A + These CD-ROM drives have a spring-pop-out caddyless drawer, and a + rectangular green LED centered beneath it. NOTE: these CD-ROM + drives will not be auto detected by the kernel at boot time; you + have to provide the interface address as an option to the kernel at + boot time as described in <file:Documentation/cdrom/cdu31a> or fill + in your parameters into <file:drivers/cdrom/cdu31a.c>. Try "man + bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or + loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel. + + If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM + file system support" below, because that's the file system used on + CD-ROMs. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called cdu31a.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Standard Mitsumi [no XA/Multisession] CD-ROM support +CONFIG_MCD + This is the older of the two drivers for the older Mitsumi models + LU-005, FX-001 and FX-001D. This is not the right driver for the + FX-001DE and the triple or quad speed models (all these are + IDE/ATAPI models). Please also the file + <file:Documentation/cdrom/mcd>. + + With the old LU-005 model, the whole drive chassis slides out for cd + insertion. The FX-xxx models use a motorized tray type mechanism. + Note that this driver does not support XA or MultiSession CDs + (PhotoCDs). There is a new driver (next question) which can do + this. If you want that one, say N here. + + If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM + file system support" below, because that's the file system used on + CD-ROMs. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called mcd.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +IRQ channel for Mitsumi CD-ROM +CONFIG_MCD_IRQ + This allows you to specify the default value of the IRQ used by the + driver. This setting can be overridden by passing the "mcd=" + parameter to the kernel at boot time (or at module load time if you + said M to "Standard Mitsumi CD-ROM support"). + +I/O base address for Mitsumi CD-ROM +CONFIG_MCD_BASE + This allows you to specify the default value of the I/O base address + used by the driver. This setting can be overridden by passing the + "mcd=" parameter to the kernel at boot time (or at module load time + if you said M to "Standard Mitsumi CD-ROM support"). + +Mitsumi [XA/MultiSession] CD-ROM support +CONFIG_MCDX + Use this driver if you want to be able to read XA or MultiSession + CDs (PhotoCDs) as well as ordinary CDs with your Mitsumi LU-005, + FX-001 or FX-001D CD-ROM drive. In addition, this driver uses much + less kernel memory than the old one, if that is a concern. This + driver is able to support more than one drive, but each drive needs + a separate interface card. Please read the file + <file:Documentation/cdrom/mcdx>. + + If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM + file system support" below, because that's the file system used on + CD-ROMs. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called mcdx.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Matsushita/Panasonic/Creative, Longshine, TEAC CD-ROM support +CONFIG_SBPCD + This driver supports most of the drives which use the Panasonic or + Sound Blaster interface. Please read the file + <file:Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd>. + + The Matsushita CR-521, CR-522, CR-523, CR-562, CR-563 drives + (sometimes labeled "Creative"), the Creative Labs CD200, the + Longshine LCS-7260, the "IBM External ISA CD-ROM" (in fact a CR-56x + model), the TEAC CD-55A fall under this category. Some other + "electrically compatible" drives (Vertos, Genoa, some Funai models) + are currently not supported; for the Sanyo H94A drive currently a + separate driver (asked later) is responsible. Most drives have a + uniquely shaped faceplate, with a caddyless motorized drawer, but + without external brand markings. The older CR-52x drives have a + caddy and manual loading/eject, but still no external markings. The + driver is able to do an extended auto-probing for interface + addresses and drive types; this can help to find facts in cases you + are not sure, but can consume some time during the boot process if + none of the supported drives gets found. Once your drive got found, + you should enter the reported parameters into + <file:drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h> and set "DISTRIBUTION 0" there. + + This driver can support up to four CD-ROM controller cards, and each + card can support up to four CD-ROM drives; if you say Y here, you + will be asked how many controller cards you have. If compiled as a + module, only one controller card (but with up to four drives) is + usable. + + If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM + file system support" below, because that's the file system used on + CD-ROMs. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called sbpcd.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Matsushita/Panasonic, ... second CD-ROM controller support +CONFIG_SBPCD2 + Say Y here only if you have two CD-ROM controller cards of this type + (usually only if you have more than four drives). You should enter + the parameters for the second, third and fourth interface card into + <file:drivers/cdrom/sbpcd.h> before compiling the new kernel. Read + the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd>. + +Matsushita/Panasonic, ... third CD-ROM controller support +CONFIG_SBPCD3 + Say Y here only if you have three CD-ROM controller cards of this + type (usually only if you have more than six drives). You should + enter the parameters for the second, third and fourth interface card + into <file:include/linux/sbpcd.h> before compiling the new kernel. + Read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd>. + +Matsushita/Panasonic, ... fourth CD-ROM controller support +CONFIG_SBPCD4 + Say Y here only if you have four CD-ROM controller cards of this + type (usually only if you have more than eight drives). You should + enter the parameters for the second, third and fourth interface card + into <file:include/linux/sbpcd.h> before compiling the new kernel. + Read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/sbpcd>. + +Aztech/Orchid/Okano/Wearnes/TXC/CyDROM CD-ROM support +CONFIG_AZTCD + This is your driver if you have an Aztech CDA268-01A, Orchid + CD-3110, Okano or Wearnes CDD110, Conrad TXC, or CyCD-ROM CR520 or + CR540 CD-ROM drive. This driver -- just like all these CD-ROM + drivers -- is NOT for CD-ROM drives with IDE/ATAPI interfaces, such + as Aztech CDA269-031SE. Please read the file + <file:Documentation/cdrom/aztcd>. + + If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM + file system support" below, because that's the file system used on + CD-ROMs. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called aztcd.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Sony CDU535 CD-ROM support +CONFIG_CDU535 + This is the driver for the older Sony CDU-535 and CDU-531 CD-ROM + drives. Please read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/sonycd535>. + + If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM + file system support" below, because that's the file system used on + CD-ROMs. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called sonycd535.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Goldstar R420 CD-ROM support +CONFIG_GSCD + If this is your CD-ROM drive, say Y here. As described in the file + <file:Documentation/cdrom/gscd>, you might have to change a setting + in the file <file:drivers/cdrom/gscd.h> before compiling the + kernel. Please read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/gscd>. + + If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM + file system support" below, because that's the file system used on + CD-ROMs. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called gscd.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Philips/LMS CM206 CD-ROM support +CONFIG_CM206 + If you have a Philips/LMS CD-ROM drive cm206 in combination with a + cm260 host adapter card, say Y here. Please also read the file + <file:Documentation/cdrom/cm206>. + + If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM + file system support" below, because that's the file system used on + CD-ROMs. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called cm206.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Optics Storage DOLPHIN 8000AT CD-ROM support +CONFIG_OPTCD + This is the driver for the 'DOLPHIN' drive with a 34-pin Sony + compatible interface. It also works with the Lasermate CR328A. If + you have one of those, say Y. This driver does not work for the + Optics Storage 8001 drive; use the IDE-ATAPI CD-ROM driver for that + one. Please read the file <file:Documentation/cdrom/optcd>. + + If you say Y here, you should also say Y or M to "ISO 9660 CD-ROM + file system support" below, because that's the file system used on + CD-ROMs. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called optcd.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Sanyo CDR-H94A CD-ROM support +CONFIG_SJCD + If this is your CD-ROM drive, say Y here and read the file + <file:Documentation/cdrom/sjcd>. You should then also say Y or M to + "ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support" below, because that's the + file system used on CD-ROMs. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called sjcd.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +ISP16/MAD16/Mozart soft configurable cdrom interface support +CONFIG_ISP16_CDI + These are sound cards with built-in cdrom interfaces using the OPTi + 82C928 or 82C929 chips. Say Y here to have them detected and + possibly configured at boot time. In addition, You'll have to say Y + to a driver for the particular cdrom drive you have attached to the + card. Read <file:Documentation/cdrom/isp16> for details. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called isp16.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +iSeries Virtual I/O CD Support +CONFIG_VIOCD + If you are running Linux on an IBM iSeries system and you want to + read a CD drive owned by OS/400, say Y here. + +Quota support +CONFIG_QUOTA + If you say Y here, you will be able to set per user limits for disk + usage (also called disk quotas). Currently, it works only for the + ext2 file system. You need additional software in order to use quota + support; for details, read the Quota mini-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. Probably the quota + support is only useful for multi user systems. If unsure, say N. + +Memory Technology Device (MTD) support +CONFIG_MTD + Memory Technology Devices are flash, RAM and similar chips, often + used for solid state file systems on embedded devices. This option + will provide the generic support for MTD drivers to register + themselves with the kernel and for potential users of MTD devices + to enumerate the devices which are present and obtain a handle on + them. It will also allow you to select individual drivers for + particular hardware and users of MTD devices. If unsure, say N. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + mtdcore.o + +MTD debugging support +CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG + This turns on low-level debugging for the entire MTD sub-system. + Normally, you should say 'N'. + +MTD partitioning support +CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS + If you have a device which needs to divide its flash chip(s) up + into multiple 'partitions', each of which appears to the user as + a separate MTD device, you require this option to be enabled. If + unsure, say 'Y'. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + mtdpart.o + + Note, however, that you don't need this option for the DiskOnChip + devices. Partitioning on NFTL 'devices' is a different - that's the + 'normal' form of partitioning used on a block device. + +RedBoot partition table parsing +CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS + RedBoot is a ROM monitor and bootloader which deals with multiple + 'images' in flash devices by putting a table in the last erase block + of the device, similar to a partition table, which gives the + offsets, lengths and names of all the images stored in the flash. + + If you need code which can detect and parse this table, and register + MTD 'partitions' corresponding to each image in the table, enable + this option. + + You will still need the parsing functions to be called by the driver + for your particular device. It won't happen automatically. The + SA1100 map driver (CONFIG_MTD_SA1100) has an option for this, for + example. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + redboot.o + +Compaq bootldr partition table parsing +CONFIG_MTD_BOOTLDR_PARTS + The Compaq bootldr deals with multiple 'images' in flash devices + by putting a table in one of the first erase blocks of the device, + similar to a partition table, which gives the offsets, lengths and + names of all the images stored in the flash. + + If you need code which can detect and parse this table, and register + MTD 'partitions' corresponding to each image in the table, enable + this option. + + You will still need the parsing functions to be called by the driver + for your particular device. It won't happen automatically. The + SA1100 map driver (CONFIG_MTD_SA1100) has an option for this, for + example. + +ARM Firmware Suite flash layout / partition parsing +CONFIG_MTD_AFS_PARTS + The ARM Firmware Suite allows the user to divide flash devices into + multiple 'images'. Each such image has a header containing its name + and offset/size etc. + + If you need code which can detect and parse these tables, and + register MTD 'partitions' corresponding to each image detected, + enable this option. + + You will still need the parsing functions to be called by the driver + for your particular device. It won't happen automatically. The + 'armflash' map driver (CONFIG_MTD_ARMFLASH) does this, for example. + +MTD debugging verbosity (0 = quiet, 3 = noisy) +CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG_VERBOSE + Determines the verbosity level of the MTD debugging messages. + +Direct chardevice access to MTD devices +CONFIG_MTD_CHAR + This provides a character device for each MTD device present in + the system, allowing the user to read and write directly to the + memory chips, and also use ioctl() to obtain information about + the device, or to erase parts of it. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + mtdchar.o + +Caching block device access to MTD devices +CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK + Although most flash chips have an erase size too large to be useful + as block devices, it is possible to use MTD devices which are based + on RAM chips in this manner. This block device is a user of MTD + devices performing that function. + + At the moment, it is also required for the Journalling Flash File + System(s) to obtain a handle on the MTD device when it's mounted + (although JFFS and JFFS2 don't actually use any of the functionality + of the mtdblock device). + + Later, it may be extended to perform read/erase/modify/write cycles + on flash chips to emulate a smaller block size. Needless to say, + this is very unsafe, but could be useful for file systems which are + almost never written to. + + You do not need this option for use with the DiskOnChip devices. For + those, enable NFTL support (CONFIG_NFTL) instead. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + mtdblock.o + +Readonly block device access to MTD devices +CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK_RO + This allows you to mount read-only file systems (such as cramfs) + from an MTD device, without the overhead (and danger) of the caching + driver. + + You do not need this option for use with the DiskOnChip devices. For + those, enable NFTL support (CONFIG_NFTL) instead. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + mtdblock_ro.o + +FTL (Flash Translation Layer) support +CONFIG_FTL + This provides support for the original Flash Translation Layer which + is part of the PCMCIA specification. It uses a kind of pseudo- + file system on a flash device to emulate a block device with + 512-byte sectors, on top of which you put a 'normal' file system. + + You may find that the algorithms used in this code are patented + unless you live in the Free World where software patents aren't + legal - in the USA you are only permitted to use this on PCMCIA + hardware, although under the terms of the GPL you're obviously + permitted to copy, modify and distribute the code as you wish. Just + not use it. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + ftl.o + +NFTL (NAND Flash Translation Layer) support +CONFIG_NFTL + This provides support for the NAND Flash Translation Layer which is + used on M-Systems' DiskOnChip devices. It uses a kind of pseudo- + file system on a flash device to emulate a block device with + 512-byte sectors, on top of which you put a 'normal' file system. + + You may find that the algorithms used in this code are patented + unless you live in the Free World where software patents aren't + legal - in the USA you are only permitted to use this on DiskOnChip + hardware, although under the terms of the GPL you're obviously + permitted to copy, modify and distribute the code as you wish. Just + not use it. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + nftl.o + +Write support for NFTL (EXPERIMENTAL) +CONFIG_NFTL_RW + If you're lucky, this will actually work. Don't whinge if it + doesn't. Send mail to the MTD mailing list + <linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org> if you want to help to make it more + reliable. + +Detect flash chips by Common Flash Interface (CFI) probe +CONFIG_MTD_CFI + The Common Flash Interface specification was developed by Intel, + AMD and other flash manufactures that provides a universal method + for probing the capabilities of flash devices. If you wish to + support any device that is CFI-compliant, you need to enable this + option. Visit <http://www.amd.com/products/nvd/overview/cfi.html> + for more information on CFI. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + cfi_probe.o + +CFI Advanced configuration options +CONFIG_MTD_CFI_ADV_OPTIONS + If you need to specify a specific endianness for access to flash + chips, or if you wish to reduce the size of the kernel by including + support for only specific arrangements of flash chips, say 'Y'. This + option does not directly affect the code, but will enable other + configuration options which allow you to do so. + + If unsure, say 'N'. + +Specific CFI Flash geometry selection +CONFIG_MTD_CFI_GEOMETRY + This option does not affect the code directly, but will enable + some other configuration options which would allow you to reduce + the size of the kernel by including support for only certain + arrangements of CFI chips. If unsure, say 'N' and all options + which are supported by the current code will be enabled. + +Support 8-bit buswidth +CONFIG_MTD_CFI_B1 + If you wish to support CFI devices on a physical bus which is + 8 bits wide, say 'Y'. + +Support 16-bit buswidth +CONFIG_MTD_CFI_B2 + If you wish to support CFI devices on a physical bus which is + 16 bits wide, say 'Y'. + +Support 32-bit buswidth +CONFIG_MTD_CFI_B4 + If you wish to support CFI devices on a physical bus which is + 32 bits wide, say 'Y'. + +Support 1-chip flash interleave +CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I1 + If your flash chips are not interleaved - i.e. you only have one + flash chip addressed by each bus cycle, then say 'Y'. + +Support 2-chip flash interleave +CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I2 + If your flash chips are interleaved in pairs - i.e. you have two + flash chips addressed by each bus cycle, then say 'Y'. + +Support 4-chip flash interleave +CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I4 + If your flash chips are interleaved in fours - i.e. you have four + flash chips addressed by each bus cycle, then say 'Y'. + +# Choice: mtd_data_swap +Flash cmd/query data swapping +CONFIG_MTD_CFI_NOSWAP + This option defines the way in which the CPU attempts to arrange + data bits when writing the 'magic' commands to the chips. Saying + 'NO', which is the default when CONFIG_MTD_CFI_ADV_OPTIONS isn't + enabled, means that the CPU will not do any swapping; the chips + are expected to be wired to the CPU in 'host-endian' form. + Specific arrangements are possible with the BIG_ENDIAN_BYTE and + LITTLE_ENDIAN_BYTE, if the bytes are reversed. + + If you have a LART, on which the data (and address) lines were + connected in a fashion which ensured that the nets were as short + as possible, resulting in a bit-shuffling which seems utterly + random to the untrained eye, you need the LART_ENDIAN_BYTE option. + + Yes, there really exists something sicker than PDP-endian :) + +CFI support for Intel/Sharp Extended Command Set chips +CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELEXT + The Common Flash Interface defines a number of different command + sets which a CFI-compliant chip may claim to implement. This code + provides support for one of those command sets, used on Intel + StrataFlash and other parts. + +CFI support for AMD/Fujitsu Standard Command Set chips +CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD + The Common Flash Interface defines a number of different command + sets which a CFI-compliant chip may claim to implement. This code + provides support for one of those command sets, used on chips + chips including the AMD Am29LV320. + +CFI support for Intel/Sharp Standard Commands +CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELSTD + The Common Flash Interface defines a number of different command + sets which a CFI-compliant chip may claim to implement. This code + provides support for one of those command sets. + +pre-CFI Sharp chip support +CONFIG_MTD_SHARP + This option enables support for flash chips using Sharp-compatible + commands, including some which are not CFI-compatible and hence + cannot be used with the CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELxxx options. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + sharp.o + +AMD compatible flash chip support (non-CFI) +CONFIG_MTD_AMDSTD + This option enables support for flash chips using AMD-compatible + commands, including some which are not CFI-compatible and hence + cannot be used with the CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD option. + + It also works on AMD compatible chips that do conform to CFI. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + amd_flash.o + +Support for RAM chips in bus mapping +CONFIG_MTD_RAM + This option enables basic support for RAM chips accessed through + a bus mapping driver. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + map_ram.o + +Support for ROM chips in bus mapping +CONFIG_MTD_ROM + This option enables basic support for ROM chips accessed through + a bus mapping driver. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + map_rom.o + +JEDEC device support +CONFIG_MTD_JEDEC + Enable older older JEDEC flash interface devices for self + programming flash. It is commonly used in older AMD chips. It is + only called JEDEC because the JEDEC association + <http://www.jedec.org/> distributes the identification codes for the + chips. WARNING!!!! This code does not compile and is incomplete as + are the specific JEDEC devices drivers. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + jedec.o + +CFI Flash device mapped on StrongARM SA11x0 +CONFIG_MTD_SA1100 + This enables access to the flash chips on most platforms based on + the SA1100 and SA1110, including the Assabet and the Compaq iPAQ. + If you have such a board, say 'Y'. + +Support for Compaq bootldr partition tables on SA11x0 +CONFIG_MTD_SA1100_REDBOOT_PARTITIONS + Enabling this option will cause the kernel to look for a RedBoot + FIS (Flash Image System) table in the last erase block of the flash + chips detected. If you are using RedBoot on your SA11x0-based board + and want Linux to present 'partitions' matching the images which + RedBoot has listed, say 'Y'. + +Support for Compaq bootldr partition tables on SA11x0 +CONFIG_MTD_SA1100_BOOTLDR_PARTITIONS + Enabling this option will cause the kernel to look for a Compaq + bootldr partition table on the flash chips detected. If you are + using the Compaq bootldr on your SA11x0-based board and want Linux + to present 'partitions' matching the images which the bootldr has + listed, say 'Y'. + +Flash chip mapping in physical memory +CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP + This provides a 'mapping' driver which allows the CFI probe and + command set driver code to communicate with flash chips which + are mapped physically into the CPU's memory. You will need to + configure the physical address and size of the flash chips on + your particular board as well as the bus width. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + physmap.o + +Physical start location of flash chip mapping +CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_START + This is the physical memory location at which the flash chips + are mapped on your particular target board. Refer to the + memory map which should hopefully be in the documentation for + your board. + +Physical length of flash chip mapping +CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_LEN + This is the total length of the mapping of the flash chips on + your particular board. If there is space, or aliases, in the + physical memory map between the chips, this could be larger + than the total amount of flash present. Refer to the memory + map which should hopefully be in the documentation for your + board. + +Buswidth of flash in bytes +CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_BUSWIDTH + This is the total width of the data bus of the flash devices + in octets. For example, if you have a data bus width of 32 + bits, you would set the bus width octet value to 4. This is + used internally by the CFI drivers. + +Flash chip mapping on Sun Microsystems boardsets +CONFIG_MTD_SUN_UFLASH + This provides a 'mapping' driver which supports the way in + which user-programmable flash chips are connected on various + Sun Microsystems boardsets. This driver will require CFI support + in the kernel, so if you did not enable CFI previously, do that now. + +Flash chip mapping on Nora +CONFIG_MTD_NORA + If you had to ask, you don't have one. Say 'N'. + +Flash chip mapping on Photron PNC-2000 +CONFIG_MTD_PNC2000 + PNC-2000 is the name of Network Camera product from PHOTRON + Ltd. in Japan. It uses CFI-compliant flash. + +Flash chip mapping on RPXlite or CLLF PPC board +CONFIG_MTD_RPXLITE + The RPXLite PowerPC board has CFI-compliant chips mapped in + a strange sparse mapping. This 'mapping' driver supports that + arrangement, allowing the CFI probe and command set driver code + to communicate with the chips on the RPXLite board. More at + <http://www.embeddedplanet.com/rpx_lite_specification_sheet.htm>. + +Flash chip mapping on AMD SC520 CDP board +CONFIG_MTD_SC520CDP + The SC520 CDP board has two banks of CFI-compliant chips and one + Dual-in-line JEDEC chip. This 'mapping' driver supports that + arrangement, implementing three MTD devices. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + sc520cdp.o + +Flash chip mapping on Arcom Control Systems SBC-MediaGX +CONFIG_MTD_SBC_GXX + This provides a driver for the on-board flash of Arcom Control + Systems' SBC-GXn family of boards, formerly known as SBC-MediaGX. + By default the flash is split into 3 partitions which are accessed + as separate MTD devices. This board utilizes Intel StrataFlash. + More info at + <http://www.arcomcontrols.com/products/icp/pc104/processors/>. + +CFI Flash device mapped on D-Box2 +CONFIG_MTD_DBOX2 + This enables access routines for the flash chips on the Nokia/Sagem + D-Box 2 board. If you have one of these boards and would like to use + the flash chips on it, say 'Y'. + +CFI Flash device mapped on the XScale IQ80310 board +CONFIG_MTD_IQ80310 + This enables access routines for the flash chips on the Intel XScale + IQ80310 evaluation board. If you have one of these boards and would + like to use the flash chips on it, say 'Y'. + +CFI Flash device mapped on AMD NetSc520 +CONFIG_MTD_NETSC520 + This enables access routines for the flash chips on the AMD NetSc520 + demonstration board. If you have one of these boards and would like + to use the flash chips on it, say 'Y'. + +Flash chip mapping on Arcom Control Systems ELAN-104NC +CONFIG_MTD_ELAN_104NC + This provides a driver for the on-board flash of the Arcom Control + System's ELAN-104NC development board. By default the flash + is split into 3 partitions which are accessed as separate MTD + devices. This board utilizes Intel StrataFlash. More info at + <http://www.arcomcontrols.com/products/icp/pc104/processors/>. + +Flash chip mapping on Compaq iPAQ/Bitsy +CONFIG_MTD_BITSY + This provides a driver for the on-board flash found in Compaq's + iPAQ Palm PC and their research prototype the Itsy. iPAQ info at + <http://www5.compaq.com/products/handhelds/pocketpc/> and the + Itsy <http://www.research.digital.com/wrl/projects/Itsy/index.html>. + +Flash chip mapping on Compaq iPAQ/Bitsy +CONFIG_MTD_DC21285 + This provides a driver for the flash accessed using Intel's + 21285 bridge used with Intel's StrongARM processors. More info at + <http://developer.intel.com/design/bridge/quicklist/dsc-21285.htm>. + +Flash chip mapping on ITE QED-4N-S01B, Globespan IVR or custom board +CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX + This provides a mapping driver for the Integrated Tecnology Express, + Inc (ITE) QED-4N-S01B eval board and the Globespan IVR Reference + Board. It provides the necessary addressing, length, buswidth, vpp + code and addition setup of the flash device for these boards. In + addition, this mapping driver can be used for other boards via + setting of the CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX_START/LEN/BUSWIDTH + parameters. This mapping will provide one mtd device using one + partition. The start address can be offset from the beginning of + flash and the len can be less than the total flash device size to + allow a window into the flash. Both CFI and JEDEC probes are + called. + +Physical start location of flash chip mapping +CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX_START + This is the physical memory location that the MTD driver will + use for the flash chips on your particular target board. + Refer to the memory map which should hopefully be in the + documentation for your board. + +Physical length of flash chip mapping +CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX_LEN + This is the total length that the MTD driver will use for the + flash chips on your particular board. Refer to the memory + map which should hopefully be in the documentation for your + board. + +Physical bus width of flash mapping in bytes +CONFIG_MTD_CSTM_MIPS_IXX_BUSWIDTH + This is the total bus width of the mapping of the flash chips + on your particular board. + +JEDEC Flash device mapped on Mixcom piggyback card +CONFIG_MTD_MIXMEM + This supports the paging arrangement for access to flash chips + on the MixCOM piggyback card, allowing the flash chip drivers + to get on with their job of driving the flash chips without + having to know about the paging. If you have one of these boards, + you probably want to enable this mapping driver. More info is at + <http://www.itc.hu/>. + +JEDEC Flash device mapped on Octagon 5066 SBC +CONFIG_MTD_OCTAGON + This provides a 'mapping' driver which supports the way in which + the flash chips are connected in the Octagon-5066 Single Board + Computer. More information on the board is available at + <http://www.octagonsystems.com/Products/5066/5066.html>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + octagon-5066.o + +JEDEC Flash device mapped on Tempustech VMAX SBC301 +CONFIG_MTD_VMAX + This provides a 'mapping' driver which supports the way in which + the flash chips are connected in the Tempustech VMAX SBC301 Single + Board Computer. More information on the board is available at + <http://www.tempustech.com/tt301.htm>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + vmax301.o + +Support for NAND flash devices +CONFIG_MTD_NAND + This enables support for accessing all type of NAND flash + devices. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + nand.o + +Support for software ECC algorithm +CONFIG_MTD_NAND_ECC + This enables software-based ECC for use with NAND flash chips. It + can detect and correct 1 bit errors per 256 byte blocks. This + should be used to increase the reliability of the data stored and + read on the device. + +Support for verify read after write +CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE + This adds an extra check when data is written to the flash. The + NAND flash device internally checks only bits transitioning + from 1 to 0. There is a rare possibility that even though the + device thinks the write was successful, a bit could have been + flipped accidentally due to device wear, gamma rays, whatever. + Enable this if you are really paranoid. + +Support for the SPIA board +CONFIG_MTD_NAND_SPIA + If you had to ask, you don't have one. Say 'N'. + +M-Systems Disk-On-Chip 1000 support +CONFIG_MTD_DOC1000 + This provides an MTD device driver for the M-Systems DiskOnChip + 1000 devices, which are obsolete so you probably want to say 'N'. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + doc1000.o + +M-Systems Disk-On-Chip 2000 and Millennium support +CONFIG_MTD_DOC2000 + This provides an MTD device driver for the M-Systems DiskOnChip + 2000 and Millennium devices. Originally designed for the DiskOnChip + 2000, it also now includes support for the DiskOnChip Millennium. + If you have problems with this driver and the DiskOnChip Millennium, + you may wish to try the alternative Millennium driver below. To use + the alternative driver, you will need to undefine DOC_SINGLE_DRIVER + in the <file:drivers/mtd/devices/docprobe.c> source code. + + If you use this device, you probably also want to enable the NFTL + 'NAND Flash Translation Layer' option below, which is used to + emulate a block device by using a kind of file system on the flash + chips. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + doc2000.o + +Alternative Disk-On-Chip Millennium support +CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001 + This provides an alternative MTD device driver for the M-Systems + DiskOnChip Millennium devices. Use this if you have problems with + the combined DiskOnChip 2000 and Millennium driver above. To get + the DiskOnChip probe code to load and use this driver instead of + the other one, you will need to undefine DOC_SINGLE_DRIVER near + the beginning of <file:drivers/mtd/devices/docprobe.c>. + + If you use this device, you probably also want to enable the NFTL + 'NAND Flash Translation Layer' option below, which is used to + emulate a block device by using a kind of file system on the flash + chips. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + doc2001.o + +Probe for DiskOnChip devices +CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE + This isn't a real config option, it's derived. + +Advanced detection options for DiskOnChip +CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE_ADVANCED + This option allows you to specify nonstandard address at which to + probe for a DiskOnChip, or to change the detection options. You + are unlikely to need any of this unless you are using LinuxBIOS. + Say 'N'. + +Probe for 0x55 0xAA BIOS Extension Signature +CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE_55AA + Check for the 0x55 0xAA signature of a DiskOnChip, and do not + continue with probing if it is absent. The signature will always be + present for a DiskOnChip 2000 or a normal DiskOnChip Millennium. + Only if you have overwritten the first block of a DiskOnChip + Millennium will it be absent. Enable this option if you are using + LinuxBIOS or if you need to recover a DiskOnChip Millennium on which + you have managed to wipe the first block. + +Physical address of DiskOnChip +CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE_ADDRESS + By default, the probe for DiskOnChip devices will look for a + DiskOnChip at every multiple of 0x2000 between 0xC8000 and 0xEE000. + This option allows you to specify a single address at which to probe + for the device, which is useful if you have other devices in that + range which get upset when they are probed. + + (Note that on PowerPC, the normal probe will only check at + 0xE4000000.) + + Normally, you should leave this set to zero, to allow the probe at + the normal addresses. + +Probe high addresses +CONFIG_MTD_DOCPROBE_HIGH + By default, the probe for DiskOnChip devices will look for a + DiskOnChip at every multiple of 0x2000 between 0xC8000 and 0xEE000. + This option changes to make it probe between 0xFFFC8000 and + 0xFFFEE000. Unless you are using LinuxBIOS, this is unlikely to be + useful to you. Say 'N'. + +Ramix PMC551 PCI Mezzanine ram card support +CONFIG_MTD_PMC551 + This provides a MTD device driver for the Ramix PMC551 RAM PCI card + from Ramix Inc. <http://www.ramix.com/products/memory/pmc551.html>. + These devices come in memory configurations from 32M - 1G. If you + have one, you probably want to enable this. + + If this driver is compiled as a module you get the ability to select + the size of the aperture window pointing into the devices memory. + What this means is that if you have a 1G card, normally the kernel + will use a 1G memory map as its view of the device. As a module, + you can select a 1M window into the memory and the driver will + "slide" the window around the PMC551's memory. This was + particularly useful on the 2.2 kernels on PPC architectures as there + was limited kernel space to deal with. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + pmc551.o + +PMC551 256M DRAM Bugfix +CONFIG_MTD_PMC551_BUGFIX + Some of Ramix's PMC551 boards with 256M configurations have invalid + column and row mux values. This option will fix them, but will + break other memory configurations. If unsure say N. + +PMC551 Debugging +CONFIG_MTD_PMC551_DEBUG + This option makes the PMC551 more verbose during its operation and + is only really useful if you are developing on this driver or + suspect a possible hardware or driver bug. If unsure say N. + +Use extra onboard system memory as MTD device +CONFIG_MTD_SLRAM + If your CPU cannot cache all of the physical memory in your machine, + you can still use it for storage or swap by using this driver to + present it to the system as a Memory Technology Device. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + slram.o + +DEC MS02-NV NVRAM module support +CONFIG_MTD_MS02NV + This is a MTD driver for the DEC's MS02-type (54-20948-01) battery + backed-up NVRAM module. The module was originally meant as an NFS + accelerator. Say Y here if you have a DECstation 5000/2x0 or a + DECsystem 5900 equipped with such a module. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will + be called ms02-nv.o. + +Debugging RAM test driver +CONFIG_MTD_MTDRAM + This enables a test MTD device driver which uses vmalloc() to + provide storage. You probably want to say 'N' unless you're + testing stuff. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + mtdram.o + +MTDRAM erase block size in KB +CONFIG_MTDRAM_ERASE_SIZE + This allows you to configure the size of the erase blocks in the + device emulated by the MTDRAM driver. If the MTDRAM driver is built + as a module, it is also possible to specify this as a parameter when + loading the module. + +MTDRAM device size in KB +CONFIG_MTDRAM_TOTAL_SIZE + This allows you to configure the total size of the MTD device + emulated by the MTDRAM driver. If the MTDRAM driver is built + as a module, it is also possible to specify this as a parameter when + loading the module. + +SRAM Hexadecimal Absolute position or 0 +CONFIG_MTDRAM_ABS_POS + If you have system RAM accessible by the CPU but not used by Linux + in normal operation, you can give the physical address at which the + available RAM starts, and the MTDRAM driver will use it instead of + allocating space from Linux's available memory. Otherwise, leave + this set to zero. Most people will want to leave this as zero. + +CFI Flash device mapping on the Flaga Digital Module +CONFIG_MTD_CFI_FLAGADM + Mapping for the Flaga digital module. If you don´t have one, ignore + this setting. + +Momenco Ocelot boot flash device +CONFIG_MTD_OCELOT + This enables access routines for the boot flash device and for the + NVRAM on the Momenco Ocelot board. If you have one of these boards + and would like access to either of these, say 'Y'. + +Support for absent chips in bus mapping +CONFIG_MTD_ABSENT + This option enables support for a dummy probing driver used to + allocated placeholder MTD devices on systems that have socketed + or removable media. Use of this driver as a fallback chip probe + preserves the expected registration order of MTD device nodes on + the system regardless of media presence. Device nodes created + with this driver will return -ENODEV upon access. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + map_absent.o + +MTD emulation using block device +CONFIG_MTD_BLKMTD + This driver allows a block device to appear as an MTD. It would + generally be used in the following cases: + + Using Compact Flash as an MTD, these usually present themselves to + the system as an ATA drive. + Testing MTD users (eg JFFS2) on large media and media that might + be removed during a write (using the floppy drive). + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + blkmtd.o + +Cirrus CDB89712 evaluation board mappings +CONFIG_MTD_CDB89712 + This enables access to the flash or ROM chips on the CDB89712 board. + (This board has 8 MB of Intel Strataflash, a 128 byte boot ROM, and 48 KB of + internal SRAM. This driver provides MTD devices for all three components.) + If you have such a board, say 'Y'. + +Detect non-CFI AMD/JEDEC-compatible flash chips +CONFIG_MTD_JEDECPROBE + This option enables JEDEC-style probing of flash chips which are not + compatible with the Common Flash Interface, but will use the common + CFI-targetted flash drivers for any chips which are identified which + are in fact compatible in all but the probe method. This actually + covers most AMD/Fujitsu-compatible chips, and will shortly cover also + non-CFI Intel chips (that code is in MTD CVS and should shortly be sent + for inclusion in Linus' tree) + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + jedec_probe.o + +BIOS flash chip on Intel L440GX boards +CONFIG_MTD_L440GX + Support for treating the BIOS flash chip on Intel L440GX motherboards + as an MTD device - with this you can reprogram your BIOS. + + BE VERY CAREFUL. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + l440gx.o + +28F160xx flash driver for LART +CONFIG_MTD_LART + This enables the flash driver for LART. Please note that you do + not need any mapping/chip driver for LART. This one does it all + for you, so go disable all of those if you enabled some of them (: + +Older (theoretically obsoleted now) drivers for non-CFI chips +CONFIG_MTD_OBSOLETE_CHIPS + This option does not enable any code directly, but will allow you to + select some other chip drivers which are now considered obsolete, + because the generic CONFIG_JEDEC_PROBE code above should now detect + the chips which are supported by these drivers, and allow the generic + CFI-compatible drivers to drive the chips. Say 'N' here unless you have + already tried the CONFIG_JEDEC_PROBE method and reported its failure + to the MTD mailing list at <linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org> + +CFI Flash device mapped on Hitachi SolutionEngine +CONFIG_MTD_SOLUTIONENGINE + This enables access to the flash chips on the Hitachi SolutionEngine and + similar boards. Say 'Y' if you are building a kernel for such a board. + +CFI Flash device mapped on TQM8XXL PPC board +CONFIG_MTD_TQM8XXL + The TQM8xxL PowerPC board has up to two banks of CFI-compliant + chips, currently uses AMD one. This 'mapping' driver supports + that arrangement, allowing the CFI probe and command set driver + code to communicate with the chips on the TQM8xxL board. More at + <http://www.denx.de/embedded-ppc-en.html>. + +Darkness +CONFIG_MEMORY_SET + This is an option about which you will never be asked a question. + Therefore, I conclude that you do not exist - go away. + + There is a grue here. + +Physical memory size +CONFIG_MEMORY_SIZE + This sets the default memory size assumed by your SH kernel. It can + be overridden as normal by the 'mem=' argument on the kernel command + line. If unsure, consult your board specifications or just leave it + as 0x00400000 which was the default value before this became + configurable. + +Cache and PCI noncoherent +CONFIG_SH_PCIDMA_NONCOHERENT + Enable this option if your platform does not have a CPU cache which + remains coherent with PCI DMA. It is safest to say 'Y', although you + will see better performance if you can say 'N', because the PCI DMA + code will not have to flush the CPU's caches. If you have a PCI host + bridge integrated with your SH CPU, refer carefully to the chip specs + to see if you can say 'N' here. Otherwise, leave it as 'Y'. + +USB (Universal Serial Bus) support +CONFIG_USB + Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a specification for a serial bus + subsystem which offers higher speeds and more features than the + traditional PC serial port. The bus supplies power to peripherals + and allows for hot swapping. Up to 127 USB peripherals can be + connected to a single USB port in a tree structure. The USB port is + the root of the tree, the peripherals are the leaves and the inner + nodes are special USB devices called hubs. Many newer PC's have USB + ports and newer peripherals such as scanners, keyboards, mice, + modems, and printers support the USB protocol and can be connected + to the PC via those ports. + + Say Y here if your computer has a USB port and you want to use USB + devices. You then need to say Y to at least one of "UHCI support" + or "OHCI support" below (the type of interface that the USB hardware + in your computer provides to the operating system) and then choose + from among the drivers for USB peripherals. You may want to check + out the information provided in <file:Documentation/usb/> and + especially the links given in <file:Documentation/usb/usb-help.txt>. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called usbcore.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB verbose debug messages +CONFIG_USB_DEBUG + Say Y here if you want the USB core & hub drivers to produce a bunch + of debug messages to the system log. Select this if you are having a + problem with USB support and want to see more of what is going on. + +USB long timeout for slow-responding devices (some MGE Ellipse UPSes) +CONFIG_USB_LONG_TIMEOUT + This option makes the standard time out a bit longer. Basically, + some devices are just slow to respond, so this makes usb more + patient. There should be no harm in selecting this, but it is + needed for some MGE Ellipse UPSes. + + If you have an MGE Ellipse UPS, or you see timeouts in HID + transactions, say Y; otherwise say N. + +EHCI (USB 2.0) support +CONFIG_USB_EHCI_HCD + The Enhanced Host Controller Interface (EHCI) is standard for USB 2.0 + "high speed" (480 Mbit/sec, 60 Mbyte/sec) host controller hardware. + If your USB host controller supports USB 2.0, you will likely want to + configure this Host Controller Driver. At this writing, the primary + implementation of EHCI is a chip from NEC, widely available in add-on + PCI cards, but implementations are in the works from other vendors + including Intel and Philips. Motherboard support is appearing. + + EHCI controllers are packaged with "companion" host controllers (OHCI + or UHCI) to handle USB 1.1 devices connected to root hub ports. Ports + will connect to EHCI if it the device is high speed, otherwise they + connect to a companion controller. If you configure EHCI, you should + probably configure the OHCI (for NEC and some other vendors) USB Host + Controller Driver too. + + You may want to read <file:Documentation/usb/ehci.txt>. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ehci-hcd.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +UHCI (Intel PIIX4, VIA, ...) support +CONFIG_USB_UHCI + The Universal Host Controller Interface is a standard by Intel for + accessing the USB hardware in the PC (which is also called the USB + host controller). If your USB host controller conforms to this + standard, you may want to say Y, but see below. All recent boards + with Intel PCI chipsets (like intel 430TX, 440FX, 440LX, 440BX, + i810, i820) conform to this standard. Also all VIA PCI chipsets + (like VIA VP2, VP3, MVP3, Apollo Pro, Apollo Pro II or Apollo Pro + 133). + + Currently there exist two drivers for UHCI host controllers: this + one and the so-called JE driver, which you can get from + "UHCI alternate (JE) support", below. You need only one. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called usb-uhci.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +UHCI (Intel PIIX4, VIA, ...) alternate (JE) support +CONFIG_USB_UHCI_ALT + The Universal Host Controller Interface is a standard by Intel for + accessing the USB hardware in the PC (which is also called the USB + host controller). If your USB host controller conforms to this + standard, you may want to say Y, but see below. All recent boards + with Intel PCI chipsets (like intel 430TX, 440FX, 440LX, 440BX, + i810, i820) conform to this standard. Also all VIA PCI chipsets + (like VIA VP2, VP3, MVP3, Apollo Pro, Apollo Pro II or Apollo Pro + 133). If unsure, say Y. + + Currently there exist two drivers for UHCI host controllers: this + so-called JE driver, and the one you get from "UHCI support", above. + You need only one. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called uhci.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +OHCI (Compaq, iMacs, OPTi, SiS, ALi, ...) support +CONFIG_USB_OHCI + The Open Host Controller Interface is a standard by + Compaq/Microsoft/National for accessing the USB PC hardware (also + called USB host controller). If your USB host controller conforms to + this standard, say Y. The USB host controllers on most non-Intel + architectures and on several x86 compatibles with non-Intel chipsets + -- like SiS (aktual 610, 610 and so on) or ALi (ALi IV, ALi V, + Aladdin Pro..) -- conform to this standard. + + You may want to read <file:Documentation/usb/ohci.txt>. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called usb-ohci.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Human Interface Device (full HID) support +CONFIG_USB_HID + Say Y here if you want full HID support to connect keyboards, + mice, joysticks, graphic tablets, or any other HID based devices + to your computer via USB. You also need to select HID Input layer + support (below) if you want to use keyboards, mice, joysticks and + the like. + + You can't use this driver and the HIDBP (Boot Protocol) keyboard + and mouse drivers at the same time. More information is available: + <file:Documentation/input/input.txt>. + + If unsure, say Y. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called hid.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB HID Input layer support +CONFIG_USB_HIDINPUT + Say Y here if you want to use a USB keyboard, mouse or joystick, + or any other HID input device. You also need Input layer support, + (CONFIG_INPUT) which you select under "Input core support". + + If unsure, say Y. + +/dev/usb/hiddev raw HID device support +CONFIG_USB_HIDDEV + Say Y here if you want to support HID devices (from the USB + specification standpoint) that aren't strictly user interface + devices, like monitor controls and Uninterruptable Power Supplies. + + This module supports these devices separately using a separate + event interface on /dev/usb/hiddevX (char 180:96 to 180:111). + This driver requires CONFIG_USB_HID. + + If unsure, say Y. + +USB HIDBP Keyboard (basic) support +CONFIG_USB_KBD + Say Y here only if you are absolutely sure that you don't want + to use the generic HID driver for your USB keyboard and prefer + to use the keyboard in its limited Boot Protocol mode instead. + + This is almost certainly not what you want. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called usbkbd.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + If even remotely unsure, say N. + +USB HIDBP Mouse (basic) support +CONFIG_USB_MOUSE + Say Y here only if you are absolutely sure that you don't want + to use the generic HID driver for your USB keyboard and prefer + to use the keyboard in its limited Boot Protocol mode instead. + + This is almost certainly not what you want. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called usbmouse.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + If even remotely unsure, say N. + +Wacom Intuos/Graphire tablet support +CONFIG_USB_WACOM + Say Y here if you want to use the USB version of the Wacom Intuos + or Graphire tablet. Make sure to say Y to "Mouse support" + (CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV) and/or "Event interface support" + (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) as well. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called wacom.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Aiptek 6000U/8000U tablet support +CONFIG_USB_AIPTEK + Say Y here if you want to use the USB version of the Aiptek 6000U/8000U + tablet. Make sure to say Y to "Event interface support" + (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) as well. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called aiptek.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Use input layer for ADB devices +CONFIG_INPUT_ADBHID + Say Y here if you want to have ADB (Apple Desktop Bus) HID devices + such as keyboards, mice, joysticks, or graphic tablets handled by + the input layer. If you say Y here, make sure to say Y to the + corresponding drivers "Keyboard support" (CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBDEV), + "Mouse Support" (CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV) and "Event interface + support" (CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV) as well. + + If you say N here, you still have the option of using the old ADB + keyboard and mouse drivers. + + If unsure, say Y. + +Input core support +CONFIG_INPUT + Say Y here if you want to enable any of the following options for + USB Human Interface Device (HID) support. + + Say Y here if you want to enable any of the USB HID options in the + USB support section which require Input core support. + + Otherwise, say N. + +Keyboard support +CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBDEV + Say Y here if you want your USB HID keyboard (or an ADB keyboard + handled by the input layer) to be able to serve as a system + keyboard. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called keybdev.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Mouse support +CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV + Say Y here if you want your USB HID mouse (or ADB mouse handled by + the input layer) to be accessible as char devices 13:32+ - + /dev/input/mouseX and 13:63 - /dev/input/mice as an emulated ImPS/2 + mouse. That way, all user space programs will be able to use your + mouse. + + If unsure, say Y. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called mousedev.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Horizontal screen resolution +CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_X + If you're using a digitizer, or a graphic tablet, and want to use + it as a mouse then the mousedev driver needs to know the X window + screen resolution you are using to correctly scale the data. If + you're not using a digitizer, this value is ignored. + +Vertical screen resolution +CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_Y + If you're using a digitizer, or a graphic tablet, and want to use + it as a mouse then the mousedev driver needs to know the X window + screen resolution you are using to correctly scale the data. If + you're not using a digitizer, this value is ignored. + +Joystick support +CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV + Say Y here if you want your USB HID joystick or gamepad to be + accessible as char device 13:0+ - /dev/input/jsX device. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called joydev.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Event interface support +CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV + Say Y here if you want your USB or ADB HID device events be + accessible under char device 13:64+ - /dev/input/eventX in a generic + way. This is the future ... + +USB Scanner support +CONFIG_USB_SCANNER + Say Y here if you want to connect a USB scanner to your computer's + USB port. Please read <file:Documentation/usb/scanner.txt> and + <file:Documentation/usb/scanner-hp-sane.txt> for more information. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called scanner.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +HP 5300C scanner support +CONFIG_USB_HP5300 + Say Y here if you want to connect a HP5300C scanner to your + computer's USB port. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called hp5300.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Audio support +CONFIG_USB_AUDIO + Say Y here if you want to connect USB audio equipment such as + speakers to your computer's USB port. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called audio.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +EMI 2|6 USB Audio interface support +CONFIG_USB_EMI26 + This driver loads firmware to Emagic EMI 2|6 low latency USB + Audio interface. + + After firmware load the device is handled with standard linux + USB Audio driver. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called audio.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Modem (CDC ACM) support +CONFIG_USB_ACM + This driver supports USB modems and ISDN adapters which support the + Communication Device Class Abstract Control Model interface. + Please read <file:Documentation/usb/acm.txt> for details. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called acm.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB serial converter support +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL + Say Y here if you have a USB device that provides normal serial + ports, or acts like a serial device, and you want to connect it to + your USB bus. + + Please read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more + information on the specifics of the different devices that are + supported, and on how to use them. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called usbserial.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Generic Serial Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_GENERIC + Say Y here if you want to use the generic USB serial driver. Please + read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more information on + using this driver. It is recommended that the "USB Serial converter + support" be compiled as a module for this driver to be used + properly. + +USB ConnectTech WhiteHEAT Serial Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_WHITEHEAT + Say Y here if you want to use a ConnectTech WhiteHEAT 4 port + USB to serial converter device. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called whiteheat.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Handspring Visor Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_VISOR + Say Y here if you want to connect to your HandSpring Visor, Palm + m500 or m505 through its USB docking station. See + <http://usbvisor.sourceforge.net/> for more information on using this + driver. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called visor.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Compaq iPAQ Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_IPAQ + Say Y here if you want to connect to your Compaq iPAQ, HP Jornada 548/568 + or Casio EM500 running Windows CE 3.0 or PocketPC 2002 using a USB + cradle/cable. For information on using the driver, + read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt>. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ipaq.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB IR Dongle Serial Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_IR + Say Y here if you want to enable simple serial support for USB IrDA + devices. This is useful if you do not want to use the full IrDA + stack. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ir-usb.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Belkin and Paracom Single Port Serial Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_BELKIN + Say Y here if you want to use a Belkin USB Serial single port + adaptor (F5U103 is one of the model numbers) or the Peracom single + port USB to serial adapter. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called belkin_sa.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB FTDI Single Port Serial Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_FTDI_SIO + Say Y here if you want to use a FTDI SIO single port USB to serial + converter device. The implementation I have is called the USC-1000. + This driver has also be tested with the 245 and 232 devices. + + See <http://ftdi-usb-sio.sourceforge.net/> for more + information on this driver and the device. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ftdi_sio.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Keyspan PDA Single Port Serial Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_PDA + Say Y here if you want to use a Keyspan PDA single port USB to + serial converter device. This driver makes use of firmware + developed from scratch by Brian Warner. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called keyspan_pda.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Xircom / Entregra Single Port Serial Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_XIRCOM + Say Y here if you want to use a Xircom or Entregra single port USB to + serial converter device. This driver makes use of firmware + developed from scratch by Brian Warner. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called keyspan_pda.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Keyspan USA-xxx Serial Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN + Say Y here if you want to use Keyspan USB to serial converter + devices. This driver makes use of Keyspan's official firmware + and was developed with their support. You must also include + firmware to support your particular device(s). + + See <http://misc.nu/hugh/keyspan.html> for more information. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called keyspan.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Keyspan USA-28 Firmware +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA28 + Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-28 converter. + +USB Keyspan USA-28X Firmware +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA28X + Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-28X converter. + Be sure you have a USA-28X, there are also 28XA and 28XB + models, the label underneath has the actual part number. + +USB Keyspan USA-28XA Firmware +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA28XA + Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-28XA converter. + Be sure you have a USA-28XA, there are also 28X and 28XB + models, the label underneath has the actual part number. + +USB Keyspan USA-28XB Firmware +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA28XB + Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-28XB converter. + Be sure you have a USA-28XB, there are also 28X and 28XA + models, the label underneath has the actual part number. + +USB Keyspan USA-19 Firmware +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA19 + Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-19 converter. + +USB Keyspan USA-18X Firmware +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA18X + Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-18X converter. + +USB Keyspan USA-19W Firmware +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA19W + Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-19W converter. + +USB Keyspan USA-19QW Firmware +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA19QW + Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-19QW converter. + +USB Keyspan USA-19QI Firmware +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA19QI + Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-19QI converter. + +USB Keyspan USA-49W Firmware +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KEYSPAN_USA49W + Say Y here to include firmware for the USA-49W converter. + +USB ZyXEL omni.net LCD Plus Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_OMNINET + Say Y here if you want to use a ZyXEL omni.net LCD ISDN TA. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called omninet.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Digi International AccelePort USB Serial Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_DIGI_ACCELEPORT + Say Y here if you want to use Digi AccelePort USB 2 or 4 devices, + 2 port (plus parallel port) and 4 port USB serial converters. The + parallel port on the USB 2 appears as a third serial port on Linux. + The Digi Acceleport USB 8 is not yet supported by this driver. + + This driver works under SMP with the usb-uhci driver. It does not + work under SMP with the uhci driver. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called digi_acceleport.o. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Empeg empeg-car Mark I/II Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_EMPEG + Say Y here if you want to connect to your Empeg empeg-car Mark I/II + mp3 player via USB. The driver uses a single ttyUSB{0,1,2,...} + device node. See <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more + tidbits of information. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called empeg.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB MCT Single Port Serial Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_MCT_U232 + Say Y here if you want to use a USB Serial single port adapter from + Magic Control Technology Corp. (U232 is one of the model numbers). + + This driver also works with Sitecom U232-P25 and D-Link DU-H3SP USB + BAY devices. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called mct_u232.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Prolific 2303 Single Port Serial Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_PL2303 + Say Y here if you want to use the PL2303 USB Serial single port + adapter from Prolific. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called pl2303.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB REINER SCT cyberJack pinpad/e-com chipcard reader +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_CYBERJACK + Say Y here if you want to use a cyberJack pinpad/e-com USB chipcard + reader. This is an interface to ISO 7816 compatible contactbased + chipcards, e.g. GSM SIMs. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called cyberjack.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + If unsure, say N. + +USB Edgeport Serial Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_EDGEPORT + Say Y here if you want to use any of the following devices from + Inside Out Networks (Digi): + Edgeport/4 + Rapidport/4 + Edgeport/4t + Edgeport/2 + Edgeport/4i + Edgeport/2i + Edgeport/421 + Edgeport/21 + Edgeport/8 + Edgeport/8 Dual + Edgeport/2D8 + Edgeport/4D8 + Edgeport/8i + Edgeport/2 DIN + Edgeport/4 DIN + Edgeport/16 Dual + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called io_edgeport.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB PalmConnect (and other KL5KUSB105-based) Single Port Serial Driver +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_KLSI + Say Y here if you want to use a KL5KUSB105 - based single port + serial adapter. The most widely known -- and currently the only + tested -- device in this category is the PalmConnect USB Serial + adapter sold by Palm Inc. for use with their Palm III and Palm V + series PDAs. + + Please read <file:Documentation/usb/usb-serial.txt> for more + information. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called kl5kusb105.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Serial Converter verbose debug +CONFIG_USB_SERIAL_DEBUG + Say Y here if you want verbose debug messages from the USB Serial + Drivers sent to the kernel debug log. + +USB Printer support +CONFIG_USB_PRINTER + Say Y here if you want to connect a USB printer to your computer's + USB port. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called printer.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB IBM (Xirlink) C-It Camera support +CONFIG_USB_IBMCAM + Say Y here if you want to connect a IBM "C-It" camera, also known as + "Xirlink PC Camera" to your computer's USB port. For more + information, read <file:Documentation/usb/ibmcam.txt>. + + This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must enable + (Y or M in config) Video For Linux (under Character Devices) + to use this driver. Information on this API and pointers to + "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at + <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ibmcam.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. This + camera has several configuration options which can be specified when + you load the module. Read <file:Documentation/usb/ibmcam.txt> to + learn more. + +USB OV511 Camera support +CONFIG_USB_OV511 + Say Y here if you want to connect this type of camera to your + computer's USB port. See <file:Documentation/usb/ov511.txt> for more + information and for a list of supported cameras. + + This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to + "Video For Linux" (under Character Devices) to use this driver. + Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found + on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ov511.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Communication Class Ethernet device support +CONFIG_USB_CDCETHER + This driver supports devices conforming to the Communication Device + Class Ethernet Control Model. This is used in some cable modems. + For more details on the specification, get the Communication Device + Class specification from <http://www.usb.org/>. + + This driver should work with the following devices: + * Ericsson PipeRider (all variants) + * Motorola (DM100 and SB4100) + * Broadcom Cable Modem (reference design) + * Toshiba PCX1100U and possibly other cable modems + * Sharp Zaurus SL-5000D + + The device creates a network device (ethX, where X depends on what + other networking devices you have in use), as for a normal PCI + or ISA based ethernet network card. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called CDCEther.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +NetChip 1080-based USB Host-to-Host Link +CONFIG_USB_NET1080 + The NetChip 1080 is a USB 1.1 host controller. NetChip has a web + site with technical information at <http://www.netchip.com/>. + +Philips webcam support +CONFIG_USB_PWC + Say Y or M here if you want to use one of these Philips USB webcams: + PCA645, PCA646, PCVC675, PCVC680, PCVC690, PCVC730, PCVC740, or + the Askey VC010. The PCA635, PCVC665 and PCVC720 are not supported + by this driver and never will be. + + This driver has an optional plugin, which is distributed as a binary + module only. It contains code that allow you to use higher + resolutions and framerates but may not be distributed as source. + But even without this plugin you can these cams for most + applications. + + See <file:Documentation/usb/philips.txt> for more information and + installation instructions. + + The built-in microphone is enabled by selecting USB Audio support. + + This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to + "Video For Linux" (under Character Devices) to use this driver. + Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found + on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called pwc.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB SE401 Camera support +CONFIG_USB_SE401 + Say Y here if you want to connect this type of camera to your + computer's USB port. See <file:Documentation/usb/se401.txt> for more + information and for a list of supported cameras. + + This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to + "Video For Linux" (under Multimedia Devices) to use this driver. + Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found + on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called se401.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB STV680 (Pencam) Camera support +CONFIG_USB_STV680 + Say Y here if you want to connect this type of camera to your + computer's USB port. This includes the Pencam line of cameras. + See <file:Documentation/usb/stv680.txt> for more information and for + a list of supported cameras. + + This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to + "Video For Linux" (under Multimedia Devices) to use this driver. + Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found + on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called stv680.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Vicam +CONFIG_USB_VICAM + Say Y here if you have 3com homeconnect camera (vicam). + + This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must say Y or M to + "Video For Linux" (under Multimedia Devices) to use this driver. + Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found + on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called vicam.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + +Pegasus/Pegasus II based USB-Ethernet device support +CONFIG_USB_PEGASUS + Say Y here if you know you have Pegasus or Pegasus-II based adapter. + If in doubt then look at linux/drivers/usb/pegasus.h for the complete + list of supported devices. + If your particular adapter is not in the list and you are _sure_ it + is Pegasus or Pegasus-II based then send me (pmanolov@users.sourceforge.net) + vendor and device IDs. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called pegasus.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Realtek RTL8150 based USB-Ethernet device support +CONFIG_USB_RTL8150 + Say Y here if you have RTL8150 based usb-ethernet adapter. + Send me (petkan@users.sourceforge.net) any comments you may have. + You can also check for updates at <http://pegasus2.sourceforge.net/> + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called rtl8150.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB KLSI KL5USB101-based Ethernet device support +CONFIG_USB_KAWETH + Say Y here if you want to use one of the following 10Mbps only + USB Ethernet adapters based on the KLSI KL5KUSB101B chipset: + 3Com 3C19250 + ADS USB-10BT + ATEN USB Ethernet + ASANTE USB To Ethernet Adapter + AOX Endpoints USB Ethernet + Correga K.K. + D-Link DSB-650C and DU-E10 + Entrega / Portgear E45 + I-O DATA USB-ET/T + Jaton USB Ethernet Device Adapter + Kingston Technology USB Ethernet Adapter + Linksys USB10T + Mobility USB-Ethernet Adapter + NetGear EA-101 + Peracom Enet and Enet2 + Portsmith Express Ethernet Adapter + Shark Pocket Adapter + SMC 2202USB + Sony Vaio port extender + + This driver is likely to work with most 10Mbps only USB Ethernet + adapters, including some "no brand" devices. It does NOT work on + SmartBridges smartNIC or on Belkin F5U111 devices - you should use + the CATC NetMate driver for those. If you are not sure which one + you need, select both, and the correct one should be selected for + you. + + This driver makes the adapter appear as a normal Ethernet interface, + typically on eth0, if it is the only ethernet device, or perhaps on + eth1, if you have a PCI or ISA ethernet card installed. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called kaweth.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB CATC NetMate-based Ethernet device support +CONFIG_USB_CATC + Say Y if you want to use one of the following 10Mbps USB Ethernet + device based on the EL1210A chip. Supported devices are: + Belkin F5U011 + Belkin F5U111 + CATC NetMate + CATC NetMate II + smartBridges smartNIC + + This driver makes the adapter appear as a normal Ethernet interface, + typically on eth0, if it is the only ethernet device, or perhaps on + eth1, if you have a PCI or ISA ethernet card installed. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called catc.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Kodak DC-2xx Camera support +CONFIG_USB_DC2XX + Say Y here if you want to connect this type of still camera to your + computer's USB port. See <file:Documentation/usb/dc2xx.txt> for + more information; some non-Kodak cameras may also work with this + driver, given application support (such as <http://www.gphoto.org/>). + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called dc2xx.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Mustek MDC800 Digital Camera support +CONFIG_USB_MDC800 + Say Y here if you want to connect this type of still camera to + your computer's USB port. This driver can be used with gphoto 0.4.3 + and higher (look at <http://www.gphoto.org/>). + To use it create a device node with "mknod /dev/mustek c 180 32" and + configure it in your software. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called mdc800.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Mass Storage support +CONFIG_USB_STORAGE + Say Y here if you want to connect USB mass storage devices to your + computer's USB port. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called usb-storage.o. If you want to compile it + as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB Mass Storage verbose debug +CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_DEBUG + Say Y here in order to have the USB Mass Storage code generate + verbose debugging messages. + +ISD-200 USB/ATA Bridge support +CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_ISD200 + Say Y here if you want to use USB Mass Store devices based + on the In-Systems Design ISD-200 USB/ATA bridge. + + Some of the products that use this chip are: + + - Archos Jukebox 6000 + - ISD SmartCable for Storage + - Taiwan Skymaster CD530U/DEL-0241 IDE bridge + - Sony CRX10U CD-R/RW drive + - CyQ've CQ8060A CDRW drive + - Planex eXtreme Drive RX-25HU USB-IDE cable (not model RX-25U) + +USS720 parport driver +CONFIG_USB_USS720 + This driver is for USB parallel port adapters that use the Lucent + Technologies USS-720 chip. These cables are plugged into your USB + port and provide USB compatibility to peripherals designed with + parallel port interfaces. + + The chip has two modes: automatic mode and manual mode. In automatic + mode, it looks to the computer like a standard USB printer. Only + printers may be connected to the USS-720 in this mode. The generic + USB printer driver ("USB Printer support", above) may be used in + that mode, and you can say N here if you want to use the chip only + in this mode. + + Manual mode is not limited to printers, any parallel port + device should work. This driver utilizes manual mode. + Note however that some operations are three orders of magnitude + slower than on a PCI/ISA Parallel Port, so timing critical + applications might not work. + + Say Y here if you own an USS-720 USB->Parport cable and intend to + connect anything other than a printer to it. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called uss720.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB device file system +CONFIG_USB_DEVICEFS + If you say Y here (and to "/proc file system support" in the "File + systems section, above), you will get a file /proc/bus/usb/devices + which lists the devices currently connected to your USB bus or + busses, a file /proc/bus/usb/drivers which lists the USB kernel + client drivers currently loaded, and for every connected device a + file named "/proc/bus/usb/xxx/yyy", where xxx is the bus number and + yyy the device number; the latter files can be used by user space + programs to talk directly to the device. These files are "virtual", + meaning they are generated on the fly and not stored on the hard + drive. + + You may need to mount the usbdevfs file system to see the files, use + mount -t usbdevfs none /proc/bus/usb + + For the format of the various /proc/bus/usb/ files, please read + <file:Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt>. + + Please note that this code is completely unrelated to devfs, the + "/dev file system support". + + Most users want to say Y here. + +Enforce USB bandwidth allocation +CONFIG_USB_BANDWIDTH + If you say Y here, the USB subsystem enforces USB bandwidth + allocation and will prevent some device opens from succeeding + if they would cause USB bandwidth usage to go above 90% of + the bus bandwidth. + + If you say N here, these conditions will cause warning messages + about USB bandwidth usage to be logged and some devices or + drivers may not work correctly. + +DABUSB driver +CONFIG_USB_DABUSB + A Digital Audio Broadcasting (DAB) Receiver for USB and Linux + brought to you by the DAB-Team (<http://dab.in.tum.de/>). This + driver can be taken as an example for URB-based bulk, control, and + isochronous transactions. URB's are explained in + <file:Documentation/usb/URB.txt>. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called dabusb.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Host-to-Host USB networking +CONFIG_USB_USBNET + This driver supports network links over USB with USB "Network" + or "data transfer" cables, often used to network laptops to PCs. + Such cables have chips from suppliers such as Belkin/eTEK, GeneSys + (GeneLink), NetChip and Prolific. Intelligent USB devices could also + use this approach to provide Internet access, using standard USB + cabling. You can find these chips also on some motherboards with + USB PC2PC support. + + These links will have names like "usb0", "usb1", etc. They act + like two-node Ethernets, so you can use 802.1d Ethernet Bridging + (CONFIG_BRIDGE) to simplify your network routing. + + This code is also available as a kernel module (code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called usbnet.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Freecom USB/ATAPI Bridge support +CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_FREECOM + Support for the Freecom USB to IDE/ATAPI adaptor. + Freecom has a web page at <http://www.freecom.de/>. + +Microtech CompactFlash/SmartMedia reader +CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_DPCM + Say Y here to support the Microtech ZiO! CompactFlash/SmartMedia + reader, details at <http://www.microtechint.com/zio/index.html>. + This driver treats the flash card as a removable storage device. + +SanDisk SDDR-09 (and other SmartMedia) support +CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_SDDR09 + Say Y here to include additional code to support the Sandisk SDDR-09 + SmartMedia reader in the USB Mass Storage driver. + +SanDisk SDDR-55 SmartMedia support +CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_SDDR55 + Say Y here to include additional code to support the Sandisk SDDR-55 + SmartMedia reader in the USB Mass Storage driver. + +USB Diamond Rio500 support +CONFIG_USB_RIO500 + Say Y here if you want to connect a USB Rio500 mp3 player to your + computer's USB port. Please read <file:Documentation/usb/rio.txt> + for more information. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called rio500.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documenatation/modules.txt>. + +USB Auerswald ISDN device support +CONFIG_USB_AUERSWALD + Say Y here if you want to connect an Auerswald USB ISDN Device + to your computer's USB port. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called auerswald.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documenatation/modules.txt> + +CONFIG_USB_TIGL + If you own a Texas Instruments graphing calculator and use a + TI-GRAPH LINK USB cable (aka SilverLink), then you might be + interested in this driver. + + If you enable this driver, you will be able to communicate with + your calculator through a set of device nodes under /dev. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called tiglusb.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. + + If you don't know what the SilverLink cable is or what a Texas + Instruments graphing calculator is, then you probably don't need this + driver. + + If unsure, say N. + +Tieman Voyager USB Braille display support +CONFIG_USB_BRLVOYAGER + Say Y here if you want to use the Voyager USB Braille display from + Tieman. See <file:Documentation/usb/brlvger.txt> for more + information. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called brlvger.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USBLCD support +CONFIG_USB_LCD + Say Y here if you want to connect an USBLCD to your computer's + USB port. The USBLCD is a small USB interface board for + alphanumeric LCD modules. See <http://www.usblcd.de> for more + information. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called usblcd.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +D-Link DSB-R100 FM radio support +CONFIG_USB_DSBR + Say Y here if you want to connect this type of radio to your + computer's USB port. Note that the audio is not digital, and + you must connect the line out connector to a sound card or a + set of speakers. + + This driver uses the Video For Linux API. You must enable + (Y or M in config) Video For Linux (under Character Devices) + to use this driver. Information on this API and pointers to + "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at + <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called dsbr100.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Always do synchronous disk IO for UBD +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UBD_SYNC + The User-Mode Linux port includes a driver called UBD which will let + you access arbitrary files on the host computer as block devices. + Writes to such a block device are not immediately written to the + host's disk; this may cause problems if, for example, the User-Mode + Linux 'Virtual Machine' uses a journalling file system and the host + computer crashes. + + Synchronous operation (i.e. always writing data to the host's disk + immediately) is configurable on a per-UBD basis by using a special + kernel command line option. Alternatively, you can say Y here to + turn on synchronous operation by default for all block. + + If you're running a journalling file system (like reiserfs, for + example) in your virtual machine, you will want to say Y here. If + you care for the safety of the data in your virtual machine, Y is a + wise choice too. In all other cases (for example, if you're just + playing around with User-Mode Linux) you can choose N. + +Enable ptrace proxy +CONFIG_PT_PROXY + This option enables a debugging interface which allows gdb to debug + the kernel without needing to actually attach to kernel threads. + If you want to do kernel debugging, say Y here; otherwise say N. + +Management console +CONFIG_MCONSOLE + The user mode linux management console is a low-level interface to + the kernel, somewhat like the i386 SysRq interface. Since there is + a full-blown operating system running under every user mode linux + instance, there is much greater flexibility possible than with the + SysRq mechanism. + + If you answer 'Y' to this option, to use this feature, you need the + mconsole client (called uml_mconsole) which is present in CVS in + 2.4.5-9um and later (path /tools/mconsole), and is also in the + distribution RPM package in 2.4.6 and later. + + It is safe to say 'Y' here. + +Enable kernel debugging symbols +CONFIG_DEBUGSYM + When this is enabled, the User-Mode Linux binary will include + debugging symbols. This enlarges the binary by a few megabytes, + but aids in tracking down kernel problems in UML. It is required + if you intend to do any kernel development. + + If you're truly short on disk space or don't expect to report any + bugs back to the UML developers, say N, otherwise say Y. + +Enable gcov support +CONFIG_GCOV + This option allows developers to retrieve coverage data from a UML + session. + + See <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/gcov.html> for more + details. + + If you're involved in UML kernel development and want to use gcov, + say Y. If you're unsure, say N. + +Enable gprof support +CONFIG_GPROF + This allows profiling of a User-Mode Linux kernel with the gprof + utility. + + See <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/gprof.html> for more + details. + + If you're involved in UML kernel development and want to use gprof, + say Y. If you're unsure, say N. + +Host filesystem +CONFIG_HOSTFS + While the User-Mode Linux port uses its own root file system for + booting and normal file access, this module lets the UML user + access files stored on the host. It does not require any + network connection between the Host and UML. An example use of + this might be: + + mount none /tmp/fromhost -t hostfs -o /tmp/umlshare + + where /tmp/fromhost is an empty directory inside UML and + /tmp/umlshare is a directory on the host with files the UML user + wishes to access. + + For more information, see + <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/hostfs.html>. + + If you'd like to be able to work with files stored on the host, + say Y or M here; otherwise say N. + +Example IO Memory driver +CONFIG_MMAPPER + The User-Mode Linux port can provide support for IO Memory + emulation with this option. This allows a host file to be + specified as an I/O region on the kernel command line. That file + will be mapped into UML's kernel address space where a driver can + locate it and do whatever it wants with the memory, including + providing an interface to it for UML processes to use. + + For more information, see + <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/iomem.html>. + + If you'd like to be able to provide a simulated IO port space for + User-Mode Linux processes, say Y. If unsure, say N. + +Virtual Serial Line +CONFIG_SSL + The User-Mode Linux environment allows you to create virtual serial + lines on the UML that are usually made to show up on the host as + ttys or ptys. + + See <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/input.html> for more + information and command line examples of how to use this facility. + + Unless you have a specific reason for disabling this, say Y. + +Virtual network device +CONFIG_UML_NET + While the User-Mode port cannot directly talk to any physical + hardware devices, this choice and the following transport options + provide one or more virtual network devices through which the UML + kernels can talk to each other, the host, and with the host's help, + machines on the outside world. + + For more information, including explanations of the networking and + sample configurations, see + <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html>. + + If you'd like to be able to enable networking in the User-Mode + linux environment, say Y; otherwise say N. Note that you must + enable at least one of the following transport options to actually + make use of UML networking. + +Daemon transport +CONFIG_UML_NET_DAEMON + This User-Mode Linux network transport allows one or more running + UMLs on a single host to communicate with each other, but not to + the host. + + To use this form of networking, you'll need to run the UML + networking daemon on the host. + + For more information, see + <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html> That site + has examples of the UML command line to use to enable Daemon + networking. + + If you'd like to set up a network with other UMLs on a single host, + say Y. If you need a network between UMLs on multiple physical + hosts, choose the Multicast Transport. To set up a network with + the host and/or other IP machines, say Y to the Ethertap or Slip + transports. You'll need at least one of them, but may choose + more than one without conflict. If you don't need UML networking, + say N. + +Ethertap transport +CONFIG_UML_NET_ETHERTAP + The Ethertap User-Mode Linux network transport allows a single + running UML to exchange packets with its host over one of the + host's Ethertap devices, such as /dev/tap0. Additional running + UMLs can use additional Ethertap devices, one per running UML. + While the UML believes it's on a (multi-device, broadcast) virtual + Ethernet network, it's in fact communicating over a point-to-point + link with the host. + + To use this, your host kernel must have support for Ethertap + devices. Also, if your host kernel is 2.4.x, it must have + CONFIG_NETLINK_DEV configured as Y or M. + + For more information, see + <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html> That site + has examples of the UML command line to use to enable Ethertap + networking. + + If you'd like to set up an IP network with the host and/or the + outside world, say Y to this, the Daemon Transport and/or the + Slip Transport. You'll need at least one of them, but may choose + more than one without conflict. If you don't need UML networking, + say N. + +TUN/TAP transport +CONFIG_UML_NET_TUNTAP + The UML TUN/TAP network transport allows a UML instance to exchange + packets with the host over a TUN/TAP device. This option will only + work with a 2.4 host, unless you've applied the TUN/TAP patch to + your 2.2 host kernel. + + To use this transport, your host kernel must have support for TUN/TAP + devices, either built-in or as a module. + +Multicast transport +CONFIG_UML_NET_MCAST + This Multicast User-Mode Linux network transport allows multiple + UMLs (even ones running on different host machines!) to talk to + each other over a virtual ethernet network. However, it requires + at least one UML with one of the other transports to act as a + bridge if any of them need to be able to talk to their hosts or any + other IP machines. + + To use this, your host kernel(s) must support IP Multicasting. + + For more information, see + <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html> That site + has examples of the UML command line to use to enable Multicast + networking, and notes about the security of this approach. + + If you need UMLs on multiple physical hosts to communicate as if + they shared an Ethernet network, say Y. If you need to communicate + with other IP machines, make sure you select one of the other + transports (possibly in addition to Multicast; they're not + exclusive). If you don't need to network UMLs say N to each of + the transports. + +SLIP transport +CONFIG_UML_NET_SLIP + The Slip User-Mode Linux network transport allows a running UML to + network with its host over a point-to-point link. Unlike Ethertap, + which can carry any Ethernet frame (and hence even non-IP packets), + the Slip transport can only carry IP packets. + + To use this, your host must support Slip devices. + + For more information, see + <http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net/networking.html>. That site + has examples of the UML command line to use to enable Slip + networking, and details of a few quirks with it. + + The Ethertap Transport is preferred over Slip because of its + limitation. If you prefer Slip, however, say Y here. Otherwise + choose the Multicast transport (to network multiple UMLs on + multiple hosts), Ethertap (to network with the host and the + outside world), and/or the Daemon transport (to network multiple + UMLs on a single host). You may choose more than one without + conflict. If you don't need UML networking, say N. + +Microtek USB scanner support +CONFIG_USB_MICROTEK + Say Y here if you want support for the Microtek X6USB and + possibly the Phantom 336CX, Phantom C6 and ScanMaker V6U(S)L. + Support for anything but the X6 is experimental. + Please report failures and successes. + The scanner will appear as a scsi generic device to the rest + of the system. Scsi support is required for this driver to compile + and work. SANE 1.0.4 or newer is needed to make use of your scanner. + This driver can be compiled as a module. + +HP53xx and Minolta Dual Scanner support +CONFIG_USB_HPUSBSCSI + Say Y here if you want support for the HP 53xx series of scanners + and the Minolta Scan Dual. This driver is experimental. + The scanner will be accessible as a SCSI device. + +USB Bluetooth support +CONFIG_USB_BLUETOOTH + Say Y here if you want to connect a USB Bluetooth device to your + computer's USB port. You will need the Bluetooth stack (available + at <http://developer.axis.com/software/index.shtml>) to fully use + the device. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called bluetooth.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +USB MIDI support +CONFIG_USB_MIDI + Say Y here if you want to connect a USB MIDI device to your + computer's USB port. This driver is for devices that comply with + 'Universal Serial Bus Device Class Definition for MIDI Device'. + + The following devices are known to work: + * Steinberg USB2MIDI + * Roland MPU64 + * Roland PC-300 + * Roland SC8850 + * Roland UM-1 + * Roland UM-2 + * Roland UA-100 + * Yamaha MU1000 + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called usb-midi.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Minix fs support +CONFIG_MINIX_FS + Minix is a simple operating system used in many classes about OS's. + The minix file system (method to organize files on a hard disk + partition or a floppy disk) was the original file system for Linux, + but has been superseded by the second extended file system ext2fs. + You don't want to use the minix file system on your hard disk + because of certain built-in restrictions, but it is sometimes found + on older Linux floppy disks. This option will enlarge your kernel + by about 28 KB. If unsure, say N. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called minix.o. Note that the file system of your root + partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be compiled as + a module. + +Reiserfs support +CONFIG_REISERFS_FS + Stores not just filenames but the files themselves in a balanced + tree. Uses journalling. + + Balanced trees are more efficient than traditional file system + architectural foundations. + + In general, ReiserFS is as fast as ext2, but is very efficient with + large directories and small files. Additional patches are needed + for NFS and quotas, please see <http://www.reiserfs.org/> for links. + + It is more easily extended to have features currently found in + database and keyword search systems than block allocation based file + systems are. The next version will be so extended, and will support + plugins consistent with our motto ``It takes more than a license to + make source code open.'' + + Read <http://www.reiserfs.org/> to learn more about reiserfs. + + Sponsored by Threshold Networks, Emusic.com, and Bigstorage.com. + + If you like it, you can pay us to add new features to it that you + need, buy a support contract, or pay us to port it to another OS. + +Enable extra Reiserfs consistency checks +CONFIG_REISERFS_CHECK + If you set this to Y, then ReiserFS will perform every check it can + possibly imagine of its internal consistency throughout its + operation. It will also go substantially slower. More than once we + have forgotten that this was on, and then gone despondent over the + latest benchmarks.:-) Use of this option allows our team to go all + out in checking for consistency when debugging without fear of its + effect on end users. If you are on the verge of sending in a bug + report, say Y and you might get a useful error message. Almost + everyone should say N. + +Publish some reiserfs-specific info under /proc/fs/reiserfs +CONFIG_REISERFS_PROC_INFO + Create under /proc/fs/reiserfs a hierarchy of files, displaying + various ReiserFS statistics and internal data at the expense of making + your kernel or module slightly larger (+8 KB). This also increases the + amount of kernel memory required for each mount by 440 bytes. + It isn't useful to average persons, and you probably can't measure the + performance cost of it. If you are fine-tuning reiserfs, say Y, + otherwise say N. + +Second extended fs support +CONFIG_EXT2_FS + This is the de facto standard Linux file system (method to organize + files on a storage device) for hard disks. + + You want to say Y here, unless you intend to use Linux exclusively + from inside a DOS partition using the UMSDOS file system. The + advantage of the latter is that you can get away without + repartitioning your hard drive (which often implies backing + everything up and restoring afterwards); the disadvantage is that + Linux becomes susceptible to DOS viruses and that UMSDOS is somewhat + slower than ext2fs. Even if you want to run Linux in this fashion, + it might be a good idea to have ext2fs around: it enables you to + read more floppy disks and facilitates the transition to a *real* + Linux partition later. Another (rare) case which doesn't require + ext2fs is a diskless Linux box which mounts all files over the + network using NFS (in this case it's sufficient to say Y to "NFS + file system support" below). Saying Y here will enlarge your kernel + by about 44 KB. + + The Ext2fs-Undeletion mini-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, gives information about + how to retrieve deleted files on ext2fs file systems. + + To change the behaviour of ext2 file systems, you can use the tune2fs + utility ("man tune2fs"). To modify attributes of files and + directories on ext2 file systems, use chattr ("man chattr"). + + Ext2fs partitions can be read from within DOS using the ext2tool + command line tool package (available from + <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/ext2/>) and from + within Windows NT using the ext2nt command line tool package from + <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/utils/dos/>. Explore2fs is a + graphical explorer for ext2fs partitions which runs on Windows 95 + and Windows NT and includes experimental write support; it is + available from + <http://jnewbigin-pc.it.swin.edu.au/Linux/Explore2fs.htm>. + + If you want to compile this file system as a module ( = code which + can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you + want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The + module will be called ext2.o. Be aware however that the file system + of your root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot + be compiled as a module, and so this could be dangerous. Most + everyone wants to say Y here. + +Ext3 journalling file system support (EXPERIMENTAL) +CONFIG_EXT3_FS + This is the journalling version of the Second extended file system + (often called ext3), the de facto standard Linux file system + (method to organize files on a storage device) for hard disks. + + The journalling code included in this driver means you do not have + to run e2fsck (file system checker) on your file systems after a + crash. The journal keeps track of any changes that were being made + at the time the system crashed, and can ensure that your file system + is consistent without the need for a lengthy check. + + Other than adding the journal to the file system, the on-disk format + of ext3 is identical to ext2. It is possible to freely switch + between using the ext3 driver and the ext2 driver, as long as the + file system has been cleanly unmounted, or e2fsck is run on the file + system. + + To add a journal on an existing ext2 file system or change the + behaviour of ext3 file systems, you can use the tune2fs utility ("man + tune2fs"). To modify attributes of files and directories on ext3 + file systems, use chattr ("man chattr"). You need to be using + e2fsprogs version 1.20 or later in order to create ext3 journals + (available at <http://sourceforge.net/projects/e2fsprogs/>). + + If you want to compile this file system as a module ( = code which + can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you + want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The + module will be called ext3.o. Be aware however that the file system + of your root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot + be compiled as a module, and so this may be dangerous. + +Journal Block Device support (JBD for ext3) (EXPERIMENTAL) +CONFIG_JBD + This is a generic journalling layer for block devices. It is + currently used by the ext3 file system, but it could also be used to + add journal support to other file systems or block devices such as + RAID or LVM. + + If you are using the ext3 file system, you need to say Y here. If + you are not using ext3 then you will probably want to say N. + + If you want to compile this device as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called jbd.o. If you are compiling ext3 into the kernel, + you cannot compile this code as a module. + +JBD (ext3) debugging support +CONFIG_JBD_DEBUG + If you are using the ext3 journalling file system (or potentially any + other file system/device using JBD), this option allows you to + enable debugging output while the system is running, in order to + help track down any problems you are having. By default the + debugging output will be turned off. + + If you select Y here, then you will be able to turn on debugging + with "echo N > /proc/sys/fs/jbd-debug", where N is a number between + 1 and 5, the higher the number, the more debugging output is + generated. To turn debugging off again, do + "echo 0 > /proc/sys/fs/jbd-debug". + +Buffer Head tracing (DEBUG) +CONFIG_BUFFER_DEBUG + If you are a kernel developer working with file systems or in the + block device layer, this buffer head tracing may help you to track + down bugs in your code. This enables some debugging macros + (BUFFER_TRACE, etc.) which allow you to track the state of a buffer + through various layers of code. The debugging code is used + primarily by ext3 and JBD code. + + Because this option adds considerably to the size of each buffer, + most people will want to say N here. + +BeOS filesystem support (BeFS) (read only) +CONFIG_BEFS_FS + The BeOS File System (BeFS) is the native file system of Be, Inc's + BeOS. Notable features include support for arbitrary attributes + on files and directories, and database-like indices on selected + attributes. (Also note that this driver doesn't make those features + available at this time). It is a 64 bit filesystem, so it supports + extremely large volumes and files. + + If you use this filesystem, you should also say Y to at least one + of the NLS (native language support) options below. + + If you don't know what this is about, say N. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. The module will be + called befs.o. + +Debug BeFS +CONFIG_BEFS_DEBUG + If you say Y here, you can use the 'debug' mount option to enable + debugging output from the driver. This is unlike previous versions + of the driver, where enabling this option would turn on debugging + output automatically. + + Example: + mount -t befs /dev/hda2 /mnt -o debug + +BFS file system support +CONFIG_BFS_FS + Boot File System (BFS) is a file system used under SCO UnixWare to + allow the bootloader access to the kernel image and other important + files during the boot process. It is usually mounted under /stand + and corresponds to the slice marked as "STAND" in the UnixWare + partition. You should say Y if you want to read or write the files + on your /stand slice from within Linux. You then also need to say Y + to "UnixWare slices support", below. More information about the BFS + file system is contained in the file + <file:Documentation/filesystems/bfs.txt>. + + If you don't know what this is about, say N. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called bfs.o. Note that the file system of your root + partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be compiled as + a module. + +Compressed ROM file system support +CONFIG_CRAMFS + Saying Y here includes support for CramFs (Compressed ROM File + System). CramFs is designed to be a simple, small, and compressed + file system for ROM based embedded systems. CramFs is read-only, + limited to 256MB file systems (with 16MB files), and doesn't support + 16/32 bits uid/gid, hard links and timestamps. + + See <file:Documentation/filesystems/cramfs.txt> and + <file:fs/cramfs/README> for further information. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called cramfs.o. Note that the root file system (the one + containing the directory /) cannot be compiled as a module. + + If unsure, say N. + +CMS file system support +CONFIG_CMS_FS + Read only support for CMS minidisk file systems found on IBM + mainframe systems. Only the basic format is supported so far. If + you don't know what CMS is you probably don't want to know any more. + +# When the 2.5 version of configure.help goes away, the part of this that +# duplicates Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt can drop out. +Virtual memory file system support +CONFIG_TMPFS + Tmpfs is a file system which keeps all files in virtual memory. + Everything in tmpfs is temporary in the sense that no files will be + created on your hard drive. If you reboot, everything in tmpfs will + be lost. + + In contrast to RAM disks, which get allocated a fixed amount of + physical RAM, tmpfs grows and shrinks to accommodate the files it + contains and is able to swap unneeded pages out to swap space. + + Everything is "virtual" in the sense that no files will be created + on your hard drive; if you reboot, everything in tmpfs will be + lost. + + You should mount the file system somewhere to be able to use + POSIX shared memory. Adding the following line to /etc/fstab should + take care of things: + + tmpfs /dev/shm tmpfs defaults 0 0 + + Remember to create the directory that you intend to mount tmpfs on + if necessary (/dev/shm is automagically created if you use devfs). + + You can set limits for the number of blocks and inodes used by the + file system with the mount options "size", "nr_blocks" and + "nr_inodes". These parameters accept a suffix k, m or g for kilo, + mega and giga and can be changed on remount. + + The initial permissions of the root directory can be set with the + mount option "mode". + + See <file:Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt> for details. + +Simple RAM-based file system support +CONFIG_RAMFS + Ramfs is a file system which keeps all files in RAM. It allows + read and write access. + + It is more of an programming example than a usable file system. If + you need a file system which lives in RAM with limit checking use + tmpfs. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called ramfs.o. + +ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system support +CONFIG_ISO9660_FS + This is the standard file system used on CD-ROMs. It was previously + known as "High Sierra File System" and is called "hsfs" on other + Unix systems. The so-called Rock-Ridge extensions which allow for + long Unix filenames and symbolic links are also supported by this + driver. If you have a CD-ROM drive and want to do more with it than + just listen to audio CDs and watch its LEDs, say Y (and read + <file:Documentation/filesystems/isofs.txt> and the CD-ROM-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>), thereby + enlarging your kernel by about 27 KB; otherwise say N. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called isofs.o. + +Microsoft Joliet CD-ROM extensions +CONFIG_JOLIET + Joliet is a Microsoft extension for the ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system + which allows for long filenames in unicode format (unicode is the + new 16 bit character code, successor to ASCII, which encodes the + characters of almost all languages of the world; see + <http://www.unicode.org/> for more information). Say Y here if you + want to be able to read Joliet CD-ROMs under Linux. + +Transparent decompression extension +CONFIG_ZISOFS + This is a Linux-specific extension to RockRidge which lets you store + data in compressed form on a CD-ROM and have it transparently + decompressed when the CD-ROM is accessed. See + <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/fs/zisofs/> for the tools + necessary to create such a filesystem. Say Y here if you want to be + able to read such compressed CD-ROMs. + +UDF file system support (read-only) +CONFIG_UDF_FS + This is the new file system used on some CD-ROMs and DVDs. Say Y if + you intend to mount DVD discs or CDRW's written in packet mode, or + if written to by other UDF utilities, such as DirectCD. This UDF + file system support is read-only. If you want to write to UDF + file systems on some media, you need to say Y to "UDF read-write + support" below in addition. Please read + <file:Documentation/filesystems/udf.txt>. + + This file system support is also available as a module ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). The module is called udf.o. If you want to + compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + If unsure, say N. + +UDF write support (DANGEROUS) +CONFIG_UDF_RW + Say Y if you want to test write support for UDF file systems. + Due to lack of support for writing to CDR/CDRW's, this option + is only supported for hard discs, DVD-RAM, and loopback files. + +DOS FAT fs support +CONFIG_FAT_FS + If you want to use one of the FAT-based file systems (the MS-DOS, + VFAT (Windows 95) and UMSDOS (used to run Linux on top of an + ordinary DOS partition) file systems), then you must say Y or M here + to include FAT support. You will then be able to mount partitions or + diskettes with FAT-based file systems and transparently access the + files on them, i.e. MSDOS files will look and behave just like all + other Unix files. + + This FAT support is not a file system in itself, it only provides + the foundation for the other file systems. You will have to say Y or + M to at least one of "MSDOS fs support" or "VFAT fs support" in + order to make use of it. + + Another way to read and write MSDOS floppies and hard drive + partitions from within Linux (but not transparently) is with the + mtools ("man mtools") program suite. You don't need to say Y here in + order to do that. + + If you need to move large files on floppies between a DOS and a + Linux box, say Y here, mount the floppy under Linux with an MSDOS + file system and use GNU tar's M option. GNU tar is a program + available for Unix and DOS ("man tar" or "info tar"). + + It is now also becoming possible to read and write compressed FAT + file systems; read <file:Documentation/filesystems/fat_cvf.txt> for + details. + + The FAT support will enlarge your kernel by about 37 KB. If unsure, + say Y. + + If you want to compile this as a module however ( = code which can + be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you + want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The + module will be called fat.o. Note that if you compile the FAT + support as a module, you cannot compile any of the FAT-based file + systems into the kernel -- they will have to be modules as well. + The file system of your root partition (the one containing the + directory /) cannot be a module, so don't say M here if you intend + to use UMSDOS as your root file system. + +MSDOS fs support +CONFIG_MSDOS_FS + This allows you to mount MSDOS partitions of your hard drive (unless + they are compressed; to access compressed MSDOS partitions under + Linux, you can either use the DOS emulator DOSEMU, described in the + DOSEMU-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>, or try dmsdosfs in + <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/filesystems/dosfs/>. If you + intend to use dosemu with a non-compressed MSDOS partition, say Y + here) and MSDOS floppies. This means that file access becomes + transparent, i.e. the MSDOS files look and behave just like all + other Unix files. + + If you want to use UMSDOS, the Unix-like file system on top of a + DOS file system, which allows you to run Linux from within a DOS + partition without repartitioning, you'll have to say Y or M here. + + If you have Windows 95 or Windows NT installed on your MSDOS + partitions, you should use the VFAT file system (say Y to "VFAT fs + support" below), or you will not be able to see the long filenames + generated by Windows 95 / Windows NT. + + This option will enlarge your kernel by about 7 KB. If unsure, + answer Y. This will only work if you said Y to "DOS FAT fs support" + as well. If you want to compile this as a module however ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want), say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called msdos.o. + +VFAT (Windows-95) fs support +CONFIG_VFAT_FS + This option provides support for normal Windows file systems with + long filenames. That includes non-compressed FAT-based file systems + used by Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT 4.0, and the Unix + programs from the mtools package. + + You cannot use the VFAT file system for your Linux root partition + (the one containing the directory /); use UMSDOS instead if you + want to run Linux from within a DOS partition (i.e. say Y to + "Unix like fs on top of std MSDOS fs", below). + + The VFAT support enlarges your kernel by about 10 KB and it only + works if you said Y to the "DOS FAT fs support" above. Please read + the file <file:Documentation/filesystems/vfat.txt> for details. If + unsure, say Y. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called vfat.o. + +Unix-like file system on top of standard MSDOS fs +CONFIG_UMSDOS_FS + Say Y here if you want to run Linux from within an existing DOS + partition of your hard drive. The advantage of this is that you can + get away without repartitioning your hard drive (which often implies + backing everything up and restoring afterwards) and hence you're + able to quickly try out Linux or show it to your friends; the + disadvantage is that Linux becomes susceptible to DOS viruses and + that UMSDOS is somewhat slower than ext2fs. Another use of UMSDOS + is to write files with long unix filenames to MSDOS floppies; it + also allows Unix-style soft-links and owner/permissions of files on + MSDOS floppies. You will need a program called umssync in order to + make use of UMSDOS; read + <file:Documentation/filesystems/umsdos.txt>. + + To get utilities for initializing/checking UMSDOS file system, or + latest patches and/or information, visit the UMSDOS home page at + <http://www.voyager.hr/~mnalis/umsdos/>. + + This option enlarges your kernel by about 28 KB and it only works if + you said Y to both "DOS FAT fs support" and "MSDOS fs support" + above. If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can + be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you + want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The + module will be called umsdos.o. Note that the file system of your + root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be a + module, so saying M could be dangerous. If unsure, say N. + +/proc file system support +CONFIG_PROC_FS + This is a virtual file system providing information about the status + of the system. "Virtual" means that it doesn't take up any space on + your hard disk: the files are created on the fly by the kernel when + you try to access them. Also, you cannot read the files with older + version of the program less: you need to use more or cat. + + It's totally cool; for example, "cat /proc/interrupts" gives + information about what the different IRQs are used for at the moment + (there is a small number of Interrupt ReQuest lines in your computer + that are used by the attached devices to gain the CPU's attention -- + often a source of trouble if two devices are mistakenly configured + to use the same IRQ). The program procinfo to display some + information about your system gathered from the /proc file system. + + Before you can use the /proc file system, it has to be mounted, + meaning it has to be given a location in the directory hierarchy. + That location should be /proc. A command such as "mount -t proc proc + /proc" or the equivalent line in /etc/fstab does the job. + + The /proc file system is explained in the file + <file:Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt> and on the proc(5) manpage + ("man 5 proc"). + + This option will enlarge your kernel by about 67 KB. Several + programs depend on this, so everyone should say Y here. + +Support for PReP Residual Data +CONFIG_PREP_RESIDUAL + Some PReP systems have residual data passed to the kernel by the + firmware. This allows detection of memory size, devices present and + other useful pieces of information. Sometimes this information is + not present or incorrect. + + Unless you expect to boot on a PReP system, there is no need to + select Y. + +PReP residual data available in /proc/residual +CONFIG_PROC_PREPRESIDUAL + Enabling this option will create a /proc/residual file which allows + you to get at the residual data on PReP systems. You will need a tool + (lsresidual) to parse it. If you aren't on a PReP system, you don't + want this. + +/dev file system support +CONFIG_DEVFS_FS + This is support for devfs, a virtual file system (like /proc) which + provides the file system interface to device drivers, normally found + in /dev. Devfs does not depend on major and minor number + allocations. Device drivers register entries in /dev which then + appear automatically, which means that the system administrator does + not have to create character and block special device files in the + /dev directory using the mknod command (or MAKEDEV script) anymore. + + This is work in progress. If you want to use this, you *must* read + the material in <file:Documentation/filesystems/devfs/>, especially + the file README there. + + If unsure, say N. + +Automatically mount devfs at boot time +CONFIG_DEVFS_MOUNT + This option appears if you have CONFIG_DEVFS_FS enabled. Setting + this to 'Y' will make the kernel automatically mount devfs onto /dev + when the system is booted, before the init thread is started. + You can override this with the "devfs=nomount" boot option. + + If unsure, say N. + +Debug devfs +CONFIG_DEVFS_DEBUG + If you say Y here, then the /dev file system code will generate + debugging messages. See the file + <file:Documentation/filesystems/devfs/boot-options> for more + details. + + If unsure, say N. + +NFS file system support +CONFIG_NFS_FS + If you are connected to some other (usually local) Unix computer + (using SLIP, PLIP, PPP or Ethernet) and want to mount files residing + on that computer (the NFS server) using the Network File Sharing + protocol, say Y. "Mounting files" means that the client can access + the files with usual UNIX commands as if they were sitting on the + client's hard disk. For this to work, the server must run the + programs nfsd and mountd (but does not need to have NFS file system + support enabled in its kernel). NFS is explained in the Network + Administrator's Guide, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#guide>, on its man page: "man + nfs", and in the NFS-HOWTO. + + A superior but less widely used alternative to NFS is provided by + the Coda file system; see "Coda file system support" below. + + If you say Y here, you should have said Y to TCP/IP networking also. + This option would enlarge your kernel by about 27 KB. + + This file system is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called nfs.o. If you want to compile it as a module, + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + If you are configuring a diskless machine which will mount its root + file system over NFS at boot time, say Y here and to "Kernel + level IP autoconfiguration" above and to "Root file system on NFS" + below. You cannot compile this driver as a module in this case. + There are two packages designed for booting diskless machines over + the net: netboot, available from + <http://ftp1.sourceforge.net/netboot/>, and Etherboot, + available from <http://ftp1.sourceforge.net/etherboot/>. + + If you don't know what all this is about, say N. + +Provide NFSv3 client support +CONFIG_NFS_V3 + Say Y here if you want your NFS client to be able to speak the newer + version 3 of the NFS protocol. + + If unsure, say N. + +Root file system on NFS +CONFIG_ROOT_NFS + If you want your Linux box to mount its whole root file system (the + one containing the directory /) from some other computer over the + net via NFS (presumably because your box doesn't have a hard disk), + say Y. Read <file:Documentation/nfsroot.txt> for details. It is + likely that in this case, you also want to say Y to "Kernel level IP + autoconfiguration" so that your box can discover its network address + at boot time. + + Most people say N here. + +NFS server support +CONFIG_NFSD + If you want your Linux box to act as an NFS *server*, so that other + computers on your local network which support NFS can access certain + directories on your box transparently, you have two options: you can + use the self-contained user space program nfsd, in which case you + should say N here, or you can say Y and use the kernel based NFS + server. The advantage of the kernel based solution is that it is + faster. + + In either case, you will need support software; the respective + locations are given in the file <file:Documentation/Changes> in the + NFS section. + + If you say Y here, you will get support for version 2 of the NFS + protocol (NFSv2). If you also want NFSv3, say Y to the next question + as well. + + Please read the NFS-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + The NFS server is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called nfsd.o. If you want to compile it as a module, + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, + say N. + +Provide NFSv3 server support +CONFIG_NFSD_V3 + If you would like to include the NFSv3 server as well as the NFSv2 + server, say Y here. If unsure, say Y. + +Provide NFS over TCP server support EXPERIMENTAL +CONFIG_NFSD_TCP + Enable NFS service over TCP connections. This the officially + still experimental, but seems to work well. + +OS/2 HPFS file system support +CONFIG_HPFS_FS + OS/2 is IBM's operating system for PC's, the same as Warp, and HPFS + is the file system used for organizing files on OS/2 hard disk + partitions. Say Y if you want to be able to read files from and + write files to an OS/2 HPFS partition on your hard drive. OS/2 + floppies however are in regular MSDOS format, so you don't need this + option in order to be able to read them. Read + <file:Documentation/filesystems/hpfs.txt>. + + This file system is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called hpfs.o. If you want to compile it as a module, + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, + say N. + +NTFS file system support (read-only) +CONFIG_NTFS_FS + NTFS is the file system of Microsoft Windows NT. Say Y if you want + to get read access to files on NTFS partitions of your hard drive. + The Linux NTFS driver supports most of the mount options of the VFAT + driver, see <file:Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt>. Saying Y here + will give you read-only access to NTFS partitions. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called ntfs.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +NTFS write support (DANGEROUS) +CONFIG_NTFS_RW + If you say Y here, you will (maybe) be able to write to NTFS file + systems as well as read from them. The read-write support in NTFS + is far from being complete and is not well tested. If you say Y + here, back up your NTFS volume first, since it will probably get + damaged. Also, download the Linux-NTFS project distribution from + Sourceforge at <http://linux-ntfs.sf.net/> and always run the + included ntfsfix utility after writing to an NTFS partition from + Linux to fix some of the damage done by the driver. You should run + ntfsfix _after_ unmounting the partition in Linux but _before_ + rebooting into Windows. When Windows next boots, chkdsk will be + run automatically to fix the remaining damage. + Please note that write support is limited to Windows NT4 and + earlier versions. + + If unsure, say N. + +System V/Xenix/V7/Coherent file system support +CONFIG_SYSV_FS + SCO, Xenix and Coherent are commercial Unix systems for Intel + machines, and Version 7 was used on the DEC PDP-11. Saying Y + here would allow you to read from their floppies and hard disk + partitions. + + If you have floppies or hard disk partitions like that, it is likely + that they contain binaries from those other Unix systems; in order + to run these binaries, you will want to install linux-abi which is a + a set of kernel modules that lets you run SCO, Xenix, Wyse, + UnixWare, Dell Unix and System V programs under Linux. It is + available via FTP (user: ftp) from + <ftp://ftp.openlinux.org/pub/people/hch/linux-abi/>). + NOTE: that will work only for binaries from Intel-based systems; + PDP ones will have to wait until somebody ports Linux to -11 ;-) + + If you only intend to mount files from some other Unix over the + network using NFS, you don't need the System V file system support + (but you need NFS file system support obviously). + + Note that this option is generally not needed for floppies, since a + good portable way to transport files and directories between unixes + (and even other operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man + tar" or preferably "info tar"). Note also that this option has + nothing whatsoever to do with the option "System V IPC". Read about + the System V file system in + <file:Documentation/filesystems/sysv-fs.txt>. + Saying Y here will enlarge your kernel by about 27 KB. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called sysv.o. + + If you haven't heard about all of this before, it's safe to say N. + +Amiga FFS file system support +CONFIG_AFFS_FS + The Fast File System (FFS) is the common file system used on hard + disks by Amiga(tm) systems since AmigaOS Version 1.3 (34.20). Say Y + if you want to be able to read and write files from and to an Amiga + FFS partition on your hard drive. Amiga floppies however cannot be + read with this driver due to an incompatibility of the floppy + controller used in an Amiga and the standard floppy controller in + PCs and workstations. Read <file:Documentation/filesystems/affs.txt> + and <file:fs/affs/Changes>. + + With this driver you can also mount disk files used by Bernd + Schmidt's Un*X Amiga Emulator + (<http://www.freiburg.linux.de/~uae/>). + If you want to do this, you will also need to say Y or M to "Loop + device support", above. + + This file system is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called affs.o. If you want to compile it as a module, + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If unsure, + say N. + +Apple Macintosh file system support +CONFIG_HFS_FS + If you say Y here, you will be able to mount Macintosh-formatted + floppy disks and hard drive partitions with full read-write access. + Please read <file:fs/hfs/HFS.txt> to learn about the available mount + options. + + This file system support is also available as a module ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). The module is called hfs.o. If you want to + compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +ROM file system support +CONFIG_ROMFS_FS + This is a very small read-only file system mainly intended for + initial ram disks of installation disks, but it could be used for + other read-only media as well. Read + <file:Documentation/filesystems/romfs.txt> for details. + + This file system support is also available as a module ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). The module is called romfs.o. If you want to + compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. Note that the file system of your + root partition (the one containing the directory /) cannot be a + module. + + If you don't know whether you need it, then you don't need it: + answer N. + +QNX4 file system support (read only) +CONFIG_QNX4FS_FS + This is the file system used by the real-time operating systems + QNX 4 and QNX 6 (the latter is also called QNX RTP). + Further information is available at <http://www.qnx.com/>. + Say Y if you intend to mount QNX hard disks or floppies. + Unless you say Y to "QNX4FS read-write support" below, you will + only be able to read these file systems. + + This file system support is also available as a module ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want). The module is called qnx4.o. If you want to + compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + If you don't know whether you need it, then you don't need it: + answer N. + +QNX4FS write support (DANGEROUS) +CONFIG_QNX4FS_RW + Say Y if you want to test write support for QNX4 file systems. + + It's currently broken, so for now: + answer N. + +Kernel automounter support +CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS + The automounter is a tool to automatically mount remote file systems + on demand. This implementation is partially kernel-based to reduce + overhead in the already-mounted case; this is unlike the BSD + automounter (amd), which is a pure user space daemon. + + To use the automounter you need the user-space tools from the autofs + package; you can find the location in <file:Documentation/Changes>. + You also want to answer Y to "NFS file system support", below. + + If you want to use the newer version of the automounter with more + features, say N here and say Y to "Kernel automounter v4 support", + below. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called autofs.o. + + If you are not a part of a fairly large, distributed network, you + probably do not need an automounter, and can say N here. + +Kernel automounter version 4 support (also supports v3) +CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS + The automounter is a tool to automatically mount remote file systems + on demand. This implementation is partially kernel-based to reduce + overhead in the already-mounted case; this is unlike the BSD + automounter (amd), which is a pure user space daemon. + + To use the automounter you need the user-space tools from + <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/autofs/testing-v4/>; you also + want to answer Y to "NFS file system support", below. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called autofs4.o. You will need to add "alias autofs + autofs4" to your modules configuration file. + + If you are not a part of a fairly large, distributed network or + don't have a laptop which needs to dynamically reconfigure to the + local network, you probably do not need an automounter, and can say + N here. + +EFS file system support (read-only) +CONFIG_EFS_FS + EFS is an older file system used for non-ISO9660 CD-ROMs and hard + disk partitions by SGI's IRIX operating system (IRIX 6.0 and newer + uses the XFS file system for hard disk partitions however). + + This implementation only offers read-only access. If you don't know + what all this is about, it's safe to say N. For more information + about EFS see its home page at <http://aeschi.ch.eu.org/efs/>. + + If you want to compile the EFS file system support as a module ( = + code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want), say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called efs.o. + +Journalling Flash File System (JFFS) support +CONFIG_JFFS_FS + JFFS is the Journalling Flash File System developed by Axis + Communications in Sweden, aimed at providing a crash/powerdown-safe + file system for disk-less embedded devices. Further information is + available at (<http://developer.axis.com/software/jffs/>). + +JFFS debugging verbosity (0 = quiet, 3 = noisy) +CONFIG_JFFS_FS_VERBOSE + Determines the verbosity level of the JFFS debugging messages. + +Journalling Flash File System v2 (JFFS2) support +CONFIG_JFFS2_FS + JFFS2 is the second generation of the Journalling Flash File System + for use on diskless embedded devices. It provides improved wear + levelling, compression and support for hard links. You cannot use + this on normal block devices, only on 'MTD' devices. + + Further information should be made available soon at + <http://sources.redhat.com/jffs2/>. + +JFFS2 debugging verbosity (0 = quiet, 2 = noisy) +CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_DEBUG + This controls the amount of debugging messages produced by the JFFS2 + code. Set it to zero for use in production systems. For evaluation, + testing and debugging, it's advisable to set it to one. This will + enable a few assertions and will print debugging messages at the + KERN_DEBUG loglevel, where they won't normally be visible. Level 2 + is unlikely to be useful - it enables extra debugging in certain + areas which at one point needed debugging, but when the bugs were + located and fixed, the detailed messages were relegated to level 2. + + If reporting bugs, please try to have available a full dump of the + messages at debug level 1 while the misbehaviour was occurring. + +JFFS stats available in /proc filesystem +CONFIG_JFFS_PROC_FS + Enabling this option will cause statistics from mounted JFFS file systems + to be made available to the user in the /proc/fs/jffs/ directory. + +UFS file system support (read-only) +CONFIG_UFS_FS + BSD and derivate versions of Unix (such as SunOS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, + OpenBSD and NeXTstep) use a file system called UFS. Some System V + Unixes can create and mount hard disk partitions and diskettes using + this file system as well. Saying Y here will allow you to read from + these partitions; if you also want to write to them, say Y to the + experimental "UFS file system write support", below. Please read the + file <file:Documentation/filesystems/ufs.txt> for more information. + + If you only intend to mount files from some other Unix over the + network using NFS, you don't need the UFS file system support (but + you need NFS file system support obviously). + + Note that this option is generally not needed for floppies, since a + good portable way to transport files and directories between unixes + (and even other operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man + tar" or preferably "info tar"). + + When accessing NeXTstep files, you may need to convert them from the + NeXT character set to the Latin1 character set; use the program + recode ("info recode") for this purpose. + + If you want to compile the UFS file system support as a module ( = + code which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want), say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called ufs.o. + + If you haven't heard about all of this before, it's safe to say N. + +UFS file system write support (DANGEROUS) +CONFIG_UFS_FS_WRITE + Say Y here if you want to try writing to UFS partitions. This is + experimental, so you should back up your UFS partitions beforehand. + +Advanced partition selection +CONFIG_PARTITION_ADVANCED + Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which + were partitioned under an operating system running on a different + architecture than your Linux system. + + Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all + the questions about foreign partitioning schemes. + + If unsure, say N. + +Acorn partition support +CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION + Support hard disks partitioned under Acorn operating systems. + +Native filecore partition support +CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ADFS + The Acorn Disc Filing System is the standard file system of the + RiscOS operating system which runs on Acorn's ARM-based Risc PC + systems and the Acorn Archimedes range of machines. If you say + `Y' here, Linux will support disk partitions created under ADFS. + +PowerTec partition support +CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_POWERTEC + Support reading partition tables created on Acorn machines using + the PowerTec SCSI drive. + +RISCiX partition support +CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_RISCIX + Once upon a time, there was a native Unix port for the Acorn series + of machines called RISCiX. If you say 'Y' here, Linux will be able + to read disks partitioned under RISCiX. + +ICS partition support +CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ICS + Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which + were partitioned using the ICS interface on Acorn machines. + +Alpha OSF partition support +CONFIG_OSF_PARTITION + Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which + were partitioned on an Alpha machine. + +Macintosh partition map support +CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION + Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which + were partitioned on a Macintosh. + +Windows Logical Disk Manager (Dynamic Disk) support (EXPERIMENTAL) +CONFIG_LDM_PARTITION + Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which + were partitioned using Windows 2000's or XP's Logical Disk Manager. + They are also known as "Dynamic Disks". + + Windows 2000 introduced the concept of Dynamic Disks to get around + the limitations of the PC's partitioning scheme. The Logical Disk + Manager allows the user to repartition a disk and create spanned, + mirrored, striped or RAID volumes, all without the need for + rebooting. + + Normal partitions are now called Basic Disks under Windows 2000 and + XP. + + Technical documentation to accompany this driver is available from: + <http://linux-ntfs.sf.net/ldm/>. + + If unsure, say N. + +Windows LDM extra logging +CONFIG_LDM_DEBUG + Say Y here if you would like LDM to log verbosely. This could be + helpful if the driver doesn't work as expected and you'd like to + report a bug. + + If unsure, say N. + +PC BIOS (MSDOS partition tables) support +CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION + Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which + were partitioned on an x86 PC (not necessarily by DOS). + +Amiga partition table support +CONFIG_AMIGA_PARTITION + Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which + were partitioned under AmigaOS. + +Atari partition table support +CONFIG_ATARI_PARTITION + Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which + were partitioned under the Atari OS. + +BSD disklabel (FreeBSD partition tables) support +CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL + FreeBSD uses its own hard disk partition scheme on your PC. It + requires only one entry in the primary partition table of your disk + and manages it similarly to DOS extended partitions, putting in its + first sector a new partition table in BSD disklabel format. Saying Y + here allows you to read these disklabels and further mount FreeBSD + partitions from within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS + file system support", above. If you don't know what all this is + about, say N. + +Minix subpartition support +CONFIG_MINIX_SUBPARTITION + Minix 2.0.0/2.0.2 subpartition table support for Linux. + Say Y here if you want to mount and use Minix 2.0.0/2.0.2 + subpartitions. + +Sun partition table support +CONFIG_SUN_PARTITION + Like most systems, SunOS uses its own hard disk partition table + format, incompatible with all others. Saying Y here allows you to + read these partition tables and further mount SunOS partitions from + within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS file system support", + above. This is mainly used to carry data from a SPARC under SunOS to + your Linux box via a removable medium like magneto-optical or ZIP + drives; note however that a good portable way to transport files and + directories between unixes (and even other operating systems) is + given by the tar program ("man tar" or preferably "info tar"). If + you don't know what all this is about, say N. + +Solaris (x86) partition table support +CONFIG_SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION + Like most systems, Solaris x86 uses its own hard disk partition + table format, incompatible with all others. Saying Y here allows you + to read these partition tables and further mount Solaris x86 + partitions from within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS + file system support", above. + +SGI partition support +CONFIG_SGI_PARTITION + Say Y here if you would like to be able to read the hard disk + partition table format used by SGI machines. + +Intel EFI GUID partition support +CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION + Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which + were partitioned using EFI GPT. Presently only useful on the + IA-64 platform. + +Ultrix partition table support +CONFIG_ULTRIX_PARTITION + Say Y here if you would like to be able to read the hard disk + partition table format used by DEC (now Compaq) Ultrix machines. + Otherwise, say N. + +IBM disk label and partition support +CONFIG_IBM_PARTITION + You have to say Y here if you would like to be able to read volume + labels of IBM DASD disks. These can be ECKD DASD disks with + compatible disk layout (cdl) and standard Linux disk layout (ldl), + FBA DASD disks and CMS reserved minidisks. + Otherwise, say N and you will not be able to access these disks. + +ADFS file system support +CONFIG_ADFS_FS + The Acorn Disc Filing System is the standard file system of the + RiscOS operating system which runs on Acorn's ARM-based Risc PC + systems and the Acorn Archimedes range of machines. If you say Y + here, Linux will be able to read from ADFS partitions on hard drives + and from ADFS-formatted floppy discs. If you also want to be able to + write to those devices, say Y to "ADFS write support" below. + + The ADFS partition should be the first partition (i.e., + /dev/[hs]d?1) on each of your drives. Please read the file + <file:Documentation/filesystems/adfs.txt> for further details. + + This code is also available as a module called adfs.o ( = code which + can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you + want). If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + If unsure, say N. + +ADFS write support (DANGEROUS) +CONFIG_ADFS_FS_RW + If you say Y here, you will be able to write to ADFS partitions on + hard drives and ADFS-formatted floppy disks. This is experimental + codes, so if you're unsure, say N. + +JFS filesystem support +CONFIG_JFS_FS + This is a port of IBM's Journalling Filesystem . More information is + available in the file Documentation/filesystems/jfs.txt. + + If you do not intend to use the JFS filesystem, say N. + +JFS Debugging +CONFIG_JFS_DEBUG + If you are experiencing any problems with the JFS filesystem, say + Y here. This will result in additional debugging messages to be + written to the system log. Under normal circumstances, this + results in very little overhead. + +JFS Statistics +CONFIG_JFS_STATISTICS + Enabling this option will cause statistics from the JFS file system + to be made available to the user in the /proc/fs/jfs/ directory. + +/dev/pts file system for Unix98 PTYs +CONFIG_DEVPTS_FS + You should say Y here if you said Y to "Unix98 PTY support" above. + You'll then get a virtual file system which can be mounted on + /dev/pts with "mount -t devpts". This, together with the pseudo + terminal master multiplexer /dev/ptmx, is used for pseudo terminal + support as described in The Open Group's Unix98 standard: in order + to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens /dev/ptmx; the number + of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and the + pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as /dev/pts/<number>. What was + traditionally /dev/ttyp2 will then be /dev/pts/2, for example. + + The GNU C library glibc 2.1 contains the requisite support for this + mode of operation; you also need client programs that use the Unix98 + API. Please read <file:Documentation/Changes> for more information + about the Unix98 pty devices. + + Note that the experimental "/dev file system support" + (CONFIG_DEVFS_FS) is a more general facility. + +FreeVxFS file system support (VERITAS VxFS(TM) compatible) +CONFIG_VXFS_FS + FreeVxFS is a file system driver that support the VERITAS VxFS(TM) + file system format. VERITAS VxFS(TM) is the standard file system + of SCO UnixWare (and possibly others) and optionally available + for Sunsoft Solaris, HP-UX and many other operating systems. + Currently only readonly access is supported. + + NOTE: the file system type as used by mount(1), mount(2) and + fstab(5) is 'vxfs' as it describes the file system format, not + the actual driver. + + This file system is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called freevxfs.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If + unsure, say N. + +UnixWare slices support +CONFIG_UNIXWARE_DISKLABEL + Like some systems, UnixWare uses its own slice table inside a + partition (VTOC - Virtual Table of Contents). Its format is + incompatible with all other OSes. Saying Y here allows you to read + VTOC and further mount UnixWare partitions read-only from within + Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS file system support" or + "System V and Coherent file system support", above. + + This is mainly used to carry data from a UnixWare box to your + Linux box via a removable medium like magneto-optical, ZIP or + removable IDE drives. Note, however, that a good portable way to + transport files and directories between unixes (and even other + operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man tar" or + preferably "info tar"). + + If you don't know what all this is about, say N. + +CIFS (Common Internet File System) support +CONFIG_CIFS + This is the client VFS module for the Common Internet File System + (CIFS) protocol which is the successor to the Server Message Block + (SMB) protocol, the native file sharing mechanism for most early + PC operating systems. CIFS is fully supported by current network + file servers such as Windows 2000, Windows 2003 (including + Windows XP) as well by Samba (which provides excellent CIFS + server support for Linux and many other operating systems). + The smbfs module should be used instead of this cifs module for + mounting to older SMB servers such as OS/2. The smbfs and cifs + modules can coexist and do not conflict. + + The intent of this module is to provide the most advanced network + file system function for CIFS compliant servers, including better + POSIX compliance, secure per-user session establishment, high + performance safe distributed caching (oplock), optional packet + signing, Unicode support and other internationalization improvements + For more information see the project page at + http://us1.samba.org/samba/Linux_CIFS_client.html + +CIFS Debugging +CONFIG_CIFS_DEBUG + If you are experiencing any problems with the CIFS filesystem, say + Y here. This will result in additional debugging messages to be + written to the system log. Under normal circumstances, this + results in very little overhead. + +SMB file system support (to mount Windows shares etc.) +CONFIG_SMB_FS + SMB (Server Message Block) is the protocol Windows for Workgroups + (WfW), Windows 95/98, Windows NT and OS/2 Lan Manager use to share + files and printers over local networks. Saying Y here allows you to + mount their file systems (often called "shares" in this context) and + access them just like any other Unix directory. Currently, this + works only if the Windows machines use TCP/IP as the underlying + transport protocol, and not NetBEUI. For details, read + <file:Documentation/filesystems/smbfs.txt> and the SMB-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + Note: if you just want your box to act as an SMB *server* and make + files and printing services available to Windows clients (which need + to have a TCP/IP stack), you don't need to say Y here; you can use + the program SAMBA (available from <ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/samba/>) + for that. + + General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and + Macs is on the WWW at <http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html>. + + If you want to compile the SMB support as a module ( = code which + can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you + want), say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The + module will be called smbfs.o. Most people say N, however. + +Use a default NLS +CONFIG_SMB_NLS_DEFAULT + Enabling this will make smbfs use nls translations by default. You + need to specify the local charset (CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT) in the nls + settings and you need to give the default nls for the SMB server as + CONFIG_SMB_NLS_REMOTE. + + The nls settings can be changed at mount time, if your smbmount + supports that, using the codepage and iocharset parameters. + + smbmount from samba 2.2.0 or later supports this. + +Default Remote NLS Option +CONFIG_SMB_NLS_REMOTE + This setting allows you to specify a default value for which + codepage the server uses. If this field is left blank no + translations will be done by default. The local codepage/charset + default to CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT. + + The nls settings can be changed at mount time, if your smbmount + supports that, using the codepage and iocharset parameters. + + smbmount from samba 2.2.0 or later supports this. + +Coda file system support (advanced network fs) +CONFIG_CODA_FS + Coda is an advanced network file system, similar to NFS in that it + enables you to mount file systems of a remote server and access them + with regular Unix commands as if they were sitting on your hard + disk. Coda has several advantages over NFS: support for + disconnected operation (e.g. for laptops), read/write server + replication, security model for authentication and encryption, + persistent client caches and write back caching. + + If you say Y here, your Linux box will be able to act as a Coda + *client*. You will need user level code as well, both for the + client and server. Servers are currently user level, i.e. they need + no kernel support. Please read + <file:Documentation/filesystems/coda.txt> and check out the Coda + home page <http://www.coda.cs.cmu.edu/>. + + If you want to compile the coda client support as a module ( = code + which can be inserted in and removed from the running kernel + whenever you want), say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called coda.o. + +InterMezzo file system support (replicating fs) +CONFIG_INTERMEZZO_FS + InterMezzo is a networked file system with disconnected operation + and kernel level write back caching. It is most often used for + replicating potentially large trees or keeping laptop/desktop copies + in sync. + + If you say Y or M your kernel or module will provide InterMezzo + support. You will also need a file server daemon, which you can get + from <http://www.inter-mezzo.org/>. + +NCP file system support (to mount NetWare volumes) +CONFIG_NCP_FS + NCP (NetWare Core Protocol) is a protocol that runs over IPX and is + used by Novell NetWare clients to talk to file servers. It is to + IPX what NFS is to TCP/IP, if that helps. Saying Y here allows you + to mount NetWare file server volumes and to access them just like + any other Unix directory. For details, please read the file + <file:Documentation/filesystems/ncpfs.txt> in the kernel source and + the IPX-HOWTO from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + You do not have to say Y here if you want your Linux box to act as a + file *server* for Novell NetWare clients. + + General information about how to connect Linux, Windows machines and + Macs is on the WWW at <http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called ncpfs.o. Say N unless you are connected to a Novell + network. + +Packet signatures +CONFIG_NCPFS_PACKET_SIGNING + NCP allows packets to be signed for stronger security. If you want + security, say Y. Normal users can leave it off. To be able to use + packet signing you must use ncpfs > 2.0.12. + +Proprietary file locking +CONFIG_NCPFS_IOCTL_LOCKING + Allows locking of records on remote volumes. Say N unless you have + special applications which are able to utilize this locking scheme. + +Clear remove/delete inhibit when needed +CONFIG_NCPFS_STRONG + Allows manipulation of files flagged as Delete or Rename Inhibit. + To use this feature you must mount volumes with the ncpmount + parameter "-s" (ncpfs-2.0.12 and newer). Say Y unless you are not + mounting volumes with -f 444. + +Use NFS namespace if available +CONFIG_NCPFS_NFS_NS + Allows you to utilize NFS namespace on NetWare servers. It brings + you case sensitive filenames. Say Y. You can disable it at + mount-time with the `-N nfs' parameter of ncpmount. + +Use LONG (OS/2) namespace if available +CONFIG_NCPFS_OS2_NS + Allows you to utilize OS2/LONG namespace on NetWare servers. + Filenames in this namespace are limited to 255 characters, they are + case insensitive, and case in names is preserved. Say Y. You can + disable it at mount time with the -N os2 parameter of ncpmount. + +Lowercase DOS filenames on LONG namespace volume +CONFIG_NCPFS_SMALLDOS + If you say Y here, every filename on a NetWare server volume using + the OS2/LONG namespace and created under DOS or on a volume using + DOS namespace will be converted to lowercase characters. + Saying N here will give you these filenames in uppercase. + + This is only a cosmetic option since the OS2/LONG namespace is case + insensitive. The only major reason for this option is backward + compatibility when moving from DOS to OS2/LONG namespace support. + Long filenames (created by Win95) will not be affected. + + This option does not solve the problem that filenames appear + differently under Linux and under Windows, since Windows does an + additional conversions on the client side. You can achieve similar + effects by saying Y to "Allow using of Native Language Support" + below. + +Use Native Language Support +CONFIG_NCPFS_NLS + Allows you to use codepages and I/O charsets for file name + translation between the server file system and input/output. This + may be useful, if you want to access the server with other operating + systems, e.g. Windows 95. See also NLS for more Information. + + To select codepages and I/O charsets use ncpfs-2.2.0.13 or newer. + +Symbolic links and mode permission bits +CONFIG_NCPFS_EXTRAS + This enables the use of symbolic links and an execute permission + bit on NCPFS. The file server need not have long name space or NFS + name space loaded for these to work. + + To use the new attributes, it is recommended to use the flags + '-f 600 -d 755' on the ncpmount command line. + +Default NLS Option +CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT + The default NLS used when mounting file system. Note, that this is + the NLS used by your console, not the NLS used by a specific file + system (if different) to store data (filenames) on a disk. + Currently, the valid values are: + big5, cp437, cp737, cp775, cp850, cp852, cp855, cp857, cp860, cp861, + cp862, cp863, cp864, cp865, cp866, cp869, cp874, cp932, cp936, + cp949, cp950, cp1250, cp1251, cp1255, euc-jp, euc-kr, gb2312, iso8859-1, + iso8859-2, iso8859-3, iso8859-4, iso8859-5, iso8859-6, iso8859-7, + iso8859-8, iso8859-9, iso8859-13, iso8859-14, iso8859-15, + koi8-r, koi8-ru, koi8-u, sjis, tis-620, utf8. + If you specify a wrong value, it will use the built-in NLS; + compatible with iso8859-1. + + If unsure, specify it as "iso8859-1". + +Codepage 437 (United States, Canada) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored + in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used in + the United States and parts of Canada. This is recommended. + +Codepage 737 (Greek) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_737 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored + in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used for + Greek. If unsure, say N. + +Codepage 775 (Baltic Rim) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_775 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored + in so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used + for the Baltic Rim Languages (Latvian and Lithuanian). If unsure, + say N. + +Codepage 850 (Europe) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_850 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage that is used for + much of Europe -- United Kingdom, Germany, Spain, Italy, and [add + more countries here]. It has some characters useful to many European + languages that are not part of the US codepage 437. + + If unsure, say Y. + +Codepage 852 (Central/Eastern Europe) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_852 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the Latin 2 codepage used by DOS + for much of Central and Eastern Europe. It has all the required + characters for these languages: Albanian, Croatian, Czech, English, + Finnish, Hungarian, Irish, German, Polish, Rumanian, Serbian (Latin + transcription), Slovak, Slovenian, and Serbian. + +Codepage 855 (Cyrillic) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_855 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Cyrillic. + +Codepage 857 (Turkish) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_857 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Turkish. + +Codepage 860 (Portuguese) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_860 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Portuguese. + +Codepage 861 (Icelandic) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_861 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Icelandic. + +Codepage 862 (Hebrew) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_862 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Hebrew. + +Codepage 863 (Canadian French) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_863 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Canadian + French. + +Codepage 864 (Arabic) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_864 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Arabic. + +Codepage 865 (Norwegian, Danish) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_865 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for the Nordic + European countries. + +Codepage 866 (Cyrillic/Russian) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_866 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for + Cyrillic/Russian. + +Codepage 869 (Greek) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_869 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Greek. + +Thai charset (CP874, TIS-620) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_874 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Thai. + +Windows CP1251 (Bulgarian, Belarusian) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1251 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Russian and + Bulgarian and Belarusian. + +Japanese charsets (Shift-JIS, EUC-JP) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_932 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Shift-JIS + or EUC-JP. To use EUC-JP, you can use 'euc-jp' as mount option or + NLS Default value during kernel configuration, instead of 'cp932'. + +Simplified Chinese charset (CP936, GB2312) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_936 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Simplified + Chinese(GBK). + +Korean charset (CP949, EUC-KR) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_949 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for UHC. + +Traditional Chinese charset (Big5) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_950 + The Microsoft FAT file system family can deal with filenames in + native language character sets. These character sets are stored in + so-called DOS codepages. You need to include the appropriate + codepage if you want to be able to read/write these filenames on + DOS/Windows partitions correctly. This does apply to the filenames + only, not to the file contents. You can include several codepages; + say Y here if you want to include the DOS codepage for Traditional + Chinese(Big5). + +Central European (Codepage 1250) +CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1250 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CDROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Windows CP-1250 + character set, which works for most Latin-written Slavic and Central + European languages: Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, Rumanian, Croatian, + Slovak, Slovene. + +NLS ISO 8859-1 (Latin 1; Western European Languages) +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 1 character + set, which covers most West European languages such as Albanian, + Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Faeroese, Finnish, French, German, + Galician, Irish, Icelandic, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, + and Swedish. It is also the default for the US. If unsure, say Y. + +NLS ISO 8859-2 (Latin 2; Slavic/Central European Languages) +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_2 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 2 character + set, which works for most Latin-written Slavic and Central European + languages: Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, Rumanian, Croatian, + Slovak, Slovene. + +NLS ISO 8859-3 (Latin 3; Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, Turkish) +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_3 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 3 character + set, which is popular with authors of Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, + and Turkish. + +NLS ISO 8859-4 (Latin 4; old Baltic charset) +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_4 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 4 character + set which introduces letters for Estonian, Latvian, and + Lithuanian. It is an incomplete predecessor of Latin 7. + +NLS ISO 8859-5 (Cyrillic) +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_5 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-5, a Cyrillic + character set with which you can type Bulgarian, Belarusian, + Macedonian, Russian, Serbian, and Ukrainian. Note that the charset + KOI8-R is preferred in Russia. + +NLS ISO 8859-6 (Arabic) +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_6 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-6, the Arabic + character set. + +NLS ISO 8859-7 (Modern Greek) +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_7 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-7, the Modern + Greek character set. + +Hebrew charsets (ISO-8859-8, CP1255) +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_8 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for ISO8859-8, the Hebrew + character set. + +NLS ISO 8859-9 (Latin 5; Turkish) +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_9 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 5 character + set, and it replaces the rarely needed Icelandic letters in Latin 1 + with the Turkish ones. Useful in Turkey. + +NLS ISO 8859-10 (Latin 6; Nordic) +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_10 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 6 character + set, which adds the last Inuit (Greenlandic) and Sami (Lappish) + letters that were missing in Latin 4 to cover the entire Nordic + area. + +NLS ISO 8859-13 (Latin 7; Baltic) +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_13 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 7 character + set, which supports modern Baltic languages including Latvian + and Lithuanian. + +NLS ISO 8859-14 (Latin 8; Celtic) +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_14 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 8 character + set, which adds the last accented vowels for Welsh (aka Cymraeg) + (and Manx Gaelic) that were missing in Latin 1. + <http://linux.speech.cymru.org/> has further information. + +NLS ISO 8859-15 (Latin 9; Western European languages with Euro) +CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_15 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for the Latin 9 character + set, which covers most West European languages such as Albanian, + Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian, Faeroese, Finnish, + French, German, Galician, Irish, Icelandic, Italian, Norwegian, + Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish. Latin 9 is an update to + Latin 1 (ISO 8859-1) that removes a handful of rarely used + characters and instead adds support for Estonian, corrects the + support for French and Finnish, and adds the new Euro character. + If unsure, say Y. + +NLS KOI8-R (Russian) +CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_R + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for the preferred Russian + character set. + +NLS KOI8-U/RU (Ukrainian, Belarusian) +CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_U + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for the preferred Ukrainian + (koi8-u) and Belarusian (koi8-ru) character sets. + +NLS UTF8 +CONFIG_NLS_UTF8 + If you want to display filenames with native language characters + from the Microsoft FAT file system family or from JOLIET CD-ROMs + correctly on the screen, you need to include the appropriate + input/output character sets. Say Y here for the UTF-8 encoding of + the Unicode/ISO9646 universal character set. + +Virtual terminal +CONFIG_VT + If you say Y here, you will get support for terminal devices with + display and keyboard devices. These are called "virtual" because you + can run several virtual terminals (also called virtual consoles) on + one physical terminal. This is rather useful, for example one + virtual terminal can collect system messages and warnings, another + one can be used for a text-mode user session, and a third could run + an X session, all in parallel. Switching between virtual terminals + is done with certain key combinations, usually Alt-<function key>. + + The setterm command ("man setterm") can be used to change the + properties (such as colors or beeping) of a virtual terminal. The + man page console_codes(4) ("man console_codes") contains the special + character sequences that can be used to change those properties + directly. The fonts used on virtual terminals can be changed with + the setfont ("man setfont") command and the key bindings are defined + with the loadkeys ("man loadkeys") command. + + You need at least one virtual terminal device in order to make use + of your keyboard and monitor. Therefore, only people configuring an + embedded system would want to say N here in order to save some + memory; the only way to log into such a system is then via a serial + or network connection. + + If unsure, say Y, or else you won't be able to do much with your new + shiny Linux system :-) + +Support for console on virtual terminal +CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE + The system console is the device which receives all kernel messages + and warnings and which allows logins in single user mode. If you + answer Y here, a virtual terminal (the device used to interact with + a physical terminal) can be used as system console. This is the most + common mode of operations, so you should say Y here unless you want + the kernel messages be output only to a serial port (in which case + you should say Y to "Console on serial port", below). + + If you do say Y here, by default the currently visible virtual + terminal (/dev/tty0) will be used as system console. You can change + that with a kernel command line option such as "console=tty3" which + would use the third virtual terminal as system console. (Try "man + bootparam" or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or + loadlin) about how to pass options to the kernel at boot time.) + + If unsure, say Y. + +STI console +CONFIG_STI_CONSOLE + The STI console is the builtin display/keyboard on HP-PARISC + machines. Say Y here to build support for it into your kernel. + The alternative is to use your primary serial port as a console. + +Use MDIO for PHY configuration +CONFIG_USE_MDIO + On some boards the hardware configuration of the ethernet PHY can be + used without any software interaction over the MDIO interface, so + all MII code can be omitted. Say N here if unsure or if you don't + need link status reports. + +860T FEC Ethernet +CONFIG_FEC_ENET + Enable Ethernet support via the Fast Ethernet Controller (FCC) on + the Motorola MPC8260. + +Ethernet on FCC1 +CONFIG_FCC1_ENET + Use MPC8260 fast Ethernet controller 1 to drive Ethernet (default). + +Ethernet on FCC2 +CONFIG_FCC2_ENET + Use MPC8260 fast Ethernet controller 2 to drive Ethernet. + +Ethernet on FCC3 +CONFIG_FCC3_ENET + Use MPC8260 fast Ethernet controller 3 to drive Ethernet. + +CPM SCC Ethernet +CONFIG_SCC_ENET + Enable Ethernet support via the Motorola MPC8xx serial + communications controller. + +# Choice: scc_ethernet +Ethernet on SCC1 +CONFIG_SCC1_ENET + Use MPC8xx serial communications controller 1 to drive Ethernet + (default). + +Ethernet on SCC2 +CONFIG_SCC2_ENET + Use MPC8xx serial communications controller 2 to drive Ethernet. + +Ethernet on SCC3 +CONFIG_SCC3_ENET + Use MPC8xx serial communications controller 3 to drive Ethernet. + +Use Big CPM Ethernet Buffers +CONFIG_ENET_BIG_BUFFERS + Allocate large buffers for MPC8xx Ethernet. Increases throughput + and decreases the likelihood of dropped packets, but costs memory. + +Apple Desktop Bus (ADB) support +CONFIG_ADB + Apple Desktop Bus (ADB) support is for support of devices which + are connected to an ADB port. ADB devices tend to have 4 pins. + If you have an Apple Macintosh prior to the iMac, or a + "Blue and White G3", you probably want to say Y here. Otherwise + say N. + +Support for CUDA based PowerMacs +CONFIG_ADB_CUDA + This provides support for CUDA based Power Macintosh systems. This + includes most OldWorld PowerMacs, the first generation iMacs, the + Blue&White G3 and the Yikes G4 (PCI Graphics). All later models + should use CONFIG_ADB_PMU instead. + + If unsure say Y. + +Support for PMU-based PowerMacs +CONFIG_ADB_PMU + This provides support for PMU based Power Macintosh systems. This + includes all PowerBooks and all AGP-based machines. + + If unsure say Y. + +Include MacIO ADB driver +CONFIG_ADB_MACIO + Say Y here to include direct support for the ADB controller in the + Hydra chip used on PowerPC Macintoshes of the CHRP type. (The Hydra + also includes a MESH II SCSI controller, DBDMA controller, VIA chip, + OpenPIC controller and two RS422/Geoports.) + +Support for ADB keyboard (old driver) +CONFIG_ADB_KEYBOARD + This option allows you to use an ADB keyboard attached to your + machine. Note that this disables any other (ie. PS/2) keyboard + support, even if your machine is physically capable of using both at + the same time. + + If you use an ADB keyboard (4 pin connector), say Y here. + If you use a PS/2 keyboard (6 pin connector), say N here. + +HIL keyboard support +CONFIG_HIL + The "Human Interface Loop" is a older, 8-channel USB-like controller + used in Hewlett Packard PA-RISC based machines. There are a few + cases where it is seen on PC/MAC architectures as well, usually also + manufactured by HP. This driver is based off MACH and BSD drivers, + and implements support for a keyboard attached to the HIL port. + Full support for the USB-like functions and non-keyboard channels of + the HIL is not provided for in this driver. There are vestiges of + mouse support in the driver, but it is probably not working. The + necessary hardware documentation to fully support the HIL controller + and interface it to the linux-input API is lacking. + + Enable this option if you intend to use a HIL keyboard. + +Include IOP (IIfx/Quadra 9x0) ADB driver +CONFIG_ADB_IOP + The I/O Processor (IOP) is an Apple custom IC designed to provide + intelligent support for I/O controllers. It is described at + <http://www.angelfire.com/ca2/dev68k/iopdesc.html> to enable direct + support for it, say 'Y' here. + +Mac II style Apple Desktop Bus support +CONFIG_ADB_MACII + Say Y here if want your kernel to support Macintosh systems that use + the Mac II style ADB. This includes the II, IIx, IIcx, SE/30, IIci, + Quadra 610, Quadra 650, Quadra 700, Quadra 800, Centris 610 and + Centris 650. + +Mac IIsi style Apple Desktop Bus support +CONFIG_ADB_MACIISI + Say Y here if want your kernel to support Macintosh systems that use + the Mac IIsi style ADB. This includes the IIsi, IIvi, IIvx, Classic + II, LC, LC II, LC III, Performa 460, and the Performa 600. + +Apple 68K PowerBook Power Management and Desktop Bus support +CONFIG_ADB_PMU68K + Say Y here if want your kernel to support the m68k based Powerbooks. + This includes the PowerBook 140, PowerBook 145, PowerBook 150, + PowerBook 160, PowerBook 165, PowerBook 165c, PowerBook 170, + PowerBook 180, PowerBook, 180c, PowerBook 190cs, PowerBook 520, + PowerBook Duo 210, PowerBook Duo 230, PowerBook Duo 250, + PowerBook Duo 270c, PowerBook Duo 280 and PowerBook Duo 280c. + +Macintosh IIfx/Quadra 900/Quadra 950 floppy support +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_SWIM_IOP + Say Y here to support the SWIM (Super Woz Integrated Machine) IOP + floppy controller on the Macintosh IIfx and Quadra 900/950. + +Macintosh NS8390 based Ethernet support +CONFIG_MAC8390 + If you want to include a driver to support Nubus or LC-PDS + Ethernet cards using an NS8390 chipset or its equivalent, say Y + and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + +Macintosh CS89x0 based Ethernet support +CONFIG_MAC89x0 + Support for CS89x0 chipset based Ethernet cards. If you have a + Nubus or LC-PDS network (Ethernet) card of this type, say Y and + read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. This module will + be called mac89x0.o. + +Macintosh onboard AMD 79C940 MACE based Ethernet support +CONFIG_MACMACE + Support for the onboard AMD 79C940 MACE Ethernet controller used in + the 660AV and 840AV Macintosh. If you have one of these Macintoshes + say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + +Macintosh SONIC based Ethernet support (onboard, NuBus, LC, CS) +CONFIG_MACSONIC + Support for NatSemi SONIC based Ethernet devices. This includes + the onboard Ethernet in many Quadras as well as some LC-PDS, + a few Nubus and all known Comm Slot Ethernet cards. If you have + one of these say Y and read the Ethernet-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> as well as + <file:Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt>. This module will + be called macsonic.o. + +Macintosh NCR5380 SCSI support +CONFIG_MAC_SCSI + This is the NCR 5380 SCSI controller included on most of the 68030 + based Macintoshes. If you have one of these say Y and read the + SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + +Macintosh NCR53c9[46] SCSI support +CONFIG_SCSI_MAC_ESP + This is the NCR 53c9x SCSI controller found on most of the 68040 + based Macintoshes. If you have one of these say Y and read the + SCSI-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called mac_esp.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Standard/generic (8250/16550 and compatible UARTs) serial support +CONFIG_SERIAL + This selects whether you want to include the driver for the standard + serial ports. The standard answer is Y. People who might say N + here are those that are setting up dedicated Ethernet WWW/FTP + servers, or users that have one of the various bus mice instead of a + serial mouse and don't intend to use their machine's standard serial + port for anything. (Note that the Cyclades and Stallion multi + serial port drivers do not need this driver built in for them to + work.) + + If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + serial.o. + [WARNING: Do not compile this driver as a module if you are using + non-standard serial ports, since the configuration information will + be lost when the driver is unloaded. This limitation may be lifted + in the future.] + + BTW1: If you have a mouseman serial mouse which is not recognized by + the X window system, try running gpm first. + + BTW2: If you intend to use a software modem (also called Winmodem) + under Linux, forget it. These modems are crippled and require + proprietary drivers which are only available under Windows. + + Most people will say Y or M here, so that they can use serial mice, + modems and similar devices connecting to the standard serial ports. + +Support for console on serial port +CONFIG_SERIAL_CONSOLE + If you say Y here, it will be possible to use a serial port as the + system console (the system console is the device which receives all + kernel messages and warnings and which allows logins in single user + mode). This could be useful if some terminal or printer is connected + to that serial port. + + Even if you say Y here, the currently visible virtual console + (/dev/tty0) will still be used as the system console by default, but + you can alter that using a kernel command line option such as + "console=ttyS1". (Try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of + your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the + kernel at boot time.) + + If you don't have a VGA card installed and you say Y here, the + kernel will automatically use the first serial line, /dev/ttyS0, as + system console. + + If unsure, say N. + +Support for PowerMac serial ports +CONFIG_MAC_SERIAL + If you have Macintosh style serial ports (8 pin mini-DIN), say Y + here. If you also have regular serial ports and enable the driver + for them, you can't currently use the serial console feature. + +Comtrol Rocketport support +CONFIG_ROCKETPORT + This is a driver for the Comtrol Rocketport cards which provide + multiple serial ports. You would need something like this to connect + more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in order to + become a dial-in server. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + rocket.o. + +Digiboard Intelligent async support +CONFIG_DIGIEPCA + This is a driver for Digi International's Xx, Xeve, and Xem series + of cards which provide multiple serial ports. You would need + something like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux + box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server. This driver + supports the original PC (ISA) boards as well as PCI, and EISA. If + you have a card like this, say Y here and read the file + <file:Documentation/digiepca.txt>. + + NOTE: There is another, separate driver for the Digiboard PC boards: + "Digiboard PC/Xx Support" below. You should (and can) only select + one of the two drivers. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called epca.o. + +Digiboard PC/Xx Support +CONFIG_DIGI + This is a driver for the Digiboard PC/Xe, PC/Xi, and PC/Xeve cards + that give you many serial ports. You would need something like this + to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in + order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that, say + Y here and read the file <file:Documentation/digiboard.txt>. + + If you want to compile this driver as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called pcxx.o. + +SDL RISCom/8 card support +CONFIG_RISCOM8 + This is a driver for the SDL Communications RISCom/8 multiport card, + which gives you many serial ports. You would need something like + this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance + in order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that, + say Y here and read the file <file:Documentation/riscom8.txt>. + + Also it's possible to say M here and compile this driver as kernel + loadable module; the module will be called riscom8.o. + +Computone IntelliPort Plus serial support +CONFIG_COMPUTONE + This driver supports the entire family of Intelliport II/Plus + controllers with the exception of the MicroChannel controllers and + products previous to the Intelliport II. These are multiport cards, + which give you many serial ports. You would need something like this + to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for instance in + order to become a dial-in server. If you have a card like that, say + Y here and read <file:Documentation/computone.txt>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. You will get + two modules called ip2.o and ip2main.o. + +Specialix IO8+ card support +CONFIG_SPECIALIX + This is a driver for the Specialix IO8+ multiport card (both the + ISA and the PCI version) which gives you many serial ports. You + would need something like this to connect more than two modems to + your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server. + + If you have a card like that, say Y here and read the file + <file:Documentation/specialix.txt>. Also it's possible to say M here + and compile this driver as kernel loadable module which will be + called specialix.o. + +Specialix DTR/RTS pin is RTS +CONFIG_SPECIALIX_RTSCTS + The Specialix IO8+ card can only support either RTS or DTR. If you + say N here, the driver will use the pin as "DTR" when the tty is in + software handshake mode. If you say Y here or hardware handshake is + on, it will always be RTS. Read the file + <file:Documentation/specialix.txt> for more information. + +Specialix RIO system support +CONFIG_RIO + This is a driver for the Specialix RIO, a smart serial card which + drives an outboard box that can support up to 128 ports. Product + information is at <http://www.sphinxcst.co.uk/perle/multi.htm>. + There are both ISA and PCI versions. + +Support really old RIO/PCI cards +CONFIG_RIO_OLDPCI + Older RIO PCI cards need some initialization-time configuration to + determine the IRQ and some control addresses. If you have a RIO and + this doesn't seem to work, try setting this to Y. + +Cyclades async mux support +CONFIG_CYCLADES + This is a driver for a card that gives you many serial ports. You + would need something like this to connect more than two modems to + your Linux box, for instance in order to become a dial-in server. + For information about the Cyclades-Z card, read + <file:drivers/char/README.cycladesZ>. + + As of 1.3.9x kernels, this driver's minor numbers start at 0 instead + of 32. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called cyclades.o. + + If you haven't heard about it, it's safe to say N. + +Cyclades-Z interrupt mode operation +CONFIG_CYZ_INTR + The Cyclades-Z family of multiport cards allows 2 (two) driver op + modes: polling and interrupt. In polling mode, the driver will check + the status of the Cyclades-Z ports every certain amount of time + (which is called polling cycle and is configurable). In interrupt + mode, it will use an interrupt line (IRQ) in order to check the + status of the Cyclades-Z ports. The default op mode is polling. If + unsure, say N. + +Stallion multiport serial support +CONFIG_STALDRV + Stallion cards give you many serial ports. You would need something + like this to connect more than two modems to your Linux box, for + instance in order to become a dial-in server. If you say Y here, + you will be asked for your specific card model in the next + questions. Make sure to read <file:Documentation/stallion.txt> in + this case. If you have never heard about all this, it's safe to + say N. + +Stallion EasyIO or EC8/32 support +CONFIG_STALLION + If you have an EasyIO or EasyConnection 8/32 multiport Stallion + card, then this is for you; say Y. Make sure to read + <file:Documentation/stallion.txt>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called stallion.o. + +Stallion EC8/64, ONboard, Brumby support +CONFIG_ISTALLION + If you have an EasyConnection 8/64, ONboard, Brumby or Stallion + serial multiport card, say Y here. Make sure to read + <file:Documentation/stallion.txt>. + + To compile it as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and + removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and + read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + istallion.o. + +Microgate SyncLink adapter support +CONFIG_SYNCLINK + Provides support for the SyncLink ISA and PCI multiprotocol serial + adapters. These adapters support asynchronous and HDLC bit + synchronous communication up to 10Mbps (PCI adapter). + + This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called synclink.o. If you want to do that, say M + here. + +CONFIG_SYNCLINKMP + Enable support for the SyncLink Multiport (2 or 4 ports) + serial adapter, running asynchronous and HDLC communications up + to 2.048Mbps. Each ports is independently selectable for + RS-232, V.35, RS-449, RS-530, and X.21 + + This driver may be built as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called synclinkmp.o. If you want to do that, say M + here. + +Synchronous HDLC line discipline support +CONFIG_N_HDLC + Allows synchronous HDLC communications with tty device drivers that + support synchronous HDLC such as the Microgate SyncLink adapter. + + This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called n_hdlc.o. If you want to do that, say M + here. + +Specialix SX (and SI) card support +CONFIG_SX + This is a driver for the SX and SI multiport serial cards. + Please read the file <file:Documentation/sx.txt> for details. + + This driver can only be built as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called sx.o. If you want to do that, say M here. + +Hayes ESP serial port support +CONFIG_ESPSERIAL + This is a driver which supports Hayes ESP serial ports. Both single + port cards and multiport cards are supported. Make sure to read + <file:Documentation/hayes-esp.txt>. + + To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in + and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here + and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be + called esp.o. If unsure, say N. + +Moxa Intellio support +CONFIG_MOXA_INTELLIO + Say Y here if you have a Moxa Intellio multiport serial card. + + This driver can also be built as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called moxa.o. If you want to do that, say M + here. + +Moxa SmartIO support +CONFIG_MOXA_SMARTIO + Say Y here if you have a Moxa SmartIO multiport serial card. + + This driver can also be built as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called mxser.o. If you want to do that, say M + here. + +Multi-Tech multiport card support +CONFIG_ISI + This is a driver for the Multi-Tech cards which provide several + serial ports. The driver is experimental and can currently only be + built as a module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from + the running kernel whenever you want). Please read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + isicom.o. + +Unix98 PTY support +CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS + A pseudo terminal (PTY) is a software device consisting of two + halves: a master and a slave. The slave device behaves identical to + a physical terminal; the master device is used by a process to + read data from and write data to the slave, thereby emulating a + terminal. Typical programs for the master side are telnet servers + and xterms. + + Linux has traditionally used the BSD-like names /dev/ptyxx for + masters and /dev/ttyxx for slaves of pseudo terminals. This scheme + has a number of problems. The GNU C library glibc 2.1 and later, + however, supports the Unix98 naming standard: in order to acquire a + pseudo terminal, a process opens /dev/ptmx; the number of the pseudo + terminal is then made available to the process and the pseudo + terminal slave can be accessed as /dev/pts/<number>. What was + traditionally /dev/ttyp2 will then be /dev/pts/2, for example. + + The entries in /dev/pts/ are created on the fly by a virtual + file system; therefore, if you say Y here you should say Y to + "/dev/pts file system for Unix98 PTYs" as well. + + If you want to say Y here, you need to have the C library glibc 2.1 + or later (equal to libc-6.1, check with "ls -l /lib/libc.so.*"). + Read the instructions in <file:Documentation/Changes> pertaining to + pseudo terminals. It's safe to say N. + +Maximum number of Unix98 PTYs in use (0-2048) +CONFIG_UNIX98_PTY_COUNT + The maximum number of Unix98 PTYs that can be used at any one time. + The default is 256, and should be enough for desktop systems. Server + machines which support incoming telnet/rlogin/ssh connections and/or + serve several X terminals may want to increase this: every incoming + connection and every xterm uses up one PTY. + + When not in use, each additional set of 256 PTYs occupy + approximately 8 KB of kernel memory on 32-bit architectures. + +Parallel printer support +CONFIG_PRINTER + If you intend to attach a printer to the parallel port of your Linux + box (as opposed to using a serial printer; if the connector at the + printer has 9 or 25 holes ["female"], then it's serial), say Y. + Also read the Printing-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + It is possible to share one parallel port among several devices + (e.g. printer and ZIP drive) and it is safe to compile the + corresponding drivers into the kernel. If you want to compile this + driver as a module however ( = code which can be inserted in and + removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here and + read <file:Documentation/modules.txt> and + <file:Documentation/parport.txt>. The module will be called lp.o. + + If you have several parallel ports, you can specify which ports to + use with the "lp" kernel command line option. (Try "man bootparam" + or see the documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about + how to pass options to the kernel at boot time.) The syntax of the + "lp" command line option can be found in <file:drivers/char/lp.c>. + + If you have more than 8 printers, you need to increase the LP_NO + macro in lp.c and the PARPORT_MAX macro in parport.h. + +Support for console on line printer +CONFIG_LP_CONSOLE + If you want kernel messages to be printed out as they occur, you + can have a console on the printer. This option adds support for + doing that; to actually get it to happen you need to pass the + option "console=lp0" to the kernel at boot time. + + If the printer is out of paper (or off, or unplugged, or too + busy..) the kernel will stall until the printer is ready again. + By defining CONSOLE_LP_STRICT to 0 (at your own risk) you + can make the kernel continue when this happens, + but it'll lose the kernel messages. + + If unsure, say N. + +Support for user-space parallel port device drivers +CONFIG_PPDEV + Saying Y to this adds support for /dev/parport device nodes. This + is needed for programs that want portable access to the parallel + port, for instance deviceid (which displays Plug-and-Play device + IDs). + + This is the parallel port equivalent of SCSI generic support (sg). + It is safe to say N to this -- it is not needed for normal printing + or parallel port CD-ROM/disk support. + + This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + ppdev.o. + + If unsure, say N. + +Cobalt Networks support +CONFIG_COBALT + Support for Cobalt Networks x86-based servers. + +Gen III (3000 series) system support +CONFIG_COBALT_GEN_III + This option enables support for the 3000 series of Cobalt Networks + systems. This includes the RaQ 3, RaQ 4, and Qube 3 product lines. + + This platform uses an AMD K6-2 processor, an ALI M1541/1533 chipset, + an optional NCR 53c875 SCSI controller, and two Intel 82559ER or + National Semiconductor DP83815 NICs. + + Getting this option wrong will likely result in a kernel that does + not boot. Selecting support for more than 1 system series will add + bloat to your kernel, but will not cause anything bad to happen. + + If you have a Cobalt Networks System, but aren't sure what kind, + say Y here. + +Gen V (5000 series) system support +CONFIG_COBALT_GEN_V + This option enables support for the 5000 series of Cobalt Networks + systems. This includes the RaQ XTR product line. + + This platform uses Intel Pentium III Coppermine FCPGA CPUs, the + ServerWorks LE chipset (with registered ECC DIMMs only!), two + HighPoint HPT370 IDE controllers, and two National Semiconductor + DP83815 NICs. + + Getting this option wrong will likely result in a kernel that does + not boot. Selecting support for more than 1 system series will add + bloat to your kernel, but will not cause anything bad to happen. + + If you have a Cobalt Networks System, but aren't sure what kind, + say Y here. + +Create legacy /proc files +CONFIG_COBALT_OLDPROC + This option forces some Cobalt Networks drivers to support legacy + files in /proc. Older versions of these drivers exported files + directly in /proc, as opposed to the newer /proc/cobalt. If you say + N to this option, the old filenames will no longer be exported. + Regardless of your selection here, files in /proc/cobalt will be + exported. Of course, you have to include support for /proc fs, too. + + It is safe to say Y here. + +Front panel LCD support +CONFIG_COBALT_LCD + This enables support for the Cobalt Networks front panel. This is + for the LCD panel and buttons. The primary method for connection is + via the parallel port (IO base 0x370), but newer systems use an + I2C bus. + + If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here. + +Software controlled LED support +CONFIG_COBALT_LED + This enables support for the software-controlled LEDs on Cobalt + Networks systems. This includes the fault light and front panel + LEDs on the RaQ XTR, the lightbar on the Qube 3, and others. + + If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here. + +Silicon serial number support +CONFIG_COBALT_SERNUM + This enables support for the on-board serial number on Cobalt + Networks systems. This is a universally-unique 64-bit serial + number. Some systems use a Dallas DS2401 chip, others have an I2C + based EEPROM. + + If you select Y here, the files /proc/cobalt/hostid and + /proc/cobalt/serialnumber will be created. The hostid file contains + a 32 bit integer generated from the serial number, in binary form. + The serialnumber file contains the hexadecimal representation of the + serial number, in ASCII. + + If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here. + +Chipset watchdog timer support +CONFIG_COBALT_WDT + This enables support for the watchdog timer built into Cobalt + chipsets. The timer wakes up periodically, to make find out if + system has hung, or disabled interrupts too long. The result of + detecting a hang is a hard reboot. + + If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here. + +Thermal sensor support +CONFIG_COBALT_THERMAL + This enables support for the thermal sensor(s) built into Cobalt + Networks systems. This driver exports /proc/cobalt/thermal_sensors. + + If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here. + +Fan tachometer support +CONFIG_COBALT_FANS + This enables support for the fan tachometers built into some Cobalt + Networks systems. This driver exports /proc/cobalt/faninfo. Some + Cobalt software depends on this feature, and enabling it does not + cause any risks. + + If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here, unless + you are absolutely sure. + +Disk drive ruler support +CONFIG_COBALT_RULER + This enables support for the cobalt hard drive ruler, found on some + Cobalt systems, including the RaQ XTR. This is the device that + enables swapping of drives. It is not needed for basic disk + operation. Enabling this on a system with no ruler will have no + adverse effects. + + If you have a Cobalt Networks system, you should say Y here, + unless you are absolutely sure. + +IT8172G Sound +CONFIG_SOUND_IT8172 + Say Y here to support the on-board sound generator on the Integrated + Technology Express, Inc. ITE8172 SBC. Vendor page at + <http://www.ite.com.tw/ia/brief_it8172bsp.htm>; picture of the + board at <http://www.mvista.com/allies/semiconductor/ite.html>. + +I2C support +CONFIG_I2C + I2C (pronounce: I-square-C) is a slow serial bus protocol used in + many micro controller applications and developed by Philips. SMBus, + or System Management Bus is a subset of the I2C protocol. More + information is contained in the directory <file:Documentation/i2c/>, + especially in the file called "summary" there. + + Both I2C and SMBus are supported here. You will need this for + hardware sensors support, and also for Video For Linux support. + Specifically, if you want to use a BT848 based frame grabber/overlay + boards under Linux, say Y here and also to "I2C bit-banging + interfaces", below. + + If you want I2C support, you should say Y here and also to the + specific driver for your bus adapter(s) below. If you say Y to + "/proc file system" below, you will then get a /proc interface which + is documented in <file:Documentation/i2c/proc-interface>. + + This I2C support is also available as a module. If you want to + compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called i2c-core.o. + +UltraSPARC-III bootbus i2c controller driver +CONFIG_BBC_I2C + The BBC devices on the UltraSPARC III have two I2C controllers. The + first I2C controller connects mainly to configuration PROMs (NVRAM, + CPU configuration, DIMM types, etc.). The second I2C controller + connects to environmental control devices such as fans and + temperature sensors. The second controller also connects to the + smartcard reader, if present. Say Y to enable support for these. + +I2C bit-banging interfaces +CONFIG_I2C_ALGOBIT + This allows you to use a range of I2C adapters called bit-banging + adapters. Say Y if you own an I2C adapter belonging to this class + and then say Y to the specific driver for you adapter below. + + This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called i2c-algo-bit.o. + +Philips style parallel port adapter +CONFIG_I2C_PHILIPSPAR + This supports parallel-port I2C adapters made by Philips. Say Y if + you own such an adapter. + + This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called i2c-philips-par.o. + + Note that if you want support for different parallel port devices, + life will be much easier if you compile them all as modules. + +ELV adapter +CONFIG_I2C_ELV + This supports parallel-port I2C adapters called ELV. Say Y if you + own such an adapter. + + This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called i2c-elv.o. + +Velleman K9000 adapter +CONFIG_I2C_VELLEMAN + This supports the Velleman K9000 parallel-port I2C adapter. Say Y + if you own such an adapter. + + This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called i2c-velleman.o. + +I2C PCF 8584 interfaces +CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCF + This allows you to use a range of I2C adapters called PCF adapters. + Say Y if you own an I2C adapter belonging to this class and then say + Y to the specific driver for you adapter below. + + This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called i2c-algo-pcf.o. + +Elektor ISA card +CONFIG_I2C_ELEKTOR + This supports the PCF8584 ISA bus I2C adapter. Say Y if you own + such an adapter. + + This driver is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called i2c-elektor.o. + +ITE I2C Algorithm +CONFIG_ITE_I2C_ALGO + This supports the use the ITE8172 I2C interface found on some MIPS + systems. Say Y if you have one of these. You should also say Y for + the ITE I2C peripheral driver support below. + + This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a modules, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called i2c-algo-ite.o. + +ITE I2C Adapter +CONFIG_ITE_I2C_ADAP + This supports the ITE8172 I2C peripheral found on some MIPS + systems. Say Y if you have one of these. You should also say Y for + the ITE I2C driver algorithm support above. + + This support is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called i2c-adap-ite.o. + +I2C device interface +CONFIG_I2C_CHARDEV + Say Y here to use i2c-* device files, usually found in the /dev + directory on your system. They make it possible to have user-space + programs use the I2C bus. Information on how to do this is + contained in the file <file:Documentation/i2c/dev-interface>. + + This code is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called i2c-dev.o. + +I2C /proc interface (required for hardware sensors) +CONFIG_I2C_PROC + This provides support for i2c device entries in the /proc filesystem. + The entries will be found in /proc/sys/dev/sensors. + + This code is also available as a module. If you want to compile + it as a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + The module will be called i2c-proc.o. + +Bus Mouse Support +CONFIG_BUSMOUSE + Say Y here if your machine has a bus mouse as opposed to a serial + mouse. Most people have a regular serial MouseSystem or + Microsoft mouse (made by Logitech) that plugs into a COM port + (rectangular with 9 or 25 pins). These people say N here. + + If you have a laptop, you either have to check the documentation or + experiment a bit to find out whether the trackball is a serial mouse + or not; it's best to say Y here for you. + + This is the generic bus mouse driver code. If you have a bus mouse, + you will have to say Y here and also to the specific driver for your + mouse below. + + This code is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called busmouse.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +Mouse Support (not serial and bus mice) +CONFIG_MOUSE + This is for machines with a mouse which is neither a serial nor a + bus mouse. Examples are PS/2 mice (such as the track balls on some + laptops) and some digitizer pads. Most people have a regular serial + MouseSystem or Microsoft mouse (made by Logitech) that plugs into a + COM port (rectangular with 9 or 25 pins). These people say N here. + If you have something else, read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. This HOWTO contains + information about all non-serial mice, not just bus mice. + + If you have a laptop, you either have to check the documentation or + experiment a bit to find out whether the trackball is a serial mouse + or not; it's best to say Y here for you. + + Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the + kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all + the questions about non-serial mice. If unsure, say Y. + +Logitech busmouse support +CONFIG_LOGIBUSMOUSE + Logitech mouse connected to a proprietary interface card. It's + generally a round connector with 9 pins. Note that the newer mice + made by Logitech don't use the Logitech protocol anymore; for those, + you don't need this option. You want to read the Busmouse-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called busmouse.o. If you are unsure, say N and read the + HOWTO nevertheless: it will tell you what you have. + +PS/2 mouse (aka "auxiliary device") support +CONFIG_PSMOUSE + The PS/2 mouse connects to a special mouse port that looks much like + the keyboard port (small circular connector with 6 pins). This way, + the mouse does not use any serial ports. This port can also be used + for other input devices like light pens, tablets, keypads. Compaq, + AST and IBM all use this as their mouse port on currently shipping + machines. The trackballs of some laptops are PS/2 mice also. In + particular, the C&T 82C710 mouse on TI Travelmates is a PS/2 mouse. + + Although PS/2 mice are not technically bus mice, they are explained + in detail in the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + When using a PS/2 mouse, you can get problems if you want to use the + mouse both on the Linux console and under X. Using the "-R" option + of the Linux mouse managing program gpm (available from + <ftp://gnu.systemy.it/pub/gpm/>) solves this problem, or you can get + the "mconv2" utility from <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/mouse/>. + +C&T 82C710 mouse port support (as on TI Travelmate) +CONFIG_82C710_MOUSE + This is a certain kind of PS/2 mouse used on the TI Travelmate. If + you are unsure, try first to say N here and come back if the mouse + doesn't work. Read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + +PC110 digitizer pad support +CONFIG_PC110_PAD + This drives the digitizer pad on the IBM PC110 palmtop. It can turn + the digitizer pad into a PS/2 mouse emulation with tap gestures or + into an absolute pad. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called pc110pad.o. + +Microsoft busmouse support +CONFIG_MS_BUSMOUSE + These animals (also called Inport mice) are connected to an + expansion board using a round connector with 9 pins. If this is what + you have, say Y and read the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO nevertheless: it will + tell you what you have. Also be aware that several vendors talk + about 'Microsoft busmouse' and actually mean PS/2 busmouse -- so + count the pins on the connector. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called msbusmouse.o. + +Apple Desktop Bus mouse support +CONFIG_ADBMOUSE + Say Y here if you have this type of bus mouse (4 pin connector) as + is common on Macintoshes. You may want to read the Busmouse-HOWTO, + available from <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called adbmouse.o. + +ATIXL busmouse support +CONFIG_ATIXL_BUSMOUSE + This is a rare type of busmouse that is connected to the back of an + ATI video card. Say Y if you have one of those. Note however that + most mice by ATI are actually Microsoft busmice; you should say Y to + "Microsoft busmouse support" above if you have one of those. Read + the Busmouse-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called atixlmouse.o. + + If you are unsure, say N and read the HOWTO nevertheless: it will + tell you what you have. + +QIC-02 tape support +CONFIG_QIC02_TAPE + If you have a non-SCSI tape drive like that, say Y. Or, if you want + to compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in + and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here + and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + tpqic02.o. + +iSeries Virtual Tape Support +CONFIG_VIOTAPE + If you are running Linux on an iSeries system and you want Linux + to read and/or write a tape drive owned by OS/400, say Y here. + +Do you want runtime configuration for QIC-02 +CONFIG_QIC02_DYNCONF + You can either configure this driver once and for all by editing a + header file (<file:include/linux/tpqic02.h>), in which case you + should say N, or you can fetch a program via anonymous FTP which is + able to configure this driver during runtime. The program to do + this is called 'qic02conf' and it is part of the + tpqic02-support-X.Y.tar.gz support package. + + If you want to use the qic02conf program, say Y. + +Floppy tape drive (QIC-80/40/3010/3020/TR-1/TR-2/TR-3) support +CONFIG_FTAPE + If you have a tape drive that is connected to your floppy + controller, say Y here. + + Some tape drives (like the Seagate "Tape Store 3200" or the Iomega + "Ditto 3200" or the Exabyte "Eagle TR-3") come with a "high speed" + controller of their own. These drives (and their companion + controllers) are also supported if you say Y here. + + If you have a special controller (such as the CMS FC-10, FC-20, + Mountain Mach-II, or any controller that is based on the Intel 82078 + FDC like the high speed controllers by Seagate and Exabyte and + Iomega's "Ditto Dash") you must configure it by selecting the + appropriate entries from the "Floppy tape controllers" sub-menu + below and possibly modify the default values for the IRQ and DMA + channel and the IO base in ftape's configuration menu. + + If you want to use your floppy tape drive on a PCI-bus based system, + please read the file <file:drivers/char/ftape/README.PCI>. + + The ftape kernel driver is also available as a runtime loadable + module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the + running kernel whenever you want). If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The + module will be called ftape.o. + + Note that the Ftape-HOWTO is out of date (sorry) and documents the + older version 2.08 of this software but still contains useful + information. There is a web page with more recent documentation at + <http://www.instmath.rwth-aachen.de/~heine/ftape/>. This page + always contains the latest release of the ftape driver and useful + information (backup software, ftape related patches and + documentation, FAQ). Note that the file system interface has + changed quite a bit compared to previous versions of ftape. Please + read <file:Documentation/ftape.txt>. + +VFS interface for ftape +CONFIG_ZFTAPE + Normally, you want to say Y or M. DON'T say N here or you + WON'T BE ABLE TO USE YOUR FLOPPY TAPE DRIVE. + + The ftape module itself no longer contains the routines necessary + to interface with the kernel VFS layer (i.e. to actually write data + to and read data from the tape drive). Instead the file system + interface (i.e. the hardware independent part of the driver) has + been moved to a separate module. + + If you say M zftape will be compiled as a runtime loadable + module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the + running kernel whenever you want). In this case you should read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + zftape.o. + + Regardless of whether you say Y or M here, an additional runtime + loadable module called `zft-compressor.o' which contains code to + support user transparent on-the-fly compression based on Ross + William's lzrw3 algorithm will be produced. If you have enabled the + kernel module loader (i.e. have said Y to "Kernel module loader + support", above) then `zft-compressor.o' will be loaded + automatically by zftape when needed. + + Despite its name, zftape does NOT use compression by default. The + file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> contains a short description of + the most important changes in the file system interface compared to + previous versions of ftape. The ftape home page + <http://www.instmath.rwth-aachen.de/~heine/ftape/> contains + further information. + + IMPORTANT NOTE: zftape can read archives created by previous + versions of ftape and provide file mark support (i.e. fast skipping + between tape archives) but previous version of ftape will lack file + mark support when reading archives produced by zftape. + +Default block size for zftape +CONFIG_ZFT_DFLT_BLK_SZ + If unsure leave this at its default value, i.e. 10240. Note that + you specify only the default block size here. The block size can be + changed at run time using the MTSETBLK tape operation with the + MTIOCTOP ioctl (i.e. with "mt -f /dev/qft0 setblk #BLKSZ" from the + shell command line). + + The probably most striking difference between zftape and previous + versions of ftape is the fact that all data must be written or read + in multiples of a fixed block size. The block size defaults to + 10240 which is what GNU tar uses. The values for the block size + should be either 1 or multiples of 1024 up to a maximum value of + 63488 (i.e. 62 K). If you specify `1' then zftape's builtin + compression will be disabled. + + Reasonable values are `10240' (GNU tar's default block size), + `5120' (afio's default block size), `32768' (default block size some + backup programs assume for SCSI tape drives) or `1' (no restriction + on block size, but disables builtin compression). + +Number of DMA buffers +CONFIG_FT_NR_BUFFERS + Please leave this at `3' unless you REALLY know what you are doing. + It is not necessary to change this value. Values below 3 make the + proper use of ftape impossible, values greater than 3 are a waste of + memory. You can change the amount of DMA memory used by ftape at + runtime with "mt -f /dev/qft0 setdrvbuffer #NUMBUFFERS". Each buffer + wastes 32 KB of memory. Please note that this memory cannot be + swapped out. + +Enable procfs status report (+2kb) +CONFIG_FT_PROC_FS + Optional. Saying Y will result in creation of a directory + `/proc/ftape' under the /proc file system. The files can be viewed + with your favorite pager (i.e. use "more /proc/ftape/history" or + "less /proc/ftape/history" or simply "cat /proc/ftape/history"). The + file will contain some status information about the inserted + cartridge, the kernel driver, your tape drive, the floppy disk + controller and the error history for the most recent use of the + kernel driver. Saying Y will enlarge the size of the ftape driver + by approximately 2 KB. + + WARNING: When compiling ftape as a module (i.e. saying M to "Floppy + tape drive") it is dangerous to use ftape's /proc file system + interface. Accessing `/proc/ftape' while the module is unloaded will + result in a kernel Oops. This cannot be fixed from inside ftape. + +# Choice: ftdebug +Controlling the amount of debugging output of ftape +CONFIG_FT_NORMAL_DEBUG + This option controls the amount of debugging output the ftape driver + is ABLE to produce; it does not increase or diminish the debugging + level itself. If unsure, leave this at its default setting, + i.e. choose "Normal". + + Ftape can print lots of debugging messages to the system console + resp. kernel log files. Reducing the amount of possible debugging + output reduces the size of the kernel module by some KB, so it might + be a good idea to use "None" for emergency boot floppies. + + If you want to save memory then the following strategy is + recommended: leave this option at its default setting "Normal" until + you know that the driver works as expected, afterwards reconfigure + the kernel, this time specifying "Reduced" or "None" and recompile + and install the kernel as usual. Note that choosing "Excessive" + debugging output does not increase the amount of debugging output + printed to the console but only makes it possible to produce + "Excessive" debugging output. + + Please read <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> for a short description + how to control the amount of debugging output. + +Excessive +CONFIG_FT_FULL_DEBUG + Extremely verbose output for driver debugging purposes. + +Reduced +CONFIG_FT_NO_TRACE + Reduced tape driver debugging output. + +None +CONFIG_FT_NO_TRACE_AT_ALL + Suppress all debugging output from the tape drive. + +# Choice: ftcontroller +The floppy drive controller for ftape +CONFIG_FT_STD_FDC + Only change this setting if you have a special controller. If you + didn't plug any add-on card into your computer system but just + plugged the floppy tape cable into the already existing floppy drive + controller then you don't want to change the default setting, + i.e. choose "Standard". + + Choose "MACH-2" if you have a Mountain Mach-2 controller. + Choose "FC-10/FC-20" if you have a Colorado FC-10 or FC-20 + controller. + Choose "Alt/82078" if you have another controller that is located at + an IO base address different from the standard floppy drive + controller's base address of `0x3f0', or uses an IRQ (interrupt) + channel different from `6', or a DMA channel different from + `2'. This is necessary for any controller card that is based on + Intel's 82078 FDC such as Seagate's, Exabyte's and Iomega's "high + speed" controllers. + + If you choose something other than "Standard" then please make + sure that the settings for the IO base address and the IRQ and DMA + channel in the configuration menus below are correct. Use the manual + of your tape drive to determine the correct settings! + + If you are already successfully using your tape drive with another + operating system then you definitely should use the same settings + for the IO base, the IRQ and DMA channel that have proven to work + with that other OS. + + Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for + the hardware setup. The hardware configuration can be changed at + boot time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you + have said Y to "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you + have said M to "Floppy tape drive"). + + Please read also the file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> which + contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at + boot or load time. If you want to use your floppy tape drive on a + PCI-bus based system, please read the file + <file:drivers/char/ftape/README.PCI>. + +IO base for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape +CONFIG_FT_FDC_BASE + You don't need to specify a value if the following default + settings for the base IO address are correct: + <<< MACH-2 : 0x1E0 >>> + <<< FC-10/FC-20: 0x180 >>> + <<< Secondary : 0x370 >>> + Secondary refers to a secondary FDC controller like the "high speed" + controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash. + Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address + specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR + CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already + successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then + you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has + proven to work with that other OS. + + Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for + the IO base. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot time + (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you specified Y to + "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you have said M to + "Floppy tape drive"). + + Please read also the file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> which + contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at + boot or load time. + +IRQ channel for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape +CONFIG_FT_FDC_IRQ + You don't need to specify a value if the following default + settings for the interrupt channel are correct: + <<< MACH-2 : 6 >>> + <<< FC-10/FC-20: 9 >>> + <<< Secondary : 6 >>> + Secondary refers to secondary a FDC controller like the "high speed" + controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash. + Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address + specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR + CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already + successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then + you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has + proven to work with that other OS. + + Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for + the IRQ channel. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot + time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you said Y to + "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you said M to + "Floppy tape drive"). + + Please read also the file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> which + contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at + boot or load time. + +DMA channel for the floppy disk controller used with Ftape +CONFIG_FT_FDC_DMA + You don't need to specify a value if the following default + settings for the DMA channel are correct: + <<< MACH-2 : 2 >>> + <<< FC-10/FC-20: 3 >>> + <<< Secondary : 2 >>> + Secondary refers to a secondary FDC controller like the "high speed" + controllers delivered by Seagate or Exabyte or Iomega's Ditto Dash. + Please make sure that the setting for the IO base address + specified here is correct. USE THE MANUAL OF YOUR TAPE DRIVE OR + CONTROLLER CARD TO DETERMINE THE CORRECT SETTING. If you are already + successfully using the tape drive with another operating system then + you definitely should use the same settings for the IO base that has + proven to work with that other OS. + + Note that this menu lets you specify only the default setting for + the DMA channel. The hardware configuration can be changed at boot + time (when ftape is compiled into the kernel, i.e. if you said Y to + "Floppy tape drive") or module load time (i.e. if you said M to + "Floppy tape drive"). + + Please read also the file <file:Documentation/ftape.txt> which + contains a short description of the parameters that can be set at + boot or load time. + +FDC FIFO Threshold before requesting DMA service +CONFIG_FT_FDC_THR + Set the FIFO threshold of the FDC. If this is higher the DMA + controller may serve the FDC after a higher latency time. If this is + lower, fewer DMA transfers occur leading to less bus contention. + You may try to tune this if ftape annoys you with "reduced data + rate because of excessive overrun errors" messages. However, this + doesn't seem to have too much effect. + + If unsure, don't touch the initial value, i.e. leave it at "8". + +FDC maximum data rate +CONFIG_FT_FDC_MAX_RATE + With some motherboard/FDC combinations ftape will not be able to + run your FDC/tape drive combination at the highest available + speed. If this is the case you'll encounter "reduced data rate + because of excessive overrun errors" messages and lots of retries + before ftape finally decides to reduce the data rate. + + In this case it might be desirable to tell ftape beforehand that + it need not try to run the tape drive at the highest available + speed. If unsure, leave this disabled, i.e. leave it at 2000 + bits/sec. + +Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 DRI support) +CONFIG_DRM + Kernel-level support for the Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI) + introduced in XFree86 4.0. If you say Y here, you need to select + the module that's right for your graphics card from the list below. + These modules provide support for synchronization, security, and + DMA transfers. Please see <http://dri.sourceforge.net/> for more + details. You should also select and configure AGP + (/dev/agpgart) support. + +Build drivers for new (XFree 4.1) DRM +CONFIG_DRM_NEW + If you set this option, the new DRM version needed by XFree86 4.1 + will be used. Otherwise, the old DRM version will be used, + appropriate for XFree86 4.0. + +3dfx Banshee/Voodoo3+ +CONFIG_DRM_TDFX + Choose this option if you have a 3dfx Banshee or Voodoo3 (or later), + graphics card. If M is selected, the module will be called tdfx.o. + +3dlabs GMX 2000 +CONFIG_DRM_GAMMA + Choose this option if you have a 3dlabs GMX 2000 graphics card. + If M is selected, the module will be called gamma.o. + +ATI Rage 128 +CONFIG_DRM_R128 + Choose this option if you have an ATI Rage 128 graphics card. If M + is selected, the module will be called r128.o. AGP support for + this card is strongly suggested (unless you have a PCI version). + +ATI Radeon +CONFIG_DRM_RADEON + Choose this option if you have an ATI Radeon graphics card. There + are both PCI and AGP versions. You don't need to choose this to + run the Radeon in plain VGA mode. There is a product page at + <http://www.ati.com/na/pages/products/pc/radeon32/index.html>. + If M is selected, the module will be called radeon.o. + +Intel I810 +CONFIG_DRM_I810 + Choose this option if you have an Intel I810 graphics card. If M is + selected, the module will be called i810.o. AGP support is required + for this driver to work. + +Matrox G200/G400/G450 +CONFIG_DRM_MGA + Choose this option if you have a Matrox G200, G400 or G450 graphics + card. If M is selected, the module will be called mga.o. AGP + support is required for this driver to work. + +3dfx Banshee/Voodoo3+ +CONFIG_DRM40_TDFX + Choose this option if you have a 3dfx Banshee or Voodoo3 (or later), + graphics card. If M is selected, the module will be called tdfx.o. + +3dlabs GMX 2000 +CONFIG_DRM40_GAMMA + Choose this option if you have a 3dlabs GMX 2000 graphics card. + If M is selected, the module will be called gamma.o. + +ATI Rage 128 +CONFIG_DRM40_R128 + Choose this option if you have an ATI Rage 128 graphics card. If M + is selected, the module will be called r128.o. AGP support for + this card is strongly suggested (unless you have a PCI version). + +ATI Radeon +CONFIG_DRM40_RADEON + Choose this option if you have an ATI Radeon graphics card. There + are both PCI and AGP versions. You don't need to choose this to + run the Radeon in plain VGA mode. There is a product page at + <http://www.ati.com/na/pages/products/pc/radeon32/index.html>. + If M is selected, the module will be called radeon.o. + +Intel I810 +CONFIG_DRM40_I810 + Choose this option if you have an Intel I810 graphics card. If M is + selected, the module will be called i810.o. AGP support is required + for this driver to work. + +Matrox G200/G400/G450 +CONFIG_DRM40_MGA + Choose this option if you have a Matrox G200, G400 or G450 graphics + card. If M is selected, the module will be called mga.o. AGP + support is required for this driver to work. + +Creator/Creator3D/Elite3D +CONFIG_DRM_FFB + Choose this option if you have one of Sun's Creator3D-based graphics + and frame buffer cards. Product page at + <http://www.sun.com/desktop/products/Graphics/creator3d.html>. + +MTRR (Memory Type Range Register) support +CONFIG_MTRR + On Intel P6 family processors (Pentium Pro, Pentium II and later) + the Memory Type Range Registers (MTRRs) may be used to control + processor access to memory ranges. This is most useful if you have + a video (VGA) card on a PCI or AGP bus. Enabling write-combining + allows bus write transfers to be combined into a larger transfer + before bursting over the PCI/AGP bus. This can increase performance + of image write operations 2.5 times or more. Saying Y here creates a + /proc/mtrr file which may be used to manipulate your processor's + MTRRs. Typically the X server should use this. + + This code has a reasonably generic interface so that similar + control registers on other processors can be easily supported + as well: + + The Cyrix 6x86, 6x86MX and M II processors have Address Range + Registers (ARRs) which provide a similar functionality to MTRRs. For + these, the ARRs are used to emulate the MTRRs. + The AMD K6-2 (stepping 8 and above) and K6-3 processors have two + MTRRs. The Centaur C6 (WinChip) has 8 MCRs, allowing + write-combining. All of these processors are supported by this code + and it makes sense to say Y here if you have one of them. + + Saying Y here also fixes a problem with buggy SMP BIOSes which only + set the MTRRs for the boot CPU and not for the secondary CPUs. This + can lead to all sorts of problems, so it's good to say Y here. + + You can safely say Y even if your machine doesn't have MTRRs, you'll + just add about 9 KB to your kernel. + + See <file:Documentation/mtrr.txt> for more information. + +CPU clock frequency of your DEC Alpha +CONFIG_FT_ALPHA_CLOCK + On some DEC Alpha machines the CPU clock frequency cannot be + determined automatically, so you need to specify it here ONLY if + running a DEC Alpha, otherwise this setting has no effect. + +Double Talk PC internal speech card support +CONFIG_DTLK + This driver is for the DoubleTalk PC, a speech synthesizer + manufactured by RC Systems (<http://www.rcsys.com/>). It is also + called the `internal DoubleTalk'. If you want to compile this as a + module ( = code which can be inserted in and removed from the + running kernel whenever you want), say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called dtlk.o. + +Siemens R3964 serial protocol support +CONFIG_R3964 + This driver allows synchronous communication with devices using the + Siemens R3964 packet protocol. Unless you are dealing with special + hardware like PLCs, you are unlikely to need this. + + To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in + and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here + and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + n_r3964.o. + + If unsure, say N. + +Applicom intelligent fieldbus card support +CONFIG_APPLICOM + This driver provides the kernel-side support for the intelligent + fieldbus cards made by Applicom International. More information + about these cards can be found on the WWW at the address + <http://www.applicom-int.com/>, or by email from David Woodhouse + <dwmw2@infradead.org>. + + To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in + and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here + and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + applicom.o. + + If unsure, say N. + +Sony Vaio Programmable I/O Control Device support +CONFIG_SONYPI + This driver enables access to the Sony Programmable I/O Control + Device which can be found in many (all ?) Sony Vaio laptops. + + If you have one of those laptops, read + <file:Documentation/sonypi.txt>, and say Y or M here. + + If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called sonypi.o. + +Intel Random Number Generator support +CONFIG_INTEL_RNG + This driver provides kernel-side support for the Random Number + Generator hardware found on Intel i8xx-based motherboards. + + Both a character driver, used to read() entropy data, and a timer + function which automatically adds entropy directly into the + kernel pool, are exported by this driver. + + To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in + and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here + and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + i810_rng.o. + + If unsure, say N. + +Power Management support +CONFIG_PM + "Power Management" means that parts of your computer are shut + off or put into a power conserving "sleep" mode if they are not + being used. There are two competing standards for doing this: APM + and ACPI. If you want to use either one, say Y here and then also + to the requisite support below. + + Power Management is most important for battery powered laptop + computers; if you have a laptop, check out the Linux Laptop home + page on the WWW at + <http://www.cs.utexas.edu/users/kharker/linux-laptop/> and the + Battery Powered Linux mini-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + Note that, even if you say N here, Linux on the x86 architecture + will issue the hlt instruction if nothing is to be done, thereby + sending the processor to sleep and saving power. + +ACPI support +CONFIG_ACPI + ACPI/OSPM support for Linux is currently under development. As such, + this support is preliminary and EXPERIMENTAL. Configuring ACPI + support enables kernel interfaces that allow higher level software + (OSPM) to manipulate ACPI defined hardware and software interfaces, + including the evaluation of ACPI control methods. If unsure, choose + N here. Note, this option will enlarge your kernel by about 120K. + + This support requires an ACPI compliant platform (hardware/firmware). + If both ACPI and Advanced Power Management (APM) support are + configured, whichever is loaded first shall be used. + + This code DOES NOT currently provide a complete OSPM implementation + -- it has not yet reached APM's level of functionality. When fully + implemented, Linux ACPI/OSPM will provide a more robust functional + replacement for legacy configuration and power management + interfaces, including the Plug-and-Play BIOS specification (PnP + BIOS), the Multi-Processor Specification (MPS), and the Advanced + Power Management specification (APM). + + Linux support for ACPI/OSPM is based on Intel Corporation's ACPI + Component Architecture (ACPI CA). The latest ACPI CA source code, + documentation, debug builds, and implementation status information + can be downloaded from: + <http://developer.intel.com/technology/iapc/acpi/downloads.htm>. + + The ACPI Sourceforge project may also be of interest: + <http://sf.net/projects/acpi/> + +Enable ACPI 2.0 with errata 1.3 +CONFIG_ACPI20 + Enable support for the 2.0 version of the ACPI interpreter. See the + help for ACPI for caveats and discussion. + +ACPI kernel configuration manager +CONFIG_ACPI_KERNEL_CONFIG + If you say `Y' here, Linux's ACPI support will use the + hardware-level system descriptions found on IA64 machines. + +ACPI Debug Statements +CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG + The ACPI driver can optionally report errors with a great deal + of verbosity. Saying Y enables these statements. This will increase + your kernel size by around 50K. + +ACPI Bus Manager +CONFIG_ACPI_BUSMGR + The ACPI Bus Manager enumerates devices in the ACPI namespace, and + handles PnP messages. All ACPI devices use its services, so using + them requires saying Y here. + +ACPI System Driver +CONFIG_ACPI_SYS + This driver will enable your system to shut down using ACPI, and + dump your ACPI DSDT table using /proc/acpi/dsdt. + +ACPI Processor Driver +CONFIG_ACPI_CPU + This driver installs ACPI as the idle handler for Linux, and uses + ACPI C2 and C3 processor states to save power, on systems that + support it. + +ACPI Button +CONFIG_ACPI_BUTTON + This driver registers for events based on buttons, such as the + power, sleep, and lid switch. In the future, a daemon will read + /proc/acpi/event and perform user-defined actions such as shutting + down the system. Until then, you can cat it, and see output when + a button is pressed. + +ACPI AC Adapter +CONFIG_ACPI_AC + This driver adds support for the AC Adapter object, which indicates + whether a system is on AC, or not. Typically, only laptops have + this object, since desktops are always on AC. + +ACPI Embedded Controller +CONFIG_ACPI_EC + This driver is required on some systems for the proper operation of + the battery and thermal drivers. If you are compiling for a laptop, + say Y. + +ACPI Control Method Battery +CONFIG_ACPI_CMBATT + This driver adds support for battery information through + /proc/acpi/battery. If you have a laptop with a battery, say Y. + +ACPI Thermal +CONFIG_ACPI_THERMAL + This driver handles overheating conditions on laptops. It is HIGHLY + recommended, as your laptop CPU may be damaged without it. + +Advanced Power Management BIOS support +CONFIG_APM + APM is a BIOS specification for saving power using several different + techniques. This is mostly useful for battery powered laptops with + APM compliant BIOSes. If you say Y here, the system time will be + reset after a RESUME operation, the /proc/apm device will provide + battery status information, and user-space programs will receive + notification of APM "events" (e.g. battery status change). + + If you select "Y" here, you can disable actual use of the APM + BIOS by passing the "apm=off" option to the kernel at boot time. + + Note that the APM support is almost completely disabled for + machines with more than one CPU. + + In order to use APM, you will need supporting software. For location + and more information, read <file:Documentation/pm.txt> and the + Battery Powered Linux mini-HOWTO, available from + <http://www.tldp.org/docs.html#howto>. + + This driver does not spin down disk drives (see the hdparm(8) + manpage ("man 8 hdparm") for that), and it doesn't turn off + VESA-compliant "green" monitors. + + This driver does not support the TI 4000M TravelMate and the ACER + 486/DX4/75 because they don't have compliant BIOSes. Many "green" + desktop machines also don't have compliant BIOSes, and this driver + may cause those machines to panic during the boot phase. + + Generally, if you don't have a battery in your machine, there isn't + much point in using this driver and you should say N. If you get + random kernel OOPSes or reboots that don't seem to be related to + anything, try disabling/enabling this option (or disabling/enabling + APM in your BIOS). + + Some other things you should try when experiencing seemingly random, + "weird" problems: + + 1) make sure that you have enough swap space and that it is + enabled. + 2) pass the "no-hlt" option to the kernel + 3) switch on floating point emulation in the kernel and pass + the "no387" option to the kernel + 4) pass the "floppy=nodma" option to the kernel + 5) pass the "mem=4M" option to the kernel (thereby disabling + all but the first 4 MB of RAM) + 6) make sure that the CPU is not over clocked. + 7) read the sig11 FAQ at <http://www.bitwizard.nl/sig11/> + 8) disable the cache from your BIOS settings + 9) install a fan for the video card or exchange video RAM + 10) install a better fan for the CPU + 11) exchange RAM chips + 12) exchange the motherboard. + + To compile this driver as a module ( = code which can be inserted in + and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), say M here + and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + apm.o. + +Ignore USER SUSPEND +CONFIG_APM_IGNORE_USER_SUSPEND + This option will ignore USER SUSPEND requests. On machines with a + compliant APM BIOS, you want to say N. However, on the NEC Versa M + series notebooks, it is necessary to say Y because of a BIOS bug. + +Enable APM at boot time +CONFIG_APM_DO_ENABLE + Enable APM features at boot time. From page 36 of the APM BIOS + specification: "When disabled, the APM BIOS does not automatically + power manage devices, enter the Standby State, enter the Suspend + State, or take power saving steps in response to CPU Idle calls." + This driver will make CPU Idle calls when Linux is idle (unless this + feature is turned off -- see "Do CPU IDLE calls", below). This + should always save battery power, but more complicated APM features + will be dependent on your BIOS implementation. You may need to turn + this option off if your computer hangs at boot time when using APM + support, or if it beeps continuously instead of suspending. Turn + this off if you have a NEC UltraLite Versa 33/C or a Toshiba + T400CDT. This is off by default since most machines do fine without + this feature. + +Make CPU Idle calls when idle +CONFIG_APM_CPU_IDLE + Enable calls to APM CPU Idle/CPU Busy inside the kernel's idle loop. + On some machines, this can activate improved power savings, such as + a slowed CPU clock rate, when the machine is idle. These idle calls + are made after the idle loop has run for some length of time (e.g., + 333 mS). On some machines, this will cause a hang at boot time or + whenever the CPU becomes idle. (On machines with more than one CPU, + this option does nothing.) + +Enable console blanking using APM +CONFIG_APM_DISPLAY_BLANK + Enable console blanking using the APM. Some laptops can use this to + turn off the LCD backlight when the screen blanker of the Linux + virtual console blanks the screen. Note that this is only used by + the virtual console screen blanker, and won't turn off the backlight + when using the X Window system. This also doesn't have anything to + do with your VESA-compliant power-saving monitor. Further, this + option doesn't work for all laptops -- it might not turn off your + backlight at all, or it might print a lot of errors to the console, + especially if you are using gpm. + +RTC stores time in GMT +CONFIG_APM_RTC_IS_GMT + Say Y here if your RTC (Real Time Clock a.k.a. hardware clock) + stores the time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time). Say N if your RTC + stores localtime. + + It is in fact recommended to store GMT in your RTC, because then you + don't have to worry about daylight savings time changes. The only + reason not to use GMT in your RTC is if you also run a broken OS + that doesn't understand GMT. + +Allow interrupts during APM BIOS calls +CONFIG_APM_ALLOW_INTS + Normally we disable external interrupts while we are making calls to + the APM BIOS as a measure to lessen the effects of a badly behaving + BIOS implementation. The BIOS should reenable interrupts if it + needs to. Unfortunately, some BIOSes do not -- especially those in + many of the newer IBM Thinkpads. If you experience hangs when you + suspend, try setting this to Y. Otherwise, say N. + +Use real mode APM BIOS call to power off +CONFIG_APM_REAL_MODE_POWER_OFF + Use real mode APM BIOS calls to switch off the computer. This is + a work-around for a number of buggy BIOSes. Switch this option on if + your computer crashes instead of powering off properly. + +Watchdog Timer Support +CONFIG_WATCHDOG + If you say Y here (and to one of the following options) and create a + character special file /dev/watchdog with major number 10 and minor + number 130 using mknod ("man mknod"), you will get a watchdog, i.e.: + subsequently opening the file and then failing to write to it for + longer than 1 minute will result in rebooting the machine. This + could be useful for a networked machine that needs to come back + online as fast as possible after a lock-up. There's both a watchdog + implementation entirely in software (which can sometimes fail to + reboot the machine) and a driver for hardware watchdog boards, which + are more robust and can also keep track of the temperature inside + your computer. For details, read <file:Documentation/watchdog.txt> + in the kernel source. + + The watchdog is usually used together with the watchdog daemon + which is available from + <ftp://ibiblio.org/pub/Linux/system/daemons/watchdog/>. This daemon can + also monitor NFS connections and can reboot the machine when the process + table is full. + + If unsure, say N. + +Disable watchdog shutdown on close +CONFIG_WATCHDOG_NOWAYOUT + The default watchdog behaviour (which you get if you say N here) is + to stop the timer if the process managing it closes the file + /dev/watchdog. It's always remotely possible that this process might + get killed. If you say Y here, the watchdog cannot be stopped once + it has been started. + +WDT Watchdog timer +CONFIG_WDT + If you have a WDT500P or WDT501P watchdog board, say Y here, + otherwise N. It is not possible to probe for this board, which means + that you have to inform the kernel about the IO port and IRQ using + the "wdt=" kernel option (try "man bootparam" or see the + documentation of your boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to + pass options to the kernel at boot time). + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called wdt.o. + +WDT PCI Watchdog timer +CONFIG_WDTPCI + If you have a PCI WDT500/501 watchdog board, say Y here, otherwise + N. It is not possible to probe for this board, which means that you + have to inform the kernel about the IO port and IRQ using the "wdt=" + kernel option (try "man bootparam" or see the documentation of your + boot loader (lilo or loadlin) about how to pass options to the + kernel at boot time). + + If you want to compile this as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want), + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module + will be called wdt_pci.o. + +WDT501 features +CONFIG_WDT_501 + Saying Y here and creating a character special file /dev/temperature + with major number 10 and minor number 131 ("man mknod") will give + you a thermometer inside your computer: reading from + /dev/temperature yields one byte, the temperature in degrees + Fahrenheit. This works only if you have a WDT501P watchdog board + installed. + +Fan Tachometer +CONFIG_WDT_501_FAN + Enable the Fan Tachometer on the WDT501. Only do this if you have a + fan tachometer actually set up. + +Software Watchdog +CONFIG_SOFT_WATCHDOG + A software monitoring watchdog. This will fail to reboot your system + from some situations that the hardware watchdog will recover + from. Equally it's a lot cheaper to install. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + softdog.o. + +Berkshire Products PC Watchdog +CONFIG_PCWATCHDOG + This is the driver for the Berkshire Products PC Watchdog card. + This card simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, + and if it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of + time. This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for different + hardware. Please read <file:Documentation/pcwd-watchdog.txt>. The PC + watchdog cards can be ordered from <http://www.berkprod.com/>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called pcwd.o. If you want to compile it as a module, + say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + + Most people will say N. + +Acquire SBC Watchdog Timer +CONFIG_ACQUIRE_WDT + This is the driver for the hardware watchdog on the PSC-6x86 Single + Board Computer produced by Acquire Inc (and others). This watchdog + simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, and if + it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of time. + + This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for different hardware. + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called pscwdt.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. Most + people will say N. + +Advantech SBC Watchdog Timer +CONFIG_ADVANTECH_WDT + If you are configuring a Linux kernel for the Advantech single-board + computer, say `Y' here to support its built-in watchdog timer + feature. See the help for CONFIG_WATCHDOG for discussion. + +ALi M7101 Watchdog Timer +CONFIG_ALIM7101_WDT + This is the driver for the hardware watchdog on the ALi M7101 PMU + as used in the x86 Cobalt servers. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called alim7101_wdt.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. Most + people will say N. + +IB700 SBC Watchdog Timer +CONFIG_IB700_WDT + This is the driver for the hardware watchdog on the IB700 Single + Board Computer produced by TMC Technology (www.tmc-uk.com). This watchdog + simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, and if + it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of time. + + This driver is like the WDT501 driver but for slightly different hardware. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called ib700wdt.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. Most people + will say N. + +Mixcom Watchdog +CONFIG_MIXCOMWD + This is a driver for the Mixcom hardware watchdog cards. This + watchdog simply watches your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, + and if it does, it reboots your computer after a certain amount of + time. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called mixcomwd.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. Most + people will say N. + +ZF MachZ Watchdog +CONFIG_MACHZ_WDT + If you are using a ZF Micro MachZ processor, say Y here, otherwise + N. This is the driver for the watchdog timer builtin on that + processor using ZF-Logic interface. This watchdog simply watches + your kernel to make sure it doesn't freeze, and if it does, it + reboots your computer after a certain amount of time. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called machzwd.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. + +CONFIG_SC1200_WDT + This is a driver for National Semiconductor PC87307/PC97307 hardware + watchdog cards as found on the SC1200. This watchdog is mainly used + for power management purposes and can be used to power down the device + during inactivity periods (includes interrupt activity monitoring). + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called sc1200wdt.o. If you want to compile it as a + module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. Most + people will say N. + +SuperH Watchdog +CONFIG_SH_WDT + This driver adds watchdog support for the integrated watchdog in the + SuperH 3, 4 and 5 processors. If you have one of these processors, say + Y, otherwise say N. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module is called shwdt.o. If you want to compile it as a module, + say M here and read Documentation/modules.txt. + +Wafer 5823 Watchdog +CONFIG_WAFER_WDT + This is a driver for the hardware watchdog on the ICP Wafer 5823 + Single Board Computer (and probably other similar models). + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + wafer5823wdt.o + +Machine Check Exception +CONFIG_X86_MCE + Machine Check Exception support allows the processor to notify the + kernel if it detects a problem (e.g. overheating, component failure). + The action the kernel takes depends on the severity of the problem, + ranging from a warning message on the console, to halting the machine. + You can safely select this on machines that do not support this feature. + + For pentium machines the mce support defaults to off as the mainboard + support is not always present. You must activate it as a boot option. + +Toshiba Laptop support +CONFIG_TOSHIBA + This adds a driver to safely access the System Management Mode of + the CPU on Toshiba portables with a genuine Toshiba BIOS. It does + not work on models with a Phoenix BIOS. The System Management Mode + is used to set the BIOS and power saving options on Toshiba portables. + + For information on utilities to make use of this driver see the + Toshiba Linux utilities web site at: + <http://www.buzzard.org.uk/toshiba/>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + toshiba.o + + Say Y if you intend to run this kernel on a Toshiba portable. + Say N otherwise. + +Dell laptop support +CONFIG_I8K + This adds a driver to safely access the System Management Mode + of the CPU on the Dell Inspiron and Latitude laptops. The System + Management Mode is used to read cpu temperature, cooling fan + status and Fn-keys status on Dell laptops. It can also be used + to switch the fans on and off. + + The driver has been developed and tested on an Inspiron 8000 + but it should work on any Dell Inspiron or Latitude laptop. + You can force loading on unsupported models by passing the + parameter `force=1' to the module. Use at your own risk. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + If you want to compile it as a module, say M here and read + <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called + i8k.o + + For more information on this driver and for utilities that make + use of the module see the I8K Linux Utilities web site at: + <http://www.debian.org/~dz/i8k/>. + + Say Y if you intend to run this kernel on a Dell laptop. + Say N otherwise. + +/dev/cpu/microcode - Intel IA32 CPU microcode support +CONFIG_MICROCODE + If you say Y here and also to "/dev file system support" in the + 'File systems' section, you will be able to update the microcode on + Intel processors in the IA32 family, e.g. Pentium Pro, Pentium II, + Pentium III, Pentium 4, Xeon etc. You will obviously need the + actual microcode binary data itself which is not shipped with the + Linux kernel. + + For latest news and information on obtaining all the required + ingredients for this driver, check: + <http://www.urbanmyth.org/microcode/>. + + This driver is also available as a module ( = code which can be + inserted in and removed from the running kernel whenever you want). + The module will be called microcode.o. If you want to compile it as + a module, say M here and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. If + you use modprobe or kmod you may also want to add the line + 'alias char-major-10-184 microcode' to your /etc/modules.conf file. + +/dev/cpu/*/msr - Model-specific register support CONFIG_X86_MSR This device gives privileged processes access to the x86 Model-Specific Registers (MSRs). It is a character device with @@ -5380,8 +19295,8 @@ CONFIG_60XX_WDT Eurotech CPU-1220/1410 Watchdog Timer CONFIG_EUROTECH_WDT - Enable support for the watchdog timer on the Eurotech CPU-1220 and - CPU-1410 cards. These are PC/104 SBCs. Spec sheets and product + Enable support for the watchdog timer on the Eurotech CPU-1220 and + CPU-1410 cards. These are PC/104 SBCs. Spec sheets and product information are at <http://www.eurotech.it/>. W83877F Watchdog Timer @@ -6509,7 +20424,7 @@ CONFIG_SOUND_CMPCI_SPDIFLOOP A userspace utility to control even more internal registers of these chips is available at <http://member.nifty.ne.jp/Breeze/softwares/unix/cmictl-e.html>. - This package will among other things help you enable SPDIF + This package will among other things help you enable SPDIF out/in/loop/monitor. Enable legacy FM @@ -6725,7 +20640,7 @@ CONFIG_SOUND_GUSMAX Intel ICH audio support CONFIG_SOUND_ICH Supports the following chipsets: - + Intel ICH 82801AA Intel ICH 82901AB Intel 440 MX @@ -6734,9 +20649,9 @@ CONFIG_SOUND_ICH SiS 7012 NVidia nForce AMD 768 - + These are audio drivers for integral audio in chipsets of motherboards. - + Intel's I/O Controller Hub (ICH) is used on 810/815/820/840/845/845D/850 motherboards. SiS 7012 is used on 645/735/745 motherboards. @@ -6773,7 +20688,7 @@ CONFIG_SOUND_YMFPCI_LEGACY RME Hammerfall (RME96XX) support CONFIG_SOUND_RME96XX - Say Y or M if you have a Hammerfall or Hammerfall light multichannel card + Say Y or M if you have a Hammerfall or Hammerfall light multichannel card from RME. If you want to acess advanced features of the card, read Documentation/sound/rme96xx. @@ -6879,6 +20794,13 @@ CONFIG_LL_DEBUG Currently used only by the time services code in the MIPS port. Don't turn this on unless you know what you are doing. +Enable run-time debugging +CONFIG_DEBUG + If you say Y here, some debugging macros will do run-time checking. + If you say N here, those macros will mostly turn to no-ops. For + MIPS boards only. See include/asm-mips/debug.h for debuging macros. + If unsure, say N. + Remote GDB kernel debugging CONFIG_REMOTE_DEBUG If you say Y here, it will be possible to remotely debug the MIPS @@ -7334,7 +21256,7 @@ CONFIG_HISAX_AMD7930 HiSax debugging CONFIG_HISAX_DEBUG This enables debugging code in the new-style HiSax drivers, i.e. - the ST5481 USB driver currently. + the ST5481 USB driver currently. If in doubt, say yes. ELSA PCMCIA MicroLink cards @@ -7778,8 +21700,8 @@ CONFIG_PARPORT_SUNBPP SPARC power management support CONFIG_SUN_PM - Enable power management and CPU standby features on supported - SPARC platforms. + Enable power management and CPU standby features on supported + SPARC platforms. /proc/hardware support CONFIG_PROC_HARDWARE @@ -7835,7 +21757,7 @@ CONFIG_BLUEZ_BNEP emulation layer on top of Bluetooth. BNEP is required for Bluetooth PAN (Personal Area Network). - To use BNEP, you will need user-space utilities provided in the + To use BNEP, you will need user-space utilities provided in the BlueZ-PAN package. For more information, see <http://bluez.sourceforge.net>. @@ -7846,18 +21768,18 @@ HCI UART driver CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUART Bluetooth HCI UART driver. This driver is required if you want to use Bluetooth devices with - serial port interface. You will also need this driver if you have - UART based Bluetooth PCMCIA and CF devices like Xircom Credit Card + serial port interface. You will also need this driver if you have + UART based Bluetooth PCMCIA and CF devices like Xircom Credit Card adapter and BrainBoxes Bluetooth PC Card. Say Y here to compile support for Bluetooth UART devices into the kernel or say M to compile it as module (hci_uart.o). -HCI UART (H4) protocol support +HCI UART (H4) protocol support CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUART_H4 - UART (H4) is serial protocol for communication between Bluetooth - device and host. This protocol is required for most UART based - Bluetooth device (including PCMCIA and CF). + UART (H4) is serial protocol for communication between Bluetooth + device and host. This protocol is required for most UART based + Bluetooth device (including PCMCIA and CF). Say Y here to compile support for HCI UART (H4) protocol. @@ -7873,8 +21795,8 @@ CONFIG_BLUEZ_HCIUSB HCI USB zero packet support CONFIG_BLUEZ_USB_ZERO_PACKET Support for USB zero packets. - This option is provided only as a work around for buggy Bluetooth USB - devices. Do _not_ enable it unless you know for sure that your device + This option is provided only as a work around for buggy Bluetooth USB + devices. Do _not_ enable it unless you know for sure that your device requires zero packets. Most people should say N here. @@ -7944,7 +21866,7 @@ CompactFlash Connection Area CONFIG_CF_AREA5 If your board has "Directly Connected" CompactFlash, You should select the area where your CF is connected to. - + - "Area5" if CompactFlash is connected to Area 5 (0x14000000) - "Area6" if it is connected to Area 6 (0x18000000) @@ -8035,11 +21957,11 @@ CONFIG_BLK_DEV_Q40IDE Sun 3 support CONFIG_SUN3 This option enables support for the Sun 3 series of workstations. - Note that if this option is enabled, support for all other m68k - platforms above must be disabled in order to produce a working + Note that if this option is enabled, support for all other m68k + platforms above must be disabled in order to produce a working kernel. - Also, you will want to enable 68020 support below, and disable + Also, you will want to enable 68020 support below, and disable all other CPU types. General Linux information on the Sun 3x series (now discontinued) is at <http://www.angelfire.com/ca2/tech68k/sun3.html>. @@ -8050,7 +21972,7 @@ Sun 3X support CONFIG_SUN3X This option enables support for the Sun 3x series of workstations. Currently, only the Sun 3/80 is supported within the Sun 3x family. - You will also want to enable 68030 support below + You will also want to enable 68030 support below General Linux information on the Sun 3x series (now discontinued) is at <http://www.angelfire.com/ca2/tech68k/sun3.html>. @@ -8862,10 +22784,10 @@ CONFIG_RPXLITE Embedded Planet RPX Lite. PC104 form-factor SBC based on the MPC823. RPX-Classic: - Embedded Planet RPX Classic Low-fat. Credit-card-size SBC based on + Embedded Planet RPX Classic Low-fat. Credit-card-size SBC based on the MPC 860 - BSE-IP: + BSE-IP: Bright Star Engineering ip-Engine. TQM823L: @@ -8907,7 +22829,7 @@ CONFIG_RPXLITE URL: <http://www.speech-design.de/> IVML24: - MPC860 based board used in the "Integrated Voice Mail System", + MPC860 based board used in the "Integrated Voice Mail System", Large Version (24 voice channels) Manufacturer: Speech Design, <http://www.speech-design.de/> Date of Release: March 2001 (?) @@ -8929,7 +22851,7 @@ CONFIG_RPXLITE End of life: - URL: <http://www.multidata.de/english/products/hpro.htm> - IP860: + IP860: VMEBus IP (Industry Pack) carrier board with MPC860 Manufacturer: MicroSys GmbH, <http://www.microsys.de/> Date of Release: ? @@ -9004,7 +22926,7 @@ CONFIG_FPS850 TQM860 CONFIG_TQM860 Say Y here to support the TQM860, one of an MPC8xx-based family of - SBCs (credit-card size) from TQ Components first released in + SBCs (credit-card size) from TQ Components first released in mid-1999 and discontinued mid-2000. SM850 @@ -9564,7 +23486,7 @@ CONFIG_RADIO_GEMTEK_PCI Choose Y here if you have this PCI FM radio card. In order to control your radio card, you will need to use programs - that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on + that are compatible with the Video for Linux API. Information on this API and pointers to "v4l" programs may be found on the WWW at <http://roadrunner.swansea.uk.linux.org/v4l.shtml>. @@ -9810,7 +23732,7 @@ CONFIG_IPL_TAPE IPL from a virtual card reader emulated by VM/ESA CONFIG_IPL_VM - Select this option if you are running under VM/ESA and want + Select this option if you are running under VM/ESA and want to IPL the image from the emulated card reader. CONFIG_PFAULT @@ -9834,7 +23756,7 @@ Support for IBM-style disk-labels (S/390) CONFIG_S390_PARTITION Enable this option to assure standard IBM labels on the DASDs. You must enable it, if you are planning to access DASDs also - attached to another IBM mainframe operation system (OS/390, + attached to another IBM mainframe operation system (OS/390, VM/ESA, VSE/ESA). Support for DASD hard disks @@ -9845,13 +23767,13 @@ CONFIG_DASD Support for ECKD hard disks CONFIG_DASD_ECKD - ECKD (Extended Count Key Data) devices are the most commonly used - devices on S/390s. You should enable this option unless you are + ECKD (Extended Count Key Data) devices are the most commonly used + devices on S/390s. You should enable this option unless you are very sure you have no ECKD device. ECKD demand loading CONFIG_DASD_AUTO_ECKD - This option enables demand loading of the ECKD module. + This option enables demand loading of the ECKD module. Support for FBA hard disks CONFIG_DASD_FBA @@ -9860,7 +23782,7 @@ CONFIG_DASD_FBA FBA demand loading CONFIG_DASD_AUTO_FBA - This option enables demand loading of the FBA module. + This option enables demand loading of the FBA module. Support for DIAG access to CMS reserved Disks CONFIG_DASD_DIAG @@ -9870,7 +23792,7 @@ CONFIG_DASD_DIAG DIAG demand loading CONFIG_DASD_AUTO_DIAG - This option enables demand loading of the DIAG module. + This option enables demand loading of the DIAG module. Merge some code into the kernel to make the image IPLable CONFIG_IPLABLE @@ -10000,8 +23922,8 @@ CONFIG_IUCV Process warning machine checks CONFIG_MACHCHK_WARNING - Select this option if you want the machine check handler on IBM S/390 or - zSeries to process warning machine checks (e.g. on power failures). + Select this option if you want the machine check handler on IBM S/390 or + zSeries to process warning machine checks (e.g. on power failures). If unsure, say "Y". Use chscs for Common I/O @@ -10891,7 +24813,7 @@ CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_HP8200e you use this driver. If in doubt, select N. Lexar Jumpshot Compact Flash Reader -CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_JUMPSHOT +CONFIG_USB_STORAGE_JUMPSHOT This option enables a sub-driver of the USB Mass Storage driver. These sub-drivers are considered experimental, and should only be used by very brave people. System crashes and other bad things are likely to occur if @@ -10923,12 +24845,12 @@ CONFIG_NS83820 This is a driver for the National Semiconductor DP83820 series of gigabit ethernet MACs. Cards using this chipset include: - SMC 9452TX SMC SMC9462TX + SMC 9452TX SMC SMC9462TX D-Link DGE-500T PureData PDP8023Z-TG SOHO-GA2000T SOHO-GA2500T. NetGear GA621 - This driver supports the use of zero copy on tx, checksum + This driver supports the use of zero copy on tx, checksum validation on rx, and 64 bit addressing. If you want to compile the driver as a module ( = code which can be @@ -11073,7 +24995,7 @@ CONFIG_OLD_BELKIN_DONGLE and read <file:Documentation/modules.txt>. The module will be called old_belkin.o. Some information is contained in the comments at the top of <file:drivers/net/irda/old_belkin.c>. - + ACTiSYS IR-200L dongle (Experimental) CONFIG_ACT200L_DONGLE Say Y here if you want to build support for the ACTiSYS IR-200L @@ -12425,7 +26347,7 @@ Physical memory start address CONFIG_MEMORY_START Computers built with Hitachi SuperH processors always map the ROM starting at address zero. But the processor - does not specify the range that RAM takes. + does not specify the range that RAM takes. The physical memory (RAM) start address will be automatically set to 08000000, unless you selected one of the following @@ -12485,7 +26407,7 @@ CONFIG_HD64465_IOBASE The default setting of the HD64465 IO base address is 0xb0000000. Do not change this unless you know what you are doing. - + Early printk support CONFIG_SH_EARLY_PRINTK Say Y here to redirect kernel printk messages to the serial port @@ -12756,7 +26678,7 @@ CONFIG_SERIAL_SGI_L1_PROTOCOL SGI SN (Scalable NUMA) platform for IA64. If you are compiling for an SGI SN box then Y is the recommended value, otherwise say N. -New bus configuration (EXPERIMENTAL) +New bus configuration (EXPERIMENTAL) CONFIG_TULIP_MWI This configures your Tulip card specifically for the card and system cache line size type you are using. @@ -12765,6 +26687,26 @@ CONFIG_TULIP_MWI If unsure, say N. +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_LAYER7 + Say Y if you want to be able to classify connections (and their + packets) based on regular expression matching of their application + layer data. This is one way to classify applications such as + peer-to-peer filesharing systems that do not always use the same + port. + + To compile it as a module, choose M here. If unsure, say N. + +CONFIG_IP_NF_MATCH_LAYER7_DEBUG + Say Y to get lots of debugging output. + +RTSP protocol support +CONFIG_IP_NF_RTSP + Support the RTSP protocol. This allows UDP transports to be setup + properly, including RTP and RDT. + + If you want to compile it as a module, say 'M' here and read + Documentation/modules.txt. If unsure, say 'Y'. + # # A couple of things I keep forgetting: # capitalize: AppleTalk, Ethernet, DOS, DMA, FAT, FTP, Internet, |